Solo disponible en Inglés

The International Table Tennis Federation

 

Handbook

 

            2018

 

The ITTF encourages the reproduction of information from this Handbook provided that the source is mentioned.

 

The International Table Tennis Federation (ITTF), founded in 1926, is the world-governing body of the sport of table tennis with 226 member Associations in the world.

 

The ITTF supervises the staging of World Championships annually, and several other world title events. Around 120 international tournaments are sanctioned by the ITTF yearly. Its main function is to govern and develop the sport for the benefit of over thirty million competitive players in all parts of the world.

 

Table Tennis is an Olympic and Paralympic sport and is in the programme of the Summer Olympic and Paralympic Games as well as of all Multisport Games.

 

 

Publication of the ITTF Handbook:

 

 

Release 2 – August 2018. Including decisions of 2018 AGM/BoD with immediate effect.

 

Published by:

 

The International Table Tennis Federation

 

Chemin de la Roche 11

 

1020 Renens/Lausanne

 

Switzerland

 

 

 

 CONTENTS                                               Page

 

1     Constitution                                                                                               4

 

2     The Laws of Table Tennis                                                                     34

 

3     Regulations for International Competitions                                      42

 

4     Regulations for World, Olympic and Paralympic Title                                 Competitions                                                                                           66

 

5     Anti-Doping Rules                                                                                   96

 

6     Code of Ethics                                                                                      161

 

7     Anti-Harassment Policy and Procedures                                         197

 

1     Constitution                                                                                               4

 

2     The Laws of Table Tennis                                                                     34

 

3     Regulations for International Competitions                                      42

 

4     Regulations for World, Olympic and Paralympic Title                                 Competitions                                                                                           66

 

5     Anti-Doping Rules                                                                                   96

 

6     Code of Ethics                                                                                      161

 

7     Anti-Harassment Policy and Procedures                                         197

 

 

Directives for Match Officials at World Title Competitions

and ITTF sanctioned events                                                              201

 

Code of Conduct on sports betting for players and officials      209

 

Index                                                                                                       211

 

Annex                                                                                                     216

 

Annex                                                                                                   2219

 

 

 

Paragraphs which have been introduced or significantly amended as a result of decisions made at the 2017 Annual General Meeting or the 2017 Board of Directors Meeting, or at the 2018 AGM or BoD with effect immediately, are listed separately as an Annex and are shown as shaded *.

 

The implementation date of each change is specified; if there is no such specification, the change shall take effect from 1 January of the following year once a decision is taken.

 

* With the exception of the new Constitution

 

ITTF website (ITTF.com)

 

The current ITTF Handbook is available in its entirety on the ITTF website for printing or downloading.

 

1               CONSTITUTION

 

CONTENTS

 

1.1                      GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.1.1                   Name

 

1.1.2                   Composition

 

1.1.3                   Principles

 

1.1.4                   Objectives

 

1.1.5                   Legal status

 

1.2                      MEMBERSHIP

 

1.2.1                   Eligibility

 

1.2.2                   Application and election

 

1.2.3                   Suspension and termination

 

1.2.4                   Rights of the Associations

 

1.2                      5Obligations of the Associations

 

1.3                      ASSOCIATED ORGANISATIONS

 

1.3.1                   Continental Federations

 

1.3.2                   Continental Federations affiliation

 

1.3.3                   Other groups of Associations

 

1.4                      HONORARY POSITIONS

 

1.4.1                   Honorary President

 

1.4.2                   President Advisory Council

 

1.4.3                   Personal Honorary Membership

 

1.5                      GOVERNANCE

 

1.5.1                   Annual General Meeting (referred as "AGM")

 

1.5.2                   Extraordinary General Meeting (referred as “EGM”)

 

1.5.3                   Board of Directors (referred as "Board")

 

1.5.4                   Executive Committee

 

1.5.5                   Olympic and Paralympic Commission

 

1.5.6                   Development and Continental Council

 

1.5.7                   Committees and Commissions

 

1.5.8                   Other appointments

 

1.5.9                   Eligibility for office

 

1.5.10                 Conflict of interest

 

1.5.11                 Changes to rules

 

1.6                      ADMINISTRATIVE ISSUES

 

1.6.1                   Management Staff

 

1.6.2                   Administration

 

1.7                      FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

 

1.7.1                   Accounts

 

1.7.2                   Trustees

 

1.7.3                   Subscriptions

 

1.8                      JUDICIAL PROVISIONS

 

1.8.1                   Judicial bodies of the ITTF

 

1.8.2                   Procedural rules applicable to the judicial bodies of the ITTF

 

1.8.3                   Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS)

 

1.8.4                   Jurisdiction of Associations

 

1.8.5                   Unaffiliated players and organisations

 

1.9                      FINAL PROVISIONS

 

1.9.1                   Dissolution

 

1.9.2                   Concluding provisions

 

1.1                   GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.1.1                   NAME

 

1.1.1.1                The Federation shall be called the International Table Tennis Federation, referred to elsewhere in this Constitution by its abbreviated title "ITTF".

 

1.1.2                   COMPOSITION

 

1.1.2.1                The ITTF shall consist of the affiliated table tennis organisations, referred to elsewhere in the Rules as "Associations", governing the sport in accordance with the principles of the ITTF in any territory generally regarded as constituting a national, historical or other unity.

 

1.1.2.2                Associations shall not be regarded as agents of the ITTF.

 

1.1.3                   PRINCIPLES

 

1.1.3.1                The principles of the ITTF shall be general unity of action, mutual respect of Associations in their dealings with one another and the inadmissibility of discrimination against Associations or individuals on racial, political, religious, gender or other grounds.

 

1.1.3.2                The ITTF is committed to providing a sport and work environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity. Each individual has the right to participate and work in an environment which promotes equal opportunities and prohibits discriminatory practices.

 

1.1.3.3                The ITTF is committed to providing a sport environment free of harassment on any basis without exception.

 

1.1.3.3.1             The Executive Committee shall impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions from warnings to exclusions from all kind of activity in the ITTF, when a complaint of harassment has been substantiated. The same disciplinary sanctions shall be imposed if a false accusation has been substantiated.

 

1.1.3.4                The ITTF is committed to take a responsible approach to safeguarding the environment and managing resources through its practices in hosting events and in managing its operations.

 

1.1.3.5                The ITTF shall observe the general and fundamental principles of the Olympic Charter, including, but not limited to, the Code of Ethics and Compliance; the Code of Prevention of the Manipulation of Competitions, the Olympic Movement Medical Code and the IPC Handbook; and no provision of this Constitution shall be deemed to conflict with or derogate from those principles.

 

1.1.3.6                The ITTF shall co-operate with the IOC, ASOIF, GAISF, IPC, and other organisations that recognise it as the controlling and governing authority for table tennis throughout the world.

 

1.1.4                   OBJECTIVES

 

1.1.4.1                The objectives of the ITTF shall be:

 

1.1.4.1.1             to uphold the principles of the ITTF and to develop the spirit of friendship and mutual assistance among Associations and players;

 

1.1.4.1.2             to regulate relations between Associations and between Associations and other organisations;

 

1.1.4.1.3             to seek continual improvement in the technical standard of table tennis and in the extent of participation in the sport throughout the world;

 

1.1.4.1.4             to foster friendly sporting competition and to eliminate unfair and unsporting practices such as match fixing, match corruption, irregular and illegal betting, doping or illegal equipment to enhance performance;

 

1.1.4.1.5             to establish and enforce the Constitution, the Laws of Table Tennis, the Regulations for International Competitions, the Regulations for World, Olympic and Paralympic Title Competitions, the Anti-Doping Rules, the Code of Ethics, the Anti-Harassment Policy and Procedures and any other ITTF regulations;

 

1.1.4.1.6             to publish the English standard text of the Laws, Rules and regulations mentioned in 1.1.4.1.5;

 

1.1.4.1.7             to encourage the publication of the regulations mentioned in 1.1.4.1.5 in other languages and to check the accuracy of such publications;

 

1.1.4.1.8             to promote and to supervise World, Olympic, Paralympic and ITTF Continental title competitions;

 

1.1.4.1.9             to employ the funds of the ITTF as may be expedient in the interests of international table tennis;

 

1.1.4.1.10           to endeavour to increase participation at all levels, to enhance the popularity of the sport, to develop new sources of revenue, and to manage the sport through a systematic planning process;

 

1.1.4.1.11           to encourage players, coaches and officials to present the sport positively in the best ways so as to enhance its image;

 

1.1.4.1.12           to encourage and to support the promotion of women in sport at all levels and to ensure significant representation of women in ITTF committees, commissions and working groups.

 

1.1.5                   LEGAL STATUS

 

1.1.5.1                The ITTF is a not-for-profit organisation governed by article 60ff. of the Swiss Civil Code;

 

1.1.5.2                The ITTF is endowed with legal status and its members, officers and employees shall not be responsible for its debts, unless it is by a grossly negligent or willful conduct.

 

1.2                   MEMBERSHIP

 

1.2.1                   ELIGIBILITY

 

1.2.1.1                An Association complying with 1.1.2.1 may be elected a member but it shall be recognised as representative only of the territory in which it controls and governs the sport.

 

1.2.1.2                Where one or more Associations represent table tennis in only part of an area generally regarded as constituting a unity, an Association representing the sport in any other part of the same unity may apply for membership, provided that

 

1.2.1.2.1             its separateness is due to circumstances outside the sport and of the players concerned;

 

1.2.1.2.2             the jurisdiction it claims is clearly limited, in title and constitution, to the territory in which it controls the sport;

 

1.2.1.2.3             it is otherwise qualified for membership.

 

1.2.1.3                In the consideration of such an application, the views of any Association already in membership from the same unity shall be taken into account and in no circumstances shall two Associations be recognised as exercising authority over the same territory.

 

1.2.1.4                An organisation located outside the territory of any Association may be granted temporary attachment to an Association for the purpose of receiving aid in development and competition; the extended territory shall be regarded as being within the member's control, but approval of the attachment shall be reviewed at each AGM and shall not be renewed indefinitely.

 

1.2.2                   APPLICATION AND ELECTION

 

1.2.2.1                Applications for membership shall be made on a form approved by the Executive Committee.

 

1.2.2.2                All applications shall be submitted not later than 6 calendar months before the date of the Annual General Meeting (AGM) at which the application is to be considered, except applications from previous member Associations. Such applications may be accepted with immediate effect at the discretion of the Executive Committee, without the need to allow the 6 calendar months. Any such acceptance must be ratified at the next AGM.

 

1.2.2.3                The Executive Committee shall review all applications on behalf of the AGM and make recommendations on acceptance.

 

1.2.2.4                Applications for membership shall be considered by the next AGM and shall be accepted if they receive at least 2/3 of the votes cast.

 

1.2.2.4.1             In the consideration of an application in respect of an area for which there is a recognised Continental Federation, the views of that Federation shall be taken into account.

 

1.2.2.5                In the consideration of applications for combined membership by Associations formerly in separate membership, or for separate membership by Associations which were formerly components of an Association which has divided, or for recognition of changes in the territory in which an Association controls the sport, the views of the organisations concerned and any circumstances outside their control shall be taken into account; secession in other circumstances is not to be encouraged.

 

1.2.2.6                The representatives of an Association elected to membership at an AGM shall be entitled to attend the meeting.

 

1.2.2.7                Election and membership of an Association shall not carry any implications in respect of the political, diplomatic or national status of the area concerned, but only to its conduct of table tennis therein.

 

1.2.3                   SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

 

1.2.3.1                An Association wishing to resign from the ITTF shall give notice in writing to the Secretariat; the resignation may take effect at any time from the receipt of such notice until the 31st December of the same year, but the Association shall be liable for the subscription due for that year. The written resignation must detail the reason for resignation, proposed timing and all efforts that have made toward retaining affiliation. The Association and the ITTF must have first engaged in either direct or mediate discussions with the purpose of affiliation being retained.

 

1.2.3.2                An Association which fails to pay its subscription for 3 successive years shall automatically be suspended from membership; it shall not be liable for subscriptions during the period of suspension and may be re-admitted to membership on payment of part or all of the subscriptions previously due, at the discretion of the Executive Committee; the suspension in this case is a full suspension.

 

1.2.3.3                An Association that is suspended from membership shall, including but not limited to, not be entitled to nominate or enter players for any event held under the jurisdiction of the ITTF nor to attend or be represented at an AGM or EGM (Extraordinary General Meeting) nor to nominate any person for election to the Executive Committee, Board of Directors (referred to elsewhere in this Constitution as "Board"), any committee, commission or working group nor shall any individual nominated by the Association be entitled to participate in the activities of the Executive Committee, Board, any committee, commission or working group; further:

 

1.2.3.3.1             no match official nominated by the Association shall officiate at any ITTF sanctioned event;

 

1.2.3.3.2             the Association shall not be entitled to receive any benefit from the ITTF including but not limited to participation in development activities nor to receive any grants from the ITTF;

 

1.2.3.3.3             the Association shall not be entitled to host an ITTF sanctioned event save that where an ITTF sanctioned event has been approved prior to the suspension, the Executive Committee may establish a committee to oversee the organisation of such sanctioned event under conditions approved by the Executive Committee, at its discretion.

 

1.2.3.4                An Association which seriously and persistently fails to maintain the principles or to respect the Constitution and decisions of the ITTF may be censured, fined, suspended or expelled by an AGM or EGM by a two-thirds majority; a suspension may be cancelled by an AGM or EGM by a two-thirds majority.

 

1.2.3.4.1             In a case of a suspension, the AGM or EGM may allow players from the suspended Association to compete in events under the jurisdiction and flag of the ITTF.

 

1.2.3.5                Before the AGM or EGM suspends an Association, the Association must have been sent notice in writing of the proposed suspension at least one month before the AGM or EGM at which the suspension is to be considered; the Association shall be afforded an opportunity to present its case at the AGM or EGM.

 

1.2.3.6                The Executive Committee may act to suspend an Association pending the AGM or EGM, provided that:

 

1.2.3.6.1             clause 1.2.3.5 is applied;

 

1.2.3.6.2             decision on the suspension is by a unanimous vote;

 

1.2.3.6.3             all Associations are informed of the suspension providing reasons.

 

1.2.3.7                The Association which has been suspended or expelled may appeal to the Court of Arbitration of Sport.

 

1.2.4                   RIGHTS OF THE ASSOCIATIONS

 

1.2.4.1                The Associations have the following rights:

 

1.2.4.1.1             To appoint up to 2 delegates to take part in the AGM or EGM in which each Association has one vote cast.

 

1.2.4.1.2             To submit proposals or resolutions for inclusion in the agenda of the AGM or EGM or the Board.

 

1.2.4.1.3             To nominate candidates for election or appointment within the ITTF according to the specific rules.

 

1.2.4.1.4             To enter players for participation in competitions organised under the authority of the ITTF according to the specific qualification rules of each competition.

 

1.2.4.1.5             To take part in and benefit from ITTF's assistance, development and educational programmes organised directly or through the Continental Federations.

 

1.2.4.1.6             To exercise all other rights arising from the Constitution or from any other ITTF Laws and regulations.

 

1.2.5                   OBLIGATIONS OF THE ASSOCIATIONS

 

1.2.5.1                The Associations have the following obligations:

 

1.2.5.1.1             To fully comply with all duties and provisions of the Constitution, Laws and Regulations established by the ITTF as well as with all decisions taken in accordance therewith.

 

1.2.5.1.2             To apply the ITTF Anti-Doping Rules, the ITTF Code of Ethics and the Anti- Harassment Policy and Procedures.

 

1.2.5.1.3             To immediately notify the ITTF about any major change on the Association (Constitution, change of President and/or General Secretary, its address and/or contact details)

 

1.2.5.1.4             To request their own members to comply with the ITTF Constitution. Laws and Regulations established by the ITTF.

 

1.2.5.1.5             To fulfil at all times the requirements necessary for eligibility to membership

 

1.2.5.1.6             To pay the annual subscription to the ITTF.

 

1.2.5.1.7             In the event of any dispute leading to disaffiliation, the ITTF retains all the rights as the international governing body, asif the association was affiliated for the purpose of calling for information and/or specific obligation to be fulfilled by the Association.

 

1.3                   ASSOCIATED ORGANISATIONS

 

1.3.1                   CONTINENTAL FEDERATIONS

 

1.3.1.1                Associations may group themselves into Continental Federations for the purpose of promoting and regulating table tennis within a given continental area; such Federations shall be supported and encouraged by the ITTF, which shall co-operate with them in all matters, provided that the constitution, general principles, rules and policy of the Continental Federation conform to those of the ITTF.

 

1.3.1.2                Each Continental Federation shall provide the Secretariat with a copy of its Constitution and with details of any subsequent changes not later than 3 calendar months after the meeting at which they are made.

 

1.3.1.3                Upon request by a Continental Federation and approval by the Executive Committee, a Continental Federation may be allowed to use the ITTF name and logo as part of the “brand name” of the Continental Federation.

 

1.3.1.4                Membership of the Continental Federation shall be open to Associations whose address in the ITTF Directory is situated within the appropriate Continental area except where, for reasons outside the control of sport, an Association is not acceptable to its appropriate Continental Federation; in such circumstances, which shall not necessarily prevent recognition of the Continental Federation concerned, the Association failing to secure membership shall have the right to appeal to the ITTF to assist in securing membership or, failing that, attachment to another adjacent Continental Federation.

 

1.3.1.5                Organisations eligible for membership of the ITTF but not yet having applied for membership may, with the consent of the Board, be included in the appropriate Continental Federation for a period not exceeding 1 year but renewable by each AGM; the players of such an organisation shall enjoy the privileges of players of a member Association but only in the Continent concerned.

 

1.3.1.6                Parts of an Association which lie wholly within a Continental area other than that in which the address of that Association in the ITTF Directory is situated may, with the permission of the Board and the consent of their Association, be attached to the Continental Federation in whose area they lie for the purpose of competition and the encouragement of table tennis; with the same permission and for the same purposes, Associations lying wholly outside but adjacent to the Continental area concerned may similarly be attached, with the consent of the Federation of the Continent of which they form a part.

 

1.3.1.7                The championship title competitions of a Continental Federation shall be open only to the players of its member and attached Associations and the ITTF shall recognise such competitions as the sole Continental title championships for that Continent.

 

1.3.2                   CONTINENTAL FEDERATIONS AFFILIATION

 

1.3.2.1                The Continental Federations shall be affiliated to the ITTF according to established criteria, proposed by the Board following a proposal of the Continental and Development Council.

 

1.3.2.2                The affiliated Continental Federations will renew every 4 years, in the year after the Olympic Games, specific strategic quadrennial agreements with the ITTF.

 

1.3.2.3                The affiliation of the Continental Federations has the following goals:

 

1.3.2.3.1             increase cooperation in events and marketing as well to develop table tennis cooperatively.

 

1.3.2.3.2             legalise the status of continental federations within the ITTF constitution.

 

1.3.2.3.3             provide development funding agreements to the affiliated continental federations.

 

1.3.2.3.4             provide the use of the ITTF brand and customised continental logo.

 

1.3.2.3.5             ensure marketing support and commercial strategic agreements through contractual Memorandums of Understanding with the ITTF.

 

1.3.2.3.6             link continental events to the ITTF world title events to reinforce greater marketing value and ensuring the participation of the top players.

 

1.3.3                   OTHER GROUPS OF ASSOCIATIONS

 

1.3.3.1                A group of Associations shall, in principle, include associations that share common objectives (promotion of table tennis in any of its forms or categories, organisation of competitions for specific titles or for areas united by language, history and/or culture)

 

1.3.3.2                Each recognised group of Associations shall have the right to organise specific competitions open to all the Associations of the group provided that the Constitution is observed in respect of play with unaffiliated organisations.

 

1.3.3.3                Each recognised group of Associations shall have the following obligations:

 

1.3.3.3.1             To fully comply with all duties and provisions of the Constitution, Laws and regulations established by the ITTF, as well as with all decisions taken in accordance therewith.

 

1.3.3.3.2             To apply the ITTF Anti-Doping Rules, the ITTF Regulations against illegal betting and corruption and the ITTF Code of Ethics.

 

1.3.3.3.3             To immediately notify the ITTF about any change on the membership of the group (Constitution, change of President and/or General Secretary, its address and/or contact details).

 

1.3.3.3.4             To ensure their own members comply with the ITTF Constitution, Laws and regulations established by the ITTF.

 

1.4                   HONORARY POSITIONS

 

1.4.1                   HONORARY PRESIDENT

 

1.4.1.1                Any past President of the ITTF shall be automatically bestowed the title of “ITTF Honorary President” with a set of privileges decided by the Executive Committee from time to time. This title can only be revoked by a majority vote of the AGM.

 

1.4.2                   PRESIDENTS ADVISORY COUNCIL

 

1.4.2.1                The President may appoint a President’s Advisory Council to advise him or her on various matters. Members of the President’s Advisory Council shall be invited to attend the AGM and EGM as observers and they will have a set of privileges decided by the Executive Committee from time to time.

 

1.4.2.2                The terms of office of the President 's Advisory Council shall coincide with that of the Executive Committee.

 

1.4.3                   PERSONAL HONORARY MEMBERSHIP

 

1.4.3.1                A person who has given long, outstanding service to the ITTF may, on retirement, be appointed a Personal Honorary Member for his or her lifetime by the AGM on a recommendation by the Board.

 

1.4.3.2                Personal Honorary Members shall be entitled to attend World Championships, with free hospitality, and to attend the AGM and the EGM with the right to speak but not to vote.

 

1.5                   GOVERNANCE

 

1.5.1                   ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

 

1.5.1.1                The Annual General Meeting, referred to elsewhere in this Constitution as AGM, is the supreme governing body of the ITTF and consists of the assembled representatives of the Associations.

 

1.5.1.2                The AGM has the following functions and powers:

 

1.5.1.2.1             to amend the Constitution and the Laws of Table Tennis.

 

1.5.1.2.2             to elect the ITTF President, the ITTF Executive Vice-Presidents and all members of the Board, at an AGM held in the year following the year of the Olympic Games. All members elected shall serve for a four-year term and shall be eligible for re-election not more than twice in the same role. After 3 full terms any member should have 1 waiting period term before opting for the same role.

 

1.5.1.2.3             to appoint, in odd numbered years, the full and corresponding members of committees and commissions, on the recommendation of the Nominations Committee; except for the Nominations Committee which shall be appointed in even numbered years by the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.1.2.4             to designate the host Association of the ITTF World Championships

 

1.5.1.2.5             to delegate any of its powers to the Board or to the Executive Committee, on the request of at least one-quarter (1/4) of the Associations not in arrears.

 

1.5.1.2.6             to ratify the work done by the Board and the Executive Committee since the last AGM.

 

1.5.1.2.7             to decide to deal with a matter normally delegated to another ITTF body or decided upon by this body.

 

1.5.1.2.8             all the other functions and responsibilities mentioned from 1.5.1.8.1.1 to 1.5.1.8.1.14.

 

1.5.1.3                Representation of Members and attendance

 

1.5.1.3.1             Each Association shall be entitled to 2 representatives, referred to elsewhere in this Constitution as “delegates” at an AGM.

 

1.5.1.3.2             The Executive Committee members, the Board members, the ITTF senior staff, the Honorary Presidents, the Personal Honorary Members and the President's Advisory Council members are also allowed to attend the AGM with the right to speak but not to vote. All members of committees and commissions shall be entitled to attend the AGM as observers, without speaking or voting privileges unless representing an Association. The Committee and Commissions Chairs and the Technical, Junior and Gender Commissioners, as expert advisers, will have the right to speak. The AGM Chair, exceptionally, can allow special guests to attend and speak at the AGM too.

 

1.5.1.3.3             Representation by letter or proxy is not permitted.

 

1.5.1.4                Delegates

 

1.5.1.4.1             Delegates shall be appointed by the appropriate body of the Association they represent; they shall either carry the citizenship (passport) of this Association or shall have their main residence in the territory controlled by this Association for no less than 12 months. Delegates of Associations belonging to the same state unity, with the same kind of national passport, must have their main residence for no less than 12 months in the territory where the Association has the jurisdiction. The Executive Committee, under special circumstances, can grant exceptions from this rule in a case- by-case basis.

 

1.5.1.4.2             The ITTF will cover the cost of travel and accommodation for one delegate from each Association not in arrears to attend the AGM the year of elections of the ITTF Executive Committee members according to the guidelines approved by the Executive Committee

 

1.5.1.5                Place and Time

 

1.5.1.5.1             An AGM shall be held at the place, and during the period, of the World Championships or, if the World Championships is not held at the due time, at such other place and date as the Executive Committee may determine.

 

1.5.1.6                Notice of Meeting

 

1.5.1.6.1             Notice of the meeting, giving details of the place, date and time and the business to be transacted, shall be sent by post or e-mail to:

 

1.5.1.6.1.1          each Association;

 

1.5.1.6.1.2          the Executive Committee members;

 

1.5.1.6.1.3          the Board members, the ITTF senior staff;

 

1.5.1.6.1.4          the Honorary Presidents;

 

1.5.1.6.1.5          the Personal Honorary Members and

 

1.5.1.6.1.6          the President's Advisory Council members.

 

1.5.1.6.2             The notice shall be sent not later than 2 calendar months before the date of the meeting.

 

1.5.1.7                Notice of Business

 

1.5.1.7.1             Details in writing of propositions and resolutions to be dealt with at an AGM must reach the Secretariat not later than 3 calendar months before the date of the meeting.

 

1.5.1.7.2             Notice of the actual closing date in each year for the receipt of business and propositions shall be sent to all Associations by the Secretariat not later than 6 calendar months before the date of the meeting.

 

1.5.1.7.3             Propositions and resolutions, other than changes to the Constitution or the Laws, of which due notice has not been given but which, in the opinion of the Executive Committee, relate to the business in hand or relate to an emergency may be admitted by a vote in favour of 2/3 of the votes cast at the AGM.

 

1.5.1.8                Procedure

 

1.5.1.8.1             The agenda for an AGM shall include:

 

1.5.1.8.1.1          the appointment of a Chair;

 

1.5.1.8.1.2          a roll call of the Associations present;

 

1.5.1.8.1.3          the appointment of scrutineers;

 

1.5.1.8.1.4          the confirmation of the Minutes of the previous AGM or EGM;

 

1.5.1.8.1.5          the consideration of applications for membership;

 

1.5.1.8.1.6          the receipt of the Strategic Plan of the ITTF and the Annual General Report, including reports from the Executive Committee members, the Continental Presidents, the Committee Chairs, the CEO and the Secretary General;

 

1.5.1.8.1.7          the receipt of reports from the Olympic and Paralympic Commission, the Development and Continental Council and the Ethics Commission;

 

1.5.1.8.1.8          the receipt of the financial report, the audited statement of accounts for the previous year, the consideration of the next year and quadrennial estimate of income and expenditure and the appointment of Auditors;

 

1.5.1.8.1.9          the consideration of propositions and resolutions and the reports of the committees or commissions that have studied them;

 

1.5.1.8.1.10        when appropriate, the election of President, Executive Vice- Presidents and the composition of committees;

 

1.5.1.8.1.11        the consideration of arrangements for future World Championships;

 

1.5.1.8.1.12        the ratification of the work done by the Board and the Executive Committee since the last AGM;

 

1.5.1.8.1.13        the announcement of the place and date of the next AGM;

 

1.5.1.8.1.1          4the consideration of any other business.

 

1.5.1.8.2             No speaker shall speak more than once on a proposition except that the proposer shall have the right of reply and that the Chair may, at his or her discretion, allow a speaker to speak more than once to answer a query arising from his or her original statement.

 

1.5.1.8.3             The Chair shall decide how many speakers will be permitted to speak on a proposition and when the vote shall be taken, except that a motion "that the question now be put" shall be voted on immediately, without further discussion; if such a motion is carried the proposition or any amendment before the meeting shall then be voted on immediately, without further discussion, subject to the right of reply by the mover of the substantive proposition.

 

1.5.1.8.4             A question once decided may not be reverted to for re-discussion and re- vote unless the Chair rules, as a matter of urgency, that a case has been made for supposing that the decision taken may jeopardise the whole welfare of the ITTF; a motion to challenge the Chair's ruling that the matter is not of sufficient urgency tojustifyreconsideration mustbetaken whenever it is moved.

 

1.5.1.9                Voting

 

1.5.1.9.1             Each Association present not in arrears shall have 1 vote.

 

1.5.1.9.2             Questions shall be decided by a simple majority of the votes cast except that:

 

1.5.1.9.2.1          changes to the Constitution, suspensions or expulsions from membership, the acceptance of belated or emergency business or propositions and the revocation of a World Championships option require a majority of 2/3 of the votes cast;

 

1.5.1.9.2.2          changes to the Laws of Table Tennis require a 3/4 majority of the votes cast;

 

1.5.1.9.2.3          dissolution of the ITTF requires a 4/5 majority of the votes cast.

 

1.5.1.9.3             If there is an equality of votes on an administrative or financial matter the Chair shall have a casting vote; if there is an equality of votes on any other matter the motion shall fail, and the meeting shall proceed with the next business.

 

1.5.1.9.4             Voting other than in elections shall be either by a show of hands, by electronic device, by roll call or by secret ballot, as decided by the meeting on a proposition by the Chair.

 

1.5.1.9.5             Each President of a Continental Federation shall nominate 2 persons from his or her Continent, for approval by the meeting, to form a list of scrutineers.

 

1.5.1.9.6             For each vote requiring scrutineers, including elections, names shall be taken from the list in alphabetical order, omitting the representative of any Association having a particular interest in the item, which is the subject of the vote.

 

1.5.1.10              Elections

 

1.5.1.10.1           Where there are more candidates or options for a post or posts than the number of vacancies, as long as the simple majority (more than 50%) is not reached, additional ballots will be required. In this case, the candidate or option obtaining the smallest number of votes shall be eliminated.

 

1.5.1.10.2           If there is a tie for the lowest number of votes, a further vote shall be held amongst them to determine who is eliminated

 

1.5.1.10.3           Consecutive ballots will be organised until the election is decided.

 

1.5.1.10.4           At an election a ballot paper shall be considered valid only if the number of votes cast on this ballot equals the number of vacancies.

 

1.5.2                   EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

 

1.5.2.1                An Extraordinary General Meeting, "EGM" shall be convened within 10 weeks of receipt by the Secretariat of a requisition in writing submitted by not less than 1/4 of the Associations not in arrears, representing at least 2 Continents.

 

1.5.2.2                For an EGM the notice shall be sent not later than 1 calendar month before the date of the meeting.

 

1.5.2.3                The requisition for an EGM shall specify the business for which the meeting is to be convened and no other business except the confirmation of the Minutes of the previous AGM or EGM shall be transacted at such a meeting.

 

1.5.3.                  THE BOARD

 

1.5.3.1                The Board is a legislative authority of the ITTF dealing amongst other responsibilities with all ITTF regulations, except the Constitution and the Laws of Table Tennis. The Board has also the following functions and powers:

 

1.5.3.1.1             to receive and consider reports from Commissioners and all committees and Commissions other than the Finance and Audit Committee, the Olympic and Paralympics Commission and the Development and Continental Council

 

1.5.3.1.2             to appoint the committee Chairs according to 1.5.3.6 and all the members of the Finance and Audit Committee and all the members of the Ethics Commission.

 

1.5.3.1.3             to consider propositions regarding ITTF regulations, other than the Constitution and Laws of Table Tennis.

 

1.5.3.1.4             to award the host Association of the World Junior Championships, and other events, excluding the World Championships.

 

1.5.3.1.5             to approve the ITTF Administrative and Technical Leaflets.

 

1.5.3.1.6             to determine the number of full and corresponding members of each Committee.

 

1.5.3.1.7             to delegate any of its powers to the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.3.2                The Board shall consist of the President, the Executive Vice-Presidents, the Presidents of Continental Federations, the Chair of the Athletes Commission or his or her appointee and 32 Continental representatives elected by each Continental Federation and confirmed by the AGM.

 

1.5.3.3                IOC members being players or officials of an Association or a Continental Federation shall become ex officio members of the Board.

 

1.5.3.4                All Chairs of committees and commissions and the Technical, Junior and Gender Commissioners shall be entitled to attend the Board meetings as expert advisers, without voting privileges but with the right to speak.

 

1.5.3.5                The number of Continental representatives shall be proportional to the number of the Continental Federation's member Associations not in arrears and shall not exceed 32.

 

1.5.3.6                The Board shall appoint, in odd numbered years, the Chairs of committees and commissions, on the recommendation of the Executive Committee; except the Chair of the Nominations Committee who shall be appointed by the Executive Committee in even numbered years and the Athletes’ Commission whose Chair would be elected by the Commission.

 

1.5.3.7                The Board shall meet as required during the period of the World Championships but shall otherwise conduct its business by correspondence.

 

1.5.3.8                Any vacancy occurring in the membership of the Board may be filled by simple majority vote at a Board meeting, but no temporary substitute shall be permitted to attend a Board meeting or to conduct Board business in place of a member absent or indisposed.

 

1.5.3.9                Board meetings procedure

 

1.5.3.9 1              The agenda for a Board meeting shall be sent to all its members not later than 1 calendar month before the date of the meeting.

 

1.5.3.9.2             At its meeting the Board shall review all propositions and resolutions submitted to the Board and, where appropriate, refer them for consideration by committees.

 

1.5.3.9.3             The Chair at a Board meeting shall be the President, or, in his or her absence, the Deputy President; if both are absent the members present shall elect one of their members as Chair for that meeting.

 

1.5.3.9.4             Every question at a Board meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of the votes cast; if there is an equality of votes the Chair shall have a casting vote.

 

1.5.3.9.5             Voting shall be by a show of hands, a roll call or a ballot, as decided by the meeting on a proposition by the Chair.

 

1.5.3.9.6             The ITTF shall pay a proportion of the travel costs of its members attending Board meetings, the proportion being decided from time to time by the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.3.9.7             The proposer of a proposition or resolution is invited to speak in the same way as indicated for the AGM under 1.5.1.8.2.

 

1.5.4                   EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

 

1.5.4.1                The Executive Committee is the executive body of the ITTF with the power to handle the following duties:

 

1.5.4.1.1             To approve the internal Organisation rules of the ITTF.

 

1.5.4.1.2             To appoint the CEO of the ITTF.

 

1.5.4.1.3             To appoint the Chair of the Nominations Committee and all Commissioners and Panels or Working groups.

 

1.5.4.1.4             To impose disciplinary sanctions for inappropriate conducts.

 

1.5.4.1.5             To determine the terms of reference for all committees, commissions, working groups or panels that the Board or the Executive Committee may establish from time to time.

 

1.5.4.1.6             To approve the ITTF strategic plan to be submitted to the AGM.

 

1.5.4.1.7             To appoint the bank accounts of the ITTF and the persons with signature on them.

 

1.5.4.1.8             To approve the remuneration of the President or any elected officer, if applicable. Such decisions must be minuted with specific mention of the names and amounts and must be reflected in the annual statement of the accounts.

 

1.5.4.1.9             To review all applications for new membership and make recommendations on acceptance.

 

1.5.4.1.10           To submit rules changes, propositions and resolutions to the AGM or to the Board.

 

1.5.4.1.11           To define the use of the ITTF name and logo.

 

1.5.4.1.12           To deal with all other current or urgent business and to assume all responsibilities which are not expressly attributed to another body within the ITTF.

 

1.5.4.2                The Executive Committee shall consist of the President, the Chair of the Athletes Commission and 8 Executive Vice-Presidents of which one shall be appointed by the President as Deputy President and another one shall be appointed for finances.

 

1.5.4.3                The Executive Committee shall meet during the period of the World Championships and otherwise when convened by the President.

 

1.5.4.4                Vacancies at the Executive Committee

 

1.5.4.4.1             If the President resigns or is unable to continue in office, he or she shall be replaced by the Deputy President.

 

1.5.4.4.2             A vacancy arising in the post of Deputy President shall be filled by an Executive Vice-President nominated by the President.

 

1.5.4.4.3             A vacancy arising in the posts of Executive Vice-Presidents during the first three years of the running term of office shall be filled by simple majority vote at the next AGM for the remaining years of the running term.

 

1.5.4.4.4             A vacancy arising in the post of the Chair of the Athletes Commission shall be filled by one the Deputy Chairs elected by this Commission.

 

1.5.5                   OLYMPIC AND PARALYMPIC COMMISSION

 

1.5.5.1                The Commission shall consist of the members of the Executive Committee, Presidents of Continental Federations or their appointees, the Chair of the Para Table Tennis Committee or his or her appointee and a representative of the organising committees of the next Olympic and Paralympic Games.

 

1.5.5.2                The Commission shall be responsible for:

 

1.5.5.2.1             planning, control and supervision of the table tennis events in the Olympic and the Paralympic Games;

 

1.5.5.2.2             liaising with the International Olympic and Paralympic Committees, National Olympic and Paralympic Committees and Associations on all matters concerning Olympic and Paralympic competitions;

 

1.5.5.2.3             enforcement of the eligibility regulations and confirmation of the eligibility of entrants for Olympic and Paralympic events;

 

1.5.5.2.4             drafting and submission to the Board of proposals for a qualifying system for entry into Olympic and Paralympic events;

 

1.5.5.2.5             appointing a Jury, Technical Representatives and all match officials for the Olympic and Paralympic table tennis events;

 

1.5.5.2.6             ensuring that the table tennis events at Olympic and Paralympic Games comply with the letter and the spirit of the Olympic Charter and IPC Handbook respectively;

 

1.5.5.2.7             initiating and reviewing proposals for the table tennis events at the Olympic and Paralympic Games.

 

1.5.5.3                The Commission shall meet during the period of the AGM and at other times when convened by the President.

 

1.5.5.4                A member of the ITTF staff, appointed by the President, shall attend all meetings of the Commission and shall draft its minutes and reports.

 

1.5.5.5                The Commission shall submit a written report to the AGM.

 

1.5.6                   DEVELOPMENT AND CONTINENTAL COUNCIL

 

1.5.6.1                The Development and Continental Council shall be composed of the President, the Executive Vice-President in charge of Development and the Presidents of Continental Federations or their appointees.

 

1.5.6.2                The Development and Continental Council shall propose development programme initiatives and future development orientations of the ITTF, giving specific consideration to the promotion of gender equity, in co-operation with Continental Federations.

 

1.5.6.3                The Development and Continental Council shall also discuss all other matters of common interest to the Continental Federations and the ITTF.

 

1.5.6.4                The Development and Continental Council shall meet at the same occasion as the Olympic and Paralympic Commission.

 

1.5.6.5                The Development and Continental Council shall submit a written report to the AGM.

 

1.5.7                   COMMITTEES AND COMMISSIONS

 

1.5.7.1                Permanent Committees and Commissions

 

1.5.7.1.1             The Equipment Committee, the Media Committee, the Para Table Tennis Committee, the Rules Committee, the Sports Science Committee, the Umpires and Referees Committee, the Veterans Committee and the Athletes Commission are further permanent Committees and Commissions.

 

1.5.7.1.2             The number of persons serving as full and corresponding members on each committee shall be determined by the Board a year before the nomination of committee members.

 

1.5.7.1.3             Committees shall normally meet during the period of the World Championships and shall otherwise conduct their business by correspondence.

 

1.5.7.1.4             A committee may set up sub-committees of its members to deal with specific areas of work; any reports or recommendations of such sub-committees shall be subject to endorsement by the full committee before publication or submission to the AGM or the Board.

 

1.5.7.1.5             Each committee shall take interest in Continental and Regional Federations’ activities in their various fields and shall advise the Federations through the ITTF Executive Committee on ideas for further development.

 

1.5.7.1.6             A member of a committee who does not, within a reasonable specified period, express in writing an opinion on a written proposal circulated by or on behalf of the Chair of that committee shall be considered to have agreed to any resulting recommendation submitted in the name of the committee.

 

1.5.7.1.7             The Chair of each committee shall submit to the Board an annual report of the activities of the committee, drawing attention to any recommendations that the committee wishes to make; acceptance of the report shall not automatically imply acceptance of such recommendations.

 

1.5.7.1.8             A committee may be authorised to act on behalf of the Board but the extent and duration of this authority shall be specified by the Board and shall be reviewed not later than at the next meeting of the Board.

 

1.5.7.1.9             As far as possible all committee and commission meetings shall be opened to AGM delegates to attend as observers.

 

1.5.7.2                The Nominations Committee

 

1.5.7.2.1             The Nominations Committee shall be composed of at least 6 members determined and appointed by the Executive Committee including significant gender representation from nominations received from national associations in even numbered years with an Executive Vice-President and all Presidents of Continental Federations as ex-officio members.

 

1.5.7.2.2             The Nominations Committee shall check the qualification and validity of nominations for office, shall supervise the allocation of nominees to committees and shall recommend to the AGM the composition of committees and commissions; provided that sufficient number of female nominations is made for a committee, at least 25% of the number of full members of that Committee or Commission shall be selected out of female nominees.

 

1.5.7.3                The Finance and Audit Committee

 

1.5.7.3.1             The Finance and Audit Committee shall be composed of at least 3 independent members plus one Board member appointed by the Board, the Executive Vice-President in charge of Finance plus one ITTF staff (without vote).

 

1.5.7.3.2             The terms of office of the Finance and Audit Committee shall coincide with that of the Executive Committee

 

1.5.7.4                The Ethics Commission

 

1.5.7.4.1             The Ethics Commission shall be composed of at least 3 independent members appointed by the Board plus one ITTF staff (without vote).

 

1.5.7.4.2             The terms of office of the Ethics Commission shall coincide with that of the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.8                   OTHER APPOINTMENTS

 

1.5.8.1                The Board may appoint other commissions, working groups or panels as may be needed from time to time.

 

1.5.8.2                The Executive Committee shall appoint:

 

1.5.8.2.1             A Technical Commissioner, whose term of office shall coincide with that of the Executive Committee, plus 1 technical representative nominated by each Continental Federation and not from the same continent as the ITTF Technical Commissioner, for a total of six persons.

 

1.5.8.2.2             A Gender Commissioner, whose term of office shall coincide with that of the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.8.2.3             A Junior Commissioner plus one Continental Junior Commissioner nominated by each Continental Federation and not from the same continent as the ITTF Junior Commissioner, for a total of six persons, whose term of office shall coincide with that of the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.9                   ELIGIBILITY FOR OFFICE

 

1.5.9.1                Nominations for President, Executive Vice-Presidents and members of the Board or committees may be made only by the Association of which the nominee is a member; if this nomination is withdrawn after the nominee has been elected or appointed he or she may be removed from his or her post only by a 2/3 majority vote of the Board.

 

1.5.9.2                No more than 1 person from an Association shall be nominated for the Executive Committee and no-one shall be nominated for more than 1 post of the Executive Committee.

 

1.5.9.3                A member of an Association that is in arrears shall not be eligible for election.

 

1.5.9.4                Continental representatives on the Board shall each be from a different Association.

 

1.5.9.5                No person shall at the same time serve as a member of the Executive Committee and as a President of a Continental Federation.

 

1.5.9.6                No person shall serve at the same time as a member of more than 1 permanent committee and no more than 4 such posts shall be occupied by members of one Association.

 

1.5.9.7                No member of the Executive Committee shall serve on a permanent committee.

 

1.5.9.8                A person connected in any way with the manufacture, sale or endorsement of table tennis equipment or with consultation on such equipment:

 

1.5.9.8.1             shall not be eligible as a member of the Executive Committee; with the exception of the Athlete Commission Chair;

 

1.5.9.8.2             may serve on a committee but shall withdraw from a meeting or abstain from voting on an issue if so requested by a majority of the meeting that he or she is attending.

 

1.5.10                 CONFLICT OF INTEREST

 

1.5.10.1              Members of any ITTF decision-making body shall avoid any situation that could lead to a conflict of interest or perceived conflict of interest. Any actual, perceived or potential conflict of interest must be declared and action taken by the individual to remove him/herself from the situation where a conflict may arise. It is the personal responsibility of each person to avoid any case of conflict of interest.

 

1.5.10.2              The ITTF conflicts of interest policy will set out the procedure for identifying and managing conflicts and potential conflicts of interests or duty affecting all persons involved in the administration of the ITTF and its business.

 

1.5.11                 CHANGES TO RULES

 

1.5.11.1              Rule change propositions and resolutions may be submitted to the AGM or the Board by Associations, the Executive Committee, Continental Federations, committees and commissions and to the AGM by the Board.

 

1.5.11.2              Rule change propositions to be considered at an AGM, EGM or a Board meeting must reach the ITTF not later than 3 months before the date of the meeting.

 

1.5.11.3              Amendments to the Constitution and the Laws of Table Tennis shall be made only at an AGM or EGM; amendments to other Regulations shall be made only at a meeting of the Board.

 

1.5.11.4              Details of all rule change propositions shall be published in the agenda of the meeting at which they are to be considered.

 

1.5.11.5              The implementation date of each change shall be specified; if there is no such specification, the change shall take effect from 1st January of the following year once a decision is taken. Anti-doping rules may have a different implementation date if it is requested by WADA and/or approved by the Executive Committee.

 

1.6                   ADMINISTRATIVE ISSUES

 

1.6.1                   MANAGEMENT STAFF

 

1.6.1.1                The Executive Committee shall appoint management staff on agreed terms and conditions and in accordance with the management plan approved by the Board from time to time.

 

1.6.1.2                A Chief Executive Officer (CEO) shall be appointed by the Executive Committee and shall be responsible for the direction and supervision of the ITTF’s professional structure and programs.

 

1.6.1.3                The CEO shall appoint a staff member to serve as coordinator of each committee.

 

1.6.1.4                The CEO shall employ such other staff as are deemed necessary following the Executive Committee approval, taking into consideration the ITTF annual budget and according to the ITTF open recruitment policy.

 

1.6.2                   ADMINISTRATION

 

1.6.2.1                Office

 

1.6.2.1.1             The Head Office of the ITTF shall be in a place appointed by resolution of the AGM proposed by the Executive Committee or, in emergency, of the Board.

 

1.6.2.2                Languages

 

1.6.2.2.1             The correspondence and proceedings of the ITTF shall be conducted in English or in such languages convenient for appropriate tasks and within the resources of the ITTF as may be determined from time to time by the Board, having particular regard to Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Russian and Spanish.

 

1.6.2.2.2             All languages of ITTF members are equally official and representatives shall be entitled to address meetings of the ITTF in their own language, subject to their provision of interpretation into one of the working languages fixed for use at that meeting.

 

1.7                   FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

 

1.7.1                   ACCOUNTS

 

1.7.1.1                The financial year of the ITTF shall be from 1st. January to 31st December.

 

1.7.1.2                The Executive Vice-President responsible for finance shall ensure that an annual statement of accounts be prepared, which shall be audited by professional auditors, and that a yearly and quadrennial estimate of income and expenditure be presented.

 

1.7.1.3                The bank accounts of the ITTF shall be held at banks appointed by resolution of the Executive Committee.

 

1.7.1.4                The power of signature on the ITTF bank accounts should be restricted to the ITTF Trustees and the ITTF operational staff and decided by the Executive Committee. Individual signatures on any ITTF bank account shall be avoided.

 

1.7.2                   TRUSTEES

 

1.7.2.1                The President, Deputy President and Executive Vice-Presidents shall be Trustees for the purpose of purchasing, selling, leasing or otherwise dealing with any freehold or leasehold property or other assets required by the AGM or the Board for the purposes of the ITTF.

 

1.7.2.2                The Trustees shall be authorised to use the funds of the ITTF in the purchase of such property and assets and shall stand possessed thereof and of the proceeds of sale thereof upon trust for the ITTF in such manner as the Board may from time to time direct.

 

1.7.2.3                The Trustees shall comply with any laws, statutes and requirements of the countries in which such trust property may be situated which relate to the purchase, sale and management of such property and the duties of Trustees in connection therewith.

 

1.7.2.4                The Trustees and their estates and effects shall be fully indemnified by the ITTF against all personal risk and expense arising as a result of their appointment as Trustees.

 

1.7.2.5                The Trustees shall cease to act in such capacity upon ceasing to hold office as President, Deputy President or Executive Vice-Presidents.

 

1.7.2.6                A Minute signed by the President and a member of the Management Staff shall be conclusive evidence of a decision of any ITTF body.

 

1.7.3                   SUBSCRIPTIONS

 

1.7.3.1                Each Association shall pay an annual subscription of US$150.

 

1.7.3.2                The first subscription shall be paid with the application for membership and subsequent subscriptions shall be due on 1st January of each year.

 

1.7.3.3                An Association shall be in arrears if its subscription has not been paid by 31st December of the year in which it is due.

 

1.8                   JUDICIAL PROVISIONS

 

1.8.1                   JUDICIAL BODIES OF THE ITTF

 

1.8.1.1                The following bodies of the ITTF have judicial powers:

 

1.8.1.1.1             The AGM and the EGM.

 

1.8.1.1.2             The Executive Committee.

 

1.8.1.1.3             The Doping Hearing Panel and/or the ad-hoc Doping Review Panel or the ITTF Anti-Doping Manager depending on the circumstances and according to the ITTF Anti-Doping rules procedures.

 

1.8.1.1.4             The Disciplinary Panels appointed by the Executive Committee according to the ITTF Regulations for International Competitions.

 

1.8.1.1.5             The Illegal Betting and Corruption Hearing Panel according to the ITTF Code of Ethics.

 

1.8.1.1.6             The Eligibility Commission according to the ITTF Regulations for International Competitions.

 

1.8.2                   PROCEDURAL RULES APPLICABLE TO THE JUDICIAL BODIES OF THE ITTF

 

1.8.2.1                The judicial bodies of the ITTF shall provide fair procedures to all parties involved and shall respect their fundamental rights. They recognise in particular:

 

1.8.2.1.1             That any person acting with the ITTF will not participate in any interaction which could influence an outcome or decision relative to any specific matter if the person has a conflict of interest according to the ITTF Code of Ethics;

 

1.8.2.1.2             The right of the person/Association charged to know what he/she/it is charged with and to examine his/her/its file;

 

1.8.2.1.3             The right to know the penalties which might be imposed;

 

1.8.2.1.4             The right to be heard, to present a defence, to produce evidence and to be assisted by counsel at their own expense.

 

1.8.2.1.5             The right to present an appeal to any judicial decision.

 

1.8.3                   COURT OF ARBITRATION FOR SPORT (CAS)

 

1.8.3.1                The ITTF recognises the independent Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS) with headquarters in Lausanne (Switzerland) to resolve disputes arising from this Constitution or other ITTF rules and regulations, or decisions of the ITTF which cannot be settled by the ITTF internal appeals process. The parties concerned shall undertake to comply with the Statutes and procedural rules of this Court of Arbitration for Sport and to accept and enforce its decisions, which are final.

 

1.8.4                   JURISDICTION OF ASSOCIATIONS

 

1.8.4.1                Membership and Representation

 

1.8.4.1.1             A player shall be regarded as resident in a territory if his or her normal or main residence or base is in that territory; residence shall not be determined by continuity or by duration.

 

1.8.4.1.2             Before accepting a player into membership an Association shall satisfy itself that he or she is or intends to be resident in its territory and it shall not retain him or her if he or she terminates such residence.

 

1.8.4.1.3             Unless notified of any suspension or expulsion, Associations shall be entitled to regard any player or organisation resident in the territory of an Association and known to have been affiliated to it as eligible for participation.

 

1.8.4.1.4             No Association shall make a resident in a territory controlled by another Association or, except after a genuine change of residence, a member of another Association, a member or representative of itself without the prior permission of the other Association,

 

1.8.4.1.6             Any dispute under these regulations shall be referred to the Executive Committee.

 

1.8.4.2                Extent of Jurisdiction

 

1.8.4.2.1             In administering and interpreting its own regulations and decisions an Association shall exercise jurisdiction over:

 

1.8.4.2.1.1          players resident in its territory, while they are in that territory or in any other territory;

 

1.8.4.2.1.2          visiting players, while they are in its territory, except as provided in 1.8.4.3.1;

 

1.8.4.2.1.3          players representing it in a competition who are normally resident in the territory of another Association, but only while they are taking part in that competition;

 

1.8.4.3                Visiting Players

 

1.8.4.3.1             If a visiting player is officially representing his or her Association as a result of an invitation by the visited Association, the visited Association shall acquire no rights of penalty.

 

1.8.4.3.1.1          The responsible management committee shall have jurisdiction over the conduct of the competition, but no subsequent penalty shall be imposed on a visiting player for any offence committed in connection with that competition.

 

1.8.4.3.1.2          The visited Association may protest to the visiting player's Association about such an offence, but his or her own Association shall retain sole jurisdiction over him or her and the right to impose a penalty.

 

1.8.4.3.2             If a visiting player participates in table tennis activities other than as an official representative of his or her Association, whether or not his or her visit is the result of an invitation by the visited Association, he or she shall be subject also to the jurisdiction of the visited Association, which shall have the right to impose a penalty for any offence committed in connection with such activities.

 

1.8.4.3.2.1          No such penalty shall come into operation until at least 1 calendar month after its notification with an account of all the circumstances, to the visiting player's Association.

 

1.8.4.3.2.2          If the visiting player's Association makes no appeal within 1 calendar month of being notified the penalty may be imposed.

 

1.8.4.3.2.3          If an appeal is submitted within 1 calendar month the matter shall be referred to the Board and the penalty shall not come into operation before the appeal has been decided.

 

1.8.4.4                Payments to Players

 

1.8.4.4.1             Except when acting under the direct instructions of his or her Association as its representative, a player may accept payment, reward, benefit or allowances for playing in any competition other than Olympic and Paralympic Games, or for exhibition or coaching,

 

1.8.4.4.2             Subject to any over-riding provisions of 1.8.4.4.1, each Association shall have absolute discretion to determine and regulate its own policy for payments, rewards, benefits and allowances in respect of players and events under its jurisdiction.

 

1.8.5                   UNAFFILIATED PLAYERS AND ORGANISATIONS

 

1.8.5.1                The object is to control, but not to prevent, play between affiliated and unaffiliated players; only teams and players nominated by Associations shall participate in World and Continental Championships, but otherwise such player will, when not contrary to the principles of the ITTF or to the interests of its members, generally be permitted provided due application is made.

 

1.8.5.2                A player affiliated to an Association shall not take part in any competition, exhibition or coaching:

 

1.8.5.2.1             in the territory of another Association, unless the body under whose auspices the activity takes place is affiliated to and in good standing with the Association of the visited territory, except with the prior permission of that Association;

 

1.8.5.2.2             in a territory not having an Association or whose governing organisation is not affiliated to the ITTF, except with the permission of the Executive Committee, unless the Board has previously given permission for the governing organisation to be included temporarily in the appropriate Continental Federation pending an application for membership;

 

1.8.5.2.3             organised by an unaffiliated body, unless permission for the event has been given by the Executive Committee, except as provided in 1.8.5.6.

 

1.8.5.3                The Association controlling the territory in which a player is resident shall be responsible for ensuring that he or she complies with the requirements of 1.8.5.2.

 

1.8.5.4                A player resident in a territory which has no governing organisation or whose governing organisation is not affiliated to the ITTF shall not take part in any competition, exhibition or coaching in the territory of an Association, except with the permission of the Executive Committee, unless the Board has previously given permission for the governing organisation to be included temporarily in the appropriate Continental Federation pending an application for membership.

 

1.8.5.5                The Executive Committee may give permission for a table tennis competition to be organised by an unaffiliated body provided that:

 

1.8.5.5.1             the organising body has undertaken to comply with the appropriate ITTF regulations;

 

1.8.5.5.2             the organising body has undertaken not to include affiliated players in the event unless their Associations have given permission;

 

1.8.5.5.3             the organising body has undertaken not to include unaffiliated players in the event unless the Executive Committee has given permission;

 

1.8.5.5.4             the application to organise the event is supported by the Association, if any, controlling the territory in which the competition is to take place;

 

1.8.5.5.5             the supporting Association has accepted responsibility for ensuring that the organising body observes the requirements of 1.8.5.5.1-3.

 

1.8.5.6                Where an Association is prepared to accept responsibility for the conduct of an event organised in its territory by an unaffiliated organisation no special permission is required, but the Association shall notify the Secretariat, which will advise all other Associations that the event is in order.

 

1.9                   FINAL PROVISIONS

 

1.9.1                   DISSOLUTION

 

1.9.1.1                The ITTF shall not be dissolved other than at an EGM specially convened for the purpose.

 

1.9.1.2                The balance of funds in hand at the time of dissolution shall be divided equally among the Associations not at that time in arrears

 

1.9.2                   CONCLUDING PROVISIONS

 

1.9.2.1                This Constitution was approved effective immediately by the ITTF AGM held in Halmstad, Sweden, 1st of May 2018.

 

 

 

2               THE LAWS OF TABLE TENNIS

 

2.1                      THE TABLE

 

2.1.1                   The upper surface of the table, known as the playing surface, shall be rectangular, 2.74m long and 1.525m wide, and shall lie in a horizontal plane 76 cm above the floor.

 

2.1.2                   The playing surface shall not include the vertical sides of the tabletop.

 

2.1.3                   The playing surface may be of any material and shall yield a uniform bounce of about 23cm when a standard ball is dropped on to it from a height of 30cm.

 

2.1.4                   The playing surface shall be uniformly dark coloured and matt, but with a white side line, 2cm wide, along each 2.74m edge and a white end line, 2cm wide, along each 1.525m edge.

 

2.1.5                   The playing surface shall be divided into 2 equal courts by a vertical net running parallel with the end lines, and shall be continuous over the whole area of each court.

 

2.1.6                   For doubles, each court shall be divided into 2 equal half-courts by a white centre line, 3mm wide, running parallel with the side lines; the centre line shall be regarded as part of each right half-court.

 

2.2                      THE NET ASSEMBLY

 

2.2.1                   The net assembly shall consist of the net, its suspension and the supporting posts, including the clamps attaching them to the table.

 

2.2.2                   The net shall be suspended by a cord attached at each end to an upright post 15.25cm high, the outside limits of the post being 15.25cm outside the side line.

 

2.2.3                   The top of the net, along its whole length, shall be 15.25cm above the playing surface.

 

2.2.4                   The bottom of the net, along its whole length, shall be as close as possible to the playing surface and the ends of the net shall be attached to the supporting posts from top to bottom.

 

2.3                      THE BALL

 

2.3.1                   The ball shall be spherical, with a diameter of 40mm.

 

2.3.2                   The ball shall weigh 2.7g.

 

2.3.3                   The ball shall be made of celluloid or similar plastics material and shall be white or orange, and matt.

 

2.4                      THE RACKET

 

2.4.1                   The racket may be of any size, shape or weight but the blade shall be flat and rigid.

 

2.4.2                   At least 85% of the blade by thickness shall be of natural wood; an adhesive layer within the blade may be reinforced with fibrous material such as carbon fibre, glass fibre or compressed paper, but shall not be thicker than 7.5% of the total thickness or 0.35mm, whichever is the smaller.

 

2.4.3                   A side of the blade used for striking the ball shall be covered with either ordinary pimpled rubber, with pimples outwards having a total thickness including adhesive of not more than 2.0mm, or sandwich rubber, with pimples inwards or outwards, having a total thickness including adhesive of not more than 4.0mm.

 

2.4.3.1                Ordinary pimpled rubber is a single layer of non-cellular rubber, natural or synthetic, with pimples evenly distributed over its surface at a density of not less than 10 per cm² and not more than 30 per cm².

 

2.4.3.2                Sandwich rubber is a single layer of cellular rubber covered with a single outer layer of ordinary pimpled rubber, the thickness of the pimpled rubber not being more than 2.0mm.

 

2.4.4                   The covering material shall extend up to but not beyond the limits of the blade, except that the part nearest the handle and gripped by the fingers may be left uncovered or covered with any material.

 

2.4.5                   The blade, any layer within the blade and any layer of covering material or adhesive on a side used for striking the ball shall be continuous and of even thickness.

 

2.4.6                   The surface of the covering material on a side of the blade, or of a side of the blade if it is left uncovered, shall be matt, bright red on one side and black on the other.

 

2.4.7                   The racket covering shall be used without any physical, chemical or other treatment.

 

2.4.7.1                Slight deviations from continuity of surface or uniformity of colour due to accidental damage or wear may be allowed provided that they do not significantly change the characteristics of the surface.

 

2.4.8                   Before the start of a match and whenever he or she changes his or her racket during a match a player shall show his or her opponent and the umpire the racket he or she is about to use and shall allow them to examine it.

 

2.5                      DEFINITIONS

 

2.5.1                   A rally is the period during which the ball is in play.

 

2.5.2                   The ball is in play from the last moment at which it is stationary on the palm of the free hand before being intentionally projected in service until the rally is decided as a let or a point.

 

2.5.3                   A let is a rally of which the result is not scored.

 

2.5.4                   A point is a rally of which the result is scored.

 

2.5.5                   The racket hand is the hand carrying the racket.

 

2.5.6                   The free hand is the hand not carrying the racket; the free arm is the arm of the free hand.

 

2.5.7                   A player strikes the ball if he or she touches it in play with his or her racket, held in the hand, or with his or her racket hand below the wrist.

 

2.5.8                   A player obstructs the ball if he or she, or anything he or she wears or carries, touches it in play when it is above or travelling towards the playing surface, not having touched his or her court since last being struck by his or her opponent.

 

2.5.9                   The server is the player due to strike the ball first in a rally.

 

2.5.10                 The receiver is the player due to strike the ball second in a rally.

 

2.5.11                 The umpire is the person appointed to control a match.

 

2.5.12                 The assistant umpire is the person appointed to assist the umpire with certain decisions.

 

2.5.13                 Anything that a player wears or carries includes anything that he or she was wearing or carrying, other than the ball, at the start of the rally.

 

2.5.14                 The end line shall be regarded as extending indefinitely in both directions.

 

2.6                      THE SERVICE

 

2.6.1                   Service shall start with the ball resting freely on the open palm of the server's stationary free hand.

 

2.6.2                   The server shall then project the ball near vertically upwards, without imparting spin, so that it rises at least 16cm after leaving the palm of the free hand and then falls without touching anything before being struck.

 

2.6.3                   As the ball is falling the server shall strike it so that it touches first his or her court and then touches directly the receiver's court; in doubles, the ball shall touch successively the right half court of server and receiver.

 

2.6.4                   From the start of service until it is struck, the ball shall be above the level of the playing surface and behind the server's end line, and it shall not be hidden from the receiver by the server or his or her doubles partner or by anything they wear or carry.

 

2.6.5                   As soon as the ball has been projected, the server’s free arm and hand shall be removed from the space between the ball and the net.

 

The space between the ball and the net is defined by the ball, the net and its indefinite upward extension.

 

2.6.6                   It is the responsibility of the player to serve so that the umpire or the assistant umpire can be satisfied that he or she complies with the requirements of the Laws, and either may decide that a service is incorrect.

 

2.6.6.1                If either the umpire or the assistant umpire is not sure about the legality of a service he or she may, on the first occasion in a match, interrupt play and warn the server; but any subsequent service by that player or his or her doubles partner which is not clearly legal shall be considered incorrect.

 

2.6.7                   Exceptionally, the umpire may relax the requirements for a correct service where he or she is satisfied that compliance is prevented by physical disability.

 

2.7                      THE RETURN

 

2.7.1                   The ball, having been served or returned, shall be struck so that it touches the opponent's court, either directly or after touching the net assembly.

 

2.8                      THE ORDER OF PLAY

 

2.8.1                   In singles, the server shall first make a service, the receiver shall then make a return and thereafter server and receiver alternately shall each make a return.

 

2.8.2                   In doubles, except as provided in 2.8.3, the server shall first make a service, the receiver shall then make a return, the partner of the server shall then make a return, the partner of the receiver shall then make a return and thereafter each player in turn in that sequence shall make a return.

 

2.8.3                   In doubles, when at least one player of a pair is in a wheelchair due to a physical disability, the server shall first make a service, the receiver shall then make a return but thereafter either player of the disabled pair may make returns.

 

2.9                      A LET

 

2.9.1                   The rally shall be a let:

 

2.9.1.1                if in service the ball touches the net assembly, provided the service is otherwise correct or the ball is obstructed by the receiver or his or her partner;

 

2.9.1.2                if the service is delivered when the receiving player or pair is not ready, provided that neither the receiver nor his or her partner attempts to strike the ball;

 

2.9.1.3                if failure to make a service or a return or otherwise to comply with the Laws is due to a disturbance outside the control of the player;

 

2.9.1.4                if play is interrupted by the umpire or assistant umpire;

 

2.9.1.5                if the receiver is in wheelchair owing to a physical disability and in service the ball, provided that the service is otherwise correct,

 

2.9.1.5.1             after touching the receiver’s court returns in the direction of the net;

 

2.9.1.5.2             comes to rest on the receiver's court;

 

2.9.1.5.3             in singles leaves the receiver’s court after touching it by either of its sidelines.

 

2.9.2                   Play may be interrupted

 

2.9.2.1                to correct an error in the order of serving, receiving or ends;

 

2.9.2.2                to introduce the expedite system;

 

2.9.2.3                to warn or penalise a player or adviser;

 

2.9.2.4                because the conditions of play are disturbed in a way which could affect the outcome of the rally.

 

2.10                    A POINT

 

2.10.1                 Unless the rally is a let, a player shall score a point

 

2.10.1.1              if an opponent fails to make a correct service;

 

2.10.1.2              if an opponent fails to make a correct return;

 

2.10.1.3              if, after he or she has made a service or a return, the ball touches anything other than the net assembly before being struck by an opponent;

 

2.10.1.4              if the ball passes over his or her court or beyond his or her end line without touching his or her court, after being struck by an opponent;

 

2.10.1.5              if the ball, after being struck by an opponent, passes through the net or between the net and the net post or between the net and playing surface;

 

2.10.1.6              if an opponent obstructs the ball;

 

2.10.1.7              if an opponent deliberately strikes the ball twice in succession;

 

2.10.1.8              if an opponent strikes the ball with a side of the racket blade whose surface does not comply with the requirements of 2.4.3, 2.4.4 and 2.4.5;

 

2.10.1.9              if an opponent, or anything an opponent wears or carries, moves the playing surface;

 

2.10.1.10            if an opponent, or anything an opponent wears or carries, touches the net assembly;

 

2.10.1.11            if an opponent's free hand touches the playing surface;

 

2.10.1.12            if a doubles opponent strikes the ball out of the sequence established by the first server and first receiver;

 

2.10.1.13            as provided under the expedite system (2.15.4).

 

2.10.1.14            if both players or pairs are in a wheelchair due to a physical disability and

 

2.10.1.14.1          his or her opponent does not maintain a minimum contact with the seat or cushion(s), with the back of the thigh, when the ball is struck;

 

2.10.1.14.2          his or her opponent touches the table with either hand before striking the ball;

 

2.10.1.14.3          his or her opponent’s footrest or foot touches the floor during play.

 

2.10.1.15            if, where an opposing doubles pair includes at least one player in a wheelchair, any part of the wheelchair or a foot of a standing player crosses an imaginary extension of the centre line of the table

 

2.11                    A GAME

 

2.11.1                 A game shall be won by the player or pair first scoring 11 points unless both players or pairs score 10 points, when the game shall be won by the first player or pair subsequently gaining a lead of 2 points.

 

2.12                    A MATCH

 

2.12.1                 A match shall consist of the best of any odd number of games.

 

2.13                    THE ORDER OF SERVING, RECEIVING AND ENDS

 

2.13.1                 The right to choose the initial order of serving, receiving and ends shall be decided by lot and the winner may choose to serve or to receive first or to start at a particular end.

 

2.13.2                 When one player or pair has chosen to serve or to receive first or to start at a particular end, the other player or pair shall have the other choice.

 

2.13.3                 After each 2 points have been scored the receiving player or pair shall become the serving player or pair and so on until the end of the game, unless both players or pairs score 10 points or the expedite system is in operation, when the sequences of serving and receiving shall be the same but each player shall serve for only 1 point in turn.

 

2.13.4                 In each game of a doubles match, the pair having the right to serve first shall choose which of them will do so and in the first game of a match the receiving pair shall decide which of them will receive first; in subsequent games of the match, the first server having been chosen, the first receiver shall be the player who served to him or her in the preceding game.

 

2.13.5                 In doubles, at each change of service the previous receiver shall become the server and the partner of the previous server shall become the receiver.

 

2.13.6                 The player or pair serving first in a game shall receive first in the next game of the match and in the last possible game of a doubles match the pair due to receive next shall change their order of receiving when first one pair scores 5 points.

 

2.13.7                 The player or pair starting at one end in a game shall start at the other end in the next game of the match and in the last possible game of a match the players or pairs shall change ends when first one player or pair scores 5 points.

 

2.14                    OUT OF ORDER OF SERVING, RECEIVING OR ENDS

 

2.14.1                 If a player serves or receives out of turn, play shall be interrupted by the umpire as soon as the error is discovered and shall resume with those players serving and receiving who should be server and receiver respectively at the score that has been reached, according to the sequence established at the beginning of the match and, in doubles, to the order of serving chosen by the pair having the right to serve first in the game during which the error is discovered.

 

2.14.2                 If the players have not changed ends when they should have done so, play shall be interrupted by the umpire as soon as the error is discovered and shall resume with the players at the ends at which they should be at the score that has been reached, according to the sequence established at the beginning of the match.

 

2.14.3                 In any circumstances, all points scored before the discovery of an error shall be reckoned.

 

2.15                    THE EXPEDITE SYSTEM

 

2.15.1                 Except as provided in 2.15.2, the expedite system shall come into operation after 10 minutes’ play in a game or at any time when requested by both players or pairs.

 

2.15.2                 The expedite system shall not be introduced in a game if at least 18 points have been scored.

 

2.15.3                 If the ball is in play when the time limit is reached and the expedite system is due to come into operation, play shall be interrupted by the umpire and shall resume with service by the player who served in the rally that was interrupted; if the ball is not in play when the expedite system comes into operation, play shall resume with service by the player who received in the immediately preceding rally.

 

2.15.4                 Thereafter, each player shall serve for 1 point in turn until the end of the game, and if the receiving player or pair makes 13 correct returns in a rally the receiver shall score a point.

 

2.15.5                 Introduction of the expedite system shall not alter the order of serving and receiving in the match, as defined in 2.13.6.

 

2.15.6                 Once introduced, the expedite system shall remain in operation until the end of the match.

 

 3               REGULATIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS

 

3.1                      SCOPE OF LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

3.1.1                   Types of Competition

 

3.1.1.1                An international competition is one that may include the players of more than one Association.

 

3.1.1.2                An international match is a match between teams representing Associations.

 

3.1.1.3                An open tournament is one that is open to the players of all Associations.

 

3.1.1.4                A restricted tournament is one that is restricted to specified groups of players other than age groups.

 

3.1.1.5                An invitation tournament is one that is restricted to specified Associations or players, individually invited.

 

3.1.2                   Applicability

 

3.1.2.1                Except as provided in 3.1.2.2, the Laws (Chapter 2) shall apply to World, Continental, Olympic and Paralympic title competitions, open tournaments and, unless otherwise agreed by the participating Associations, to international matches.

 

3.1.2.2                The Board of Directors shall have power to authorise the organiser of an open tournament to adopt experimental law variations specified by the Executive Committee.

 

3.1.2.3                The Regulations for International Competitions shall apply to:

 

3.1.2.3.1             World, Olympic and Paralympic title competitions, unless otherwise authorised by the Board of Directors and notified in advance to the participating Associations;

 

3.1.2.3.2             Continental title competitions, unless otherwise authorised by the appropriate Continental Federation and notified in advance to the participating Associations;

 

3.1.2.3.3             Open International Championships (3.7.1.2), unless otherwise authorised by the Executive Committee and notified in advance to the participants in accordance with 3.1.2.4;

 

3.1.2.3.4             open tournaments, except as provided in 3.1.2.4.

 

3.1.2.4                Where an open tournament does not comply with any of these regulations the nature and extent of the variation shall be specified in the entry form; completion and submission of an entry form shall be regarded as signifying acceptance of the conditions of the competition, including such variations.

 

3.1.2.5                The Laws and Regulations are recommended for all international competitions but, provided that the Constitution is observed, international restricted and invitation tournaments and recognised international competitions organised by unaffiliated bodies may be held under rules laid down by the organising authority.

 

3.1.2.6                The Laws and the Regulations for International Competitions shall be presumed to apply unless variations have been agreed in advance or are made clear in the published rules of the competition.

 

3.1.2.7                Detailed explanations and interpretations of Rules, including equipment specifications for International Competitions, shall be published as Technical or Administrative Leaflets by the Board of Directors; practical instructions and implementation procedures may be issued as Handbooks or Guides by the Executive Committee.These publications may include mandatory parts as well as recommendations or guidance.

 

3.2                      EQUIPMENT AND PLAYING CONDITIONS

 

3.2.1                   Approved and Authorised Equipment

 

3.2.1.1                The approval and authorisation of playing equipment shall be conducted on behalf of the Board of Directors by the Equipment Committee; an approval or authorisation may be suspended by the Executive Committee at any time and subsequently the approval or authorisation may be withdrawn by the Board of Directors.

 

3.2.1.2                The entry form or prospectus for an open tournament shall specify the brands and colours of table, net assembly, flooring and ball to be used; the choice of table, net assembly and ball shall be as laid down by the ITTF or by the Association in whose territory the competition is held, selected from brands and types currently approved by the ITTF; for selected ITTF sanctioned tournaments, the flooring shall be of a brand and type currently approved by ITTF.

 

3.2.1.3                Any ordinary pimpled rubber or sandwich rubber covering the racket shall be currently authorised by the ITTF and shall be attached to the blade so that the ITTF logo, the ITTF number (when present), the supplier and brand names are clearly visible nearest the handle.

 

Lists of all approved and authorised equipment and materials are maintained by the ITTF Office and details are available on the ITTF website.

 

3.2.1.4                Table legs shall be at least 40cm from the end line of the table for wheelchair players.

 

3.2.2                   Playing Clothing

 

3.2.2.1                Playing clothing shall consist of a short-sleeved or sleeveless shirt and shorts or skirt or one-part sports outfits, socks and playing shoes; other garments, such as part or all of a tracksuit, shall not be worn during play except with the permission of the referee.

 

3.2.2.2                The main colour of a shirt, skirt or shorts, other than sleeves and collar of a shirt shall be clearly different from that of the ball in use.

 

3.2.2.3                Clothing may bear numbers or lettering on the back of the shirt to identify a player, his or her Association or, in club matches, his or her club, and advertisements in accordance with the provisions of 3.2.5.9; if the back of a shirt bears the player’s name, this shall be situated just below the collar.

 

3.2.2.4                Any numbers required by organisers to identify a player shall have priority over advertisements on the centre part of the back of a shirt; such numbers shall be contained within a panel having an area not greater than 600cm2.

 

3.2.2.5                Any markings or trimming on the front or side of a playing garment and any objects such as jewellery worn by a player shall not be so conspicuous or brightly reflecting as to unsight an opponent.

 

3.2.2.6                Clothing shall not carry designs or lettering which might cause offence or bring the game into disrepute.

 

3.2.2.7                The players of a team taking part in a team match, and players of the same Association forming a doubles pair in a World, Olympic or Paralympic Title Competition, shall be dressed uniformly, with the possible exception of socks, shoes and the number, size, colour and design of advertisements on clothing. Players of the same Association forming a doubles pair in other international competitions may wear clothes of different manufacturers, if the basic colours are the same and their National Association authorises this procedure.

 

3.2.2.8                Opposing players and pairs shall wear shirts that are of sufficiently different colours to enable them to be easily distinguished by spectators.

 

3.2.2.9                Where opposing players or teams have a similar shirt and cannot agree which of them will change, the decision shall be made by the umpire by lot.

 

3.2.2.10              Players competing in a World, Olympic or Paralympic title competition or Open International Championships shall wear shirt and shorts or skirt of types authorised by their Association.

 

3.2.3                   Playing Conditions

 

3.2.3.1                The playing space shall be rectangular and not less than 14m long, 7m wide and 5m high, but the 4 corners may be covered by surrounds of not more than 1.5m length; for wheelchair events, the playing space may be reduced, but shall not be less than 8m long and 6m wide.

 

3.2.3.2                The following equipment and fittings are to be considered as part of each playing area: The table including the net assembly, printed numbers identifying the table, flooring, umpires tables and chairs, score indicators, towel and ball boxes, surrounds, boards on the surrounds indicating the names of players or Associations, and small technical equipment which shall be fitted in a way that does not affect play.

 

3.2.3.3                The playing area shall be enclosed by surrounds about 75cm high, all of the same dark background colour, separating it from adjacent playing areas and from spectators.

 

3.2.3.4                In World, Olympic and Paralympic title competitions the light intensity, measured at the height of the playing surface, shall be at least 1000 lux uniformly over the whole of the playing surface and at least 500 lux elsewhere in the playing area; in other competitions the intensity shall be at least 600 lux uniformly over the playing surface and at least 400 lux elsewhere in the playing area.

 

3.2.3.5                Where several tables are in use, the lighting level shall be the same for all of them, and the level of background lighting in the playing hall shall not be greater than the lowest level in the playing area.

 

3.2.3.6                The light source shall not be less than 5m above the floor.

 

3.2.3.7                The background shall be generally dark and shall not contain bright light sources or daylight through uncovered windows or other apertures.

 

3.2.3.8                The flooring shall not be light-coloured, brightly reflecting or slippery and it shall be resilient; the flooring may be rigid for wheelchair events.

 

3.2.3.8.1             In World, Olympic and Paralympic title competitions the flooring shall be of wood or of a brand and type of rollable synthetic material authorised by the ITTF.

 

3.2.3.9                Technical equipment on the net assembly shall be considered part of it.

 

3.2.4                   Racket Control

 

3.2.4.1                It is the responsibility of each player to ensure that racket coverings are attached to their racket blade with adhesives that do not contain harmful volatile solvents.

 

3.2.4.2                A racket control centre shall be established at all ITTF World Title, Olympic and Paralympic competitions as well as at a select number of ITTF World Tour and Junior Circuit competitions and may be established at Continental and Regional competitions.

 

3.2.4.2.1             The racket control centre shall test rackets, according to the policy and procedure established by the Executive Committee on recommendation of the Equipment Committee and Umpires and Referees Committee, to ensure that rackets abide by all ITTF regulations including, but not limited to, racket covering thickness, flatness and presence of harmful volatile substances.

 

3.2.4.2.2             The racket control test shall be carried out after the match at random only where the player does not submit the racket for a before match test.

 

3.2.4.2.3             Rackets that do not pass the racket control test before the match cannot be used but may be replaced by a second racket which which may be tested immediately if time permits, but if not, will be tested after the match; in the case where rackets do not pass a random racket control test after the match, the offending player will be liable to penalties.

 

3.2.4.2.4             All players are entitled to have their rackets tested voluntarily without any penalties before the match.

 

3.2.4.3                Following 4 accumulated failures on any aspect of racket testing in a period of four years, the player may complete the event, but subsequently the Executive Committee will suspend the offending player for 12 months.

 

3.2.4.3.1             The ITTF shall inform the suspended player in writing of such suspension.

 

3.2.4.3.2             The suspended player may appeal to the Court of Arbitration for Sport within 21 days of the receiving of the letter of suspension; should such an appeal be submitted, the player’s suspension would remain in force.

 

3.2.4.4                The ITTF shall maintain a register of all racket control failures with effect from 1 September 2010.

 

3.2.4.5                A properly ventilated area shall be provided for the attachment of racket coverings to rackets, and liquid adhesives shall not be used anywhere else at the playing venue.

 

“Playing venue” means that part of the building used for table tennis and its related activities, facilities and public area.

 

3.2.5                   Advertisements and Markings

 

3.2.5.1                Inside the playing area, advertisements shall be displayed only on equipment or fittings listed in 3.2.3.2 or on playing clothing, umpires’ clothing or players’ numbers and there shall be no special additional displays.

 

3.2.5.1.1             Advertisements or markings in or next to the playing area, on playing clothing or numbers and on umpires’ clothing, shall not be for tobacco goods, alcoholic drinks, harmful drugs or illegal products and they shall be without negative discrimination or connotation on the grounds of race, xenophobia, gender, religion, disabilities or other forms of discrimination.

 

3.2.5.2                At Olympic and Paralympic Games advertisements on playing equipment, on playing clothing and on umpires’ clothing shall be according to IOC and IPC regulations respectively.

 

3.2.5.3                With the exception of LED (light-emitting diode) and similar devices advertisements on the surrounds of the sides of the playing area, fluorescent, luminescent or glossy colours shall not be used anywhere in the playing area and the background colour of the surrounds shall remain dark.

 

3.2.5.3.1             Advertisements on surrounds shall not change during a match from dark to light and vice versa.

 

3.2.5.3.2             LEDs and similar devices on surrounds shall not be so bright as to disturb players during the match and shall not change when the ball is in play.

 

3.2.5.3.3             Advertisements on LED and similar devices shall not be used without prior approval from ITTF.

 

3.2.5.4                Lettering or symbols on the inside of surrounds shall be clearly different from the colour of the ball in use, not more than two colours and shall be contained within a height of 40cm.

 

3.2.5.5                There may be up to 6 advertisements on the floor of the playing area; such markings

 

3.2.5.5.1             may be placed 2 at each end, each contained within an area of 5m2, and 1 at each side of the table, each contained within an area of 2.5m²;

 

3.2.5.5.2             at the end shall not be less than 3m from the table’s end line next to the marking;

 

3.2.5.5.3             shall be of the same uniform colour different from the colour of the ball in use, unless other colours have been agreed in advance with the ITTF;

 

3.2.5.5.4             shall not alter significantly the surface friction of the flooring;

 

3.2.5.5.5             shall consist only of a logo, wordmark or other icons, and shall not include any background.

 

3.2.5.6                Advertisements on the table shall comply with the following requirements:

 

3.2.5.6.1             There may be 1 permanent advertisement of the manufacturer’s or supplier’s name or logo on each half of each side of the table top and on each end.

 

3.2.5.6.2             There may be 1 temporary advertisement, which also can be of the manufacturer's or supplier's name or logo, on each half of each side of the table top and on each end.

 

3.2.5.6.3             Each permanent and each temporary advertisement shall be contained within a total length of 60cm.

 

3.2.5.6.4             Temporary advertisements shall be clearly separated from any permanent advertisements.

 

3.2.5.6.5             Advertisements shall not be for other table tennis equipment suppliers.

 

3.2.5.6.6             There shall be no advertisement, name of table, name or logo of the manufacturer or supplier of the table on the undercarriage, except if the table manufacturer or supplier is the title sponsor of the tournament.

 

3.2.5.7                There may be 2 advertisements on nets on each side of the table which shall be clearly different from the colour of the ball in use, shall not be within 3cm of the tape along the top edge; advertisements placed on parts of the net within the vertical extensions of the side lines of the table shall not obscure visibility through the mesh.

 

3.2.5.8                Advertisements on umpires' tables or other furniture inside the playing area shall be contained within a total area on any face of 750cm2.

 

3.2.5.9                Advertisements on playing clothing shall be limited to

 

3.2.5.9.1             the maker's normal trademark, symbol or name contained within a total area of 24cm2;

 

3.2.5.9.2             not more than 6 clearly separated advertisements, contained within a combined total area of 600cm2, on the front, side or shoulder of a shirt, with not more than 4 advertisements on the front;

 

3.2.5.9.3             not more than 2 advertisements, contained within a total area of 400cm2, on the back of a shirt;

 

3.2.5.9.4             not more than 2 advertisements, contained within a combined total area of 120cm2, only on the front and the sides of shorts or skirt.

 

3.2.5.10              Advertisements on players' numbers shall be contained within a total area of 100cm2.

 

3.2.5.11              Advertisements on umpires' clothing shall be contained within a total area of 40cm2.

 

3.2.6                   Doping Control

 

3.2.6.1                All players participating in international competitions, including Junior competitions, shall be subject to in-competition testing by the ITTF, the player’s National Association and any other Anti-Doping Organisation responsible for testing at a competition in which they participate.

 

3.3                      MATCH OFFICIALS

 

3.3.1                   Referee

 

3.3.1.1                For each competition as a whole a referee shall be appointed and his or her identity and location shall be made known to the participants and, where appropriate, to the team captains.

 

3.3.1.2                The referee shall be responsible for

 

3.3.1.2.1             the conduct of the draw;

 

3.3.1.2.2             the scheduling of the matches by time and table;

 

3.3.1.2.3             the appointment of match officials;

 

3.3.1.2.4             conducting a pre-tournament briefing for match officials;

 

3.3.1.2.5             checking the eligibility of players;

 

3.3.1.2.6             deciding whether play may be suspended in an emergency;

 

3.3.1.2.7             deciding whether players may leave the playing area during a match;

 

3.3.1.2.8             deciding whether statutory practice periods may be extended;

 

3.3.1.2.9             deciding whether players may wear track suits during a match;

 

3.3.1.2.10            deciding any question of interpretation of Laws or Regulations, including the acceptability of clothing, playing equipment and playing conditions;

 

3.3.1.2.11            deciding whether, and where, players may practise during an emergency suspension of play;

 

3.3.1.2.12            taking disciplinary action for misbehaviour or other breaches of regulations.

 

3.3.1.3                Where, with the agreement of the competition management committee, any of the duties of the referee are delegated to other persons, the specific responsibilities and locations of each of these persons shall be made known to the participants and, where appropriate, to the team captains.

 

3.3.1.4                The referee, or a responsible deputy appointed to exercise authority in his or her absence, shall be present at all times during play.

 

3.3.1.5                Where the referee is satisfied that it is necessary to do so he or she may replace a match official with another at any time, but he or she may not alter a decision already made by the replaced official on a question of fact within his or her jurisdiction.

 

3.3.1.6                Players shall be under the jurisdiction of the referee from the time at which they arrive at the playing venue until they leave it.

 

3.3.2                   Umpire, Assistant Umpire and Stroke Counter

 

3.3.2.1                An umpire and an assistant umpire shall be appointed for each match.

 

3.3.2.2                The umpire shall sit or stand in line with the net and the assistant umpire shall sit directly facing him or her, at the other side of the table.

 

3.3.2.3                The umpire shall be responsible for:

 

3.3.2.3.1             checking the acceptability of equipment and playing conditions and reporting any deficiency to the referee;

 

3.3.2.3.2             taking a ball at random as provided in 3.4.2.1.1-2;

 

3.3.2.3.3             conducting the draw for the choice of serving, receiving and ends;

 

3.3.2.3.4             deciding whether the requirements of the service law may be relaxed for a player with physical disability;

 

3.3.2.3.5             controlling the order of serving, receiving and ends and correcting any errors therein;

 

3.3.2.3.6             deciding each rally as a point or a let;

 

3.3.2.3.7             calling the score, in accordance with specified procedure;

 

3.3.2.3.8             introducing the expedite system at the appropriate time;

 

3.3.2.3.9             maintaining the continuity of play;

 

3.3.2.3.10            taking action for breaches of the advice or behaviour regulations;

 

3.3.2.3.11            drawing by lot which player, pair or team shall change their shirt, should opposing players or teams have a similar shirt and cannot agree which of them will change.

 

3.3.2.3.12            ensuring that only authorised persons are at the playing area.

 

3.3.2.4                The assistant umpire shall:

 

3.3.2.4.1             decide whether or not the ball in play touches the edge of the playing surface at the side of the table nearest him or her;

 

3.3.2.4.2             inform the umpire for breaches of the advice or behaviour regulations.

 

3.3.2.5                Either the umpire or the assistant umpire may:

 

3.3.2.5.1             decide that a player's service action is illegal;

 

3.3.2.5.2             decide that, in an otherwise correct service, the ball touches the net assembly;

 

3.3.2.5.3             decide that a player obstructs the ball;

 

3.3.2.5.4             decide that the conditions of play are disturbed in a way that may affect the outcome of the rally;

 

3.3.2.5.5             time the duration of the practice period, of play and of intervals.

 

3.3.2.6                Either the assistant umpire or a separate official may act as stroke counter, to count the strokes of the receiving player or pair when the expedite system is in operation.

 

3.3.2.7                A decision made by the assistant umpire in accordance with the provisions of

 

3.3.2.5                may not be overruled by the umpire.

 

3.3.2.8                Players shall be under the jurisdiction of the umpire from the time at which they arrive at the playing area until they leave it.

 

3.3.3                   Appeals

 

3.3.3.1                No agreement between players, in an individual event, or between team captains, in a team event, can alter a decision on a question of fact by the responsible match official, on a question of interpretation of Laws or Regulations by the responsible referee or on any other question of tournament or match conduct by the responsible management committee.

 

3.3.3.2                No appeal may be made to the referee against a decision on a question of fact by the responsible match official or to the management committee on a question of interpretation of Laws or Regulations by the referee.

 

3.3.3.3                An appeal may be made to the referee against a decision of a match official on a question of interpretation of Laws or Regulations, and the decision of the referee shall be final.

 

3.3.3.4                An appeal may be made to the competition management committee against a decision of the referee on a question of tournament or match conduct not covered by the Laws or Regulations, and the decision of the management committee shall be final.

 

3.3.3.5                In an individual event an appeal may be made only by a player participating in the match in which the question has arisen; in a team event an appeal may be made only by the captain of a team participating in the match in which the question has arisen.

 

3.3.3.6                A question of interpretation of Laws or Regulations arising from the decision of a referee, or a question of tournament or match conduct arising from the decision of a competition management committee, may be submitted by the player or team captain eligible to make an appeal, through his or her parent Association, for consideration by the ITTF Rules Committee.

 

3.3.3.7                The Rules Committee shall give a ruling as a guide for future decisions, and this ruling may also be made the subject of a protest by an Association to the Board of Directors or a General Meeting, but it shall not affect the finality of any decision already made by the responsible referee or management committee.

 

3.4                      MATCH CONDUCT

 

3.4.1                   Score Indication

 

3.4.1.1                The umpire shall call the score as soon as the ball is out of play at the completion of a rally, or as soon as is practicable thereafter.

 

3.4.1.1.1             In calling the score during a game the umpire shall call first the number of points scored by the player or pair due to serve in the next rally of the game and then the number of points scored by the opposing player or pair.

 

3.4.1.1.2             At the beginning of a game and when a change of server is due, the umpire shall point to the next server, and may also follow the score call with the next server’s name.

 

3.4.1.1.3             At the end of a game the umpire shall call the number of points scored by the winning player or pair followed by the number of points scored by the losing player or pair and may then name the winning player or pair.

 

3.4.1.2                In addition to calling the score the umpire may use hand signals to indicate his or her decisions.

 

3.4.1.2.1             When a point has been scored, he or she may raise his or her arm nearer to the player or pair who won the point so that the upper arm is horizontal and the forearm is vertical with the closed hand upward.

 

3.4.1.2.2             When for any reason the rally is a let, he or she may raise his or her hand above his or her head to show that the rally has ended.

 

3.4.1.3                The score and, under the expedite system, the number of strokes shall be called in English or in any other language acceptable to both players or pairs and to the umpire.

 

3.4.1.4                The score shall be displayed on mechanical or electronic indicators so that it is clearly visible to the players and the spectators.

 

3.4.1.5                When a player is formally warned for bad behaviour, a yellow marker shall be placed on or near the score indicator.

 

3.4.2                   Equipment

 

3.4.2.1                Players shall not choose balls in the playing area.

 

3.4.2.1.1             Wherever possible players shall be given the opportunity to choose one or more balls before coming to the playing area and the match shall be played with the ball chosen by the players.

 

3.4.2.1.2             If a ball has not been chosen before players come to the playing area, or the players cannot agree on the ball to be used, the match shall be played with a ball taken at random by the umpire from a box of those specified for the competition.

 

3.4.2.1.3             If a ball is damaged during a match, it shall be replaced by another of those chosen before the match or, if such a ball is not available, by one taken at random by the umpire from a box of those specified for the competition.

 

3.4.2.2                The racket covering shall be used as it has been authorised by the ITTF without any physical, chemical or other treatment, changing or modifying playing properties, friction, outlook, colour, structure, surface, etc.; in particular, no additives shall be used.

 

3.4.2.3                A racket shall successfully pass all parameters of the racket control tests.

 

3.4.2.4                A racket shall not be replaced during an individual match unless it is accidentally damaged so badly that it cannot be used; if this happens the damaged racket shall be replaced immediately by another which the player has brought with him or her to the playing area or one which is handed to him or her in the playing area.

 

3.4.2.5                Unless otherwise authorised by the umpire, players shall leave their rackets on the table during intervals; but if the racket is strapped to the hand, the umpire shall allow the player to retain his or her racket strapped to the hand during intervals.

 

3.4.3                   Practice

 

3.4.3.1                Players are entitled to practise on the match table for up to 2 minutes immediately before the start of a match but not during normal intervals; the specified practice period may be extended only with the permission of the referee.

 

3.4.3.2                During an emergency suspension of play the referee may allow players to practise on any table, including the match table.

 

3.4.3.3                Players shall be given reasonable opportunity to check and to familiarise themselves with any equipment which they are to use, but this shall not automatically entitle them to more than a few practice rallies before resuming play after the replacement of a damaged ball or racket.

 

3.4.4                   Intervals

 

3.4.4.1                Play shall be continuous throughout an individual match except that any player is entitled to:

 

3.4.4.1.1             an interval of up to 1 minute between successive games of an individual match;

 

3.4.4.1.2             brief intervals for towelling after every 6 points from the start of each game and at the change of ends in the last possible game of an individual match.

 

3.4.4.2                A player or pair may claim one time-out period of up to 1 minute during an individual match.

 

3.4.4.2.1             In an individual event the request for a time-out may be made by the player or pair or by the designated adviser; in a team event it may be made by the player or pair or by the team captain.

 

3.4.4.2.2             If a player or pair and an adviser or captain disagree whether a time-out is to be taken, the final decision shall be made by the player or pair in an individual event and by the captain in a team event.

 

3.4.4.2.3             The request for a time-out, which can be made only between rallies in a game, shall be indicated by making a "T" sign with the hands.

 

3.4.4.2.4             On receiving a valid request for a time-out the umpire shall suspend play and shall hold up a white card with the hand on the side of the player or pair who requested it; the white card or another appropriate marker shall be placed on the court of that player or pair.

 

3.4.4.2.5             The white card or marker shall be removed and play resumed as soon as the player or pair making the request is ready to continue or at the end of 1 minute, whichever is the sooner.

 

3.4.4.2.6             If a valid request for a time-out is made simultaneously by or on behalf of both players or pairs, play will resume when both players or pairs are ready or at the end of 1 minute, whichever is the sooner, and neither player or pair shall be entitled to another time-out during that individual match.

 

3.4.4.3                There shall be no intervals between successive individual matches of a team match except that a player who is required to play in successive matches may claim an interval of up to 5 minutes between those matches.

 

3.4.4.4                The referee may allow a suspension of play, of the shortest practical duration, and in no circumstances more than 10 minutes, if a player is temporarily incapacitated by an accident, provided that in the opinion of the referee the suspension is not likely to be unduly disadvantageous to the opposing player or pair.

 

3.4.4.5                A suspension shall not be allowed for a disability which was present or was reasonably to be expected at the beginning of the match, or where it is due to the normal stress of play; disability such as cramp or exhaustion, caused by the player's current state of fitness or by the manner in which play has proceeded, does not justify such an emergency suspension, which may be allowed only for incapacity resulting from an accident, such as injury caused by a fall.

 

3.4.4.6                If anyone in the playing area is bleeding, play shall be suspended immediately and shall not resume until that person has received medical treatment and all traces of blood have been removed from the playing area.

 

3.4.4.7                Players shall remain in or near the playing area throughout an individual match, except with the permission of the referee; during intervals between games and time-outs they shall remain within 3 metres of the playing area, under the supervision of the umpire.

 

3.5                      DISCIPLINE

 

3.5.1                   Advice

 

3.5.1.1                In a team event, players may receive advice from anyone authorised to be at the playing area.

 

3.5.1.2                In an individual event, a player or pair may receive advice only from one person, designated beforehand to the umpire, except that where the players of a doubles pair are from different Associations each may designate an adviser, but with regard to 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 these two advisors shall be treated as a unit; if an unauthorised person gives advice the umpire shall hold up a red card and send him or her away from the playing area.

 

3.5.1.3                Players may receive advice at any time except during rallies provided play is not thereby delayed (3.4.4.1); if any authorised person gives advice illegally the umpire shall hold up a yellow card to warn him or her that any further such offence will result in his or her dismissal from the playing area.

 

3.5.1.4                After a warning has been given, if in the same team match or the same match of an individual event anyone again gives advice illegally, the umpire shall hold up a red card and send him or her away from the playing area, whether or not he or she was the person warned.

 

3.5.1.5                In a team match the dismissed adviser shall not be allowed to return, except when required to play, and he or she shall not be replaced by another adviser until the team match has ended; in an individual event he or she shall not be allowed to return until the individual match has ended.

 

3.5.1.6                If the dismissed adviser refuses to leave, or returns before the end of the match, the umpire shall suspend play and report to the referee.

 

3.5.1.7                These regulations shall apply only to advice on play and shall not prevent a player or captain, as appropriate, from making a legitimate appeal nor hinder a consultation with an interpreter or Association representative on the explanation of a juridical decision.

 

3.5.2                   Misbehaviour

 

3.5.2.1                Players and coaches or other advisers shall refrain from behaviour that may unfairly affect an opponent, offend spectators or bring the sport into disrepute, such as abusive language, deliberately breaking the ball or hitting it out of the playing area, kicking the table or surrounds and disrespect of match officials.

 

3.5.2.2                If at any time a player, a coach or another adviser commits a serious offence the umpire shall suspend play and report immediately to the referee; for less serious offences the umpire may, on the first occasion, hold up a yellow card and warn the offender that any further offence is liable to incur penalties.

 

3.5.2.3                Except as provided in 3.5.2.2 and 3.5.2.5, if a player who has been warned commits a second offence in the same individual match or team match, the umpire shall award 1 point to the offender's opponent and for a further offence he or she shall award 2 points, each time holding up a yellow and a red card together.

 

3.5.2.4                If a player against whom 3 penalty points have been awarded in the same individual match or team match continues to misbehave, the umpire shall suspend play and report immediately to the referee.

 

3.5.2.5                If a player changes his or her racket during an individual match when it has not been damaged, the umpire shall suspend play and report to the referee.

 

3.5.2.6                A warning or penalty incurred by either player of a doubles pair shall apply to the pair, but not to the non-offending player in a subsequent individual match of the same team match; at the start of a doubles match the pair shall be regarded as having incurred the higher of any warnings or penalties incurred by either player in the same team match.

 

3.5.2.7                Except as provided in 3.5.2.2, if a coach or another adviser who has been warned commits a further offence in the same individual match or team match, the umpire shall hold up a red card and send him or her away from the playing area until the end of the team match or, in an individual event, of the individual match.

 

3.5.2.8                The referee shall have power to disqualify a player from a match, an event or a competition for seriously unfair or offensive behaviour, whether reported by the umpire or not; as he or she does so he or she shall hold up a red card; for less serious offenses which do not justify disqualification, the referee may decide to report such an offense to a Disciplinary Panel (3.5.2.13).

 

3.5.2.9                If a player is disqualified from 2 matches of a team or individual event he or she shall automatically be disqualified from that team event or individual competition.

 

3.5.2.10              The referee may disqualify for the remainder of a competition anyone who has twice been sent away from the playing area during that competition.

 

3.5.2.11              If a player is disqualified from an event or competition for any reason, he or she shall automatically forfeit any associated title, medal, prize money or ranking points.

 

3.5.2.12              Cases of very serious misbehaviour shall be reported to the offender' Association.

 

3.5.2.13              A Disciplinary Panel appointed by the Executive Committee, consisting of 4 members and a chair, shall decide on appropriate sanctions for offences reported by the referee of an event within 14 days of the end of the event. The Disciplinary Panel shall decide according to directives given by the Executive Committee.

 

3.5.2.1                4An appeal against the Disciplinary Panel´s decision may be made by the disciplined player, adviser or official within 15 days to the ITTF Executive Committee, whose decision on the matter shall be final.

 

3.5.3                   Good Presentation

 

3.5.3.1                Players, coaches and officials shall uphold the object of good presentation of the sport and safeguard its integrity by refraining from any attempt to influence the elements of a competition in a manner contrary to sporting ethics:

 

3.5.3.1.1             Players have to do their utmost to win a match and shall not withdraw except for reasons of illness or injury.

 

3.5.3.1.2             Players, coaches and officials shall not participate in any form of or support betting or gambling related to their own matches and competitions.

 

3.5.3.2                Any player who deliberately fails to comply with these principles shall be disciplined by total or partial loss of prize money in prize events and/or by suspension from ITTF events.

 

3.5.3.3                In the event of complicity proven against any adviser or official the relevant national Association is also expected to discipline this person.

 

3.5.3.4                A Disciplinary Panel appointed by the Executive Committee, consisting of 4 members and a chair, shall decide on whether an infringement committed and if necessary on appropriate sanctions; this Disciplinary Panel shall decide according to directives given by the Executive Committee.

 

3.5.3.5                An appeal against the Disciplinary Panel’s decision may be made by the disciplined player, adviser or official within 15 days to the ITTF Executive Committee whose decision on the matter shall be final.

 

3.6                      DRAW FOR KNOCK-OUT COMPETITIONS

 

3.6.1                   Byes and Qualifiers

 

3.6.1.1                The number of places in the first round proper of a knockout event shall be a power of 2.

 

3.6.1.1.1             If there are fewer entries than places, the first round shall include enough byes to make up the required number.

 

3.6.1.1.2             If there are more entries than places, a qualifying competition shall be held such that the number of qualifiers and the number of direct entries together make up the required number.

 

3.6.1.2                Byes shall be distributed as evenly as possible throughout the first round, being placed first against seeded places, in seeding order.

 

3.6.1.3                Qualifiers shall be drawn as evenly as possible among the halves, quarters, eighths or sixteenths of the draw, as appropriate.

 

3.6.2                   Seeding by Ranking

 

3.6.2.1                The highest ranked entries in an event shall be seeded so that they cannot meet before the closing rounds.

 

3.6.2.2                The number of entries to be seeded shall not exceed the number of entries in the 1st round proper of the event.

 

3.6.2.3                The entry ranked 1 shall be placed at the top of the first half of the draw and the entry ranked 2 at the bottom of the second half, but all other seeded entries shall be drawn among specified places in the draw, as follows:

 

3.6.2.3.1             the entries ranked 3 and 4 shall be drawn between the bottom of the first half of the draw and the top of the second half;

 

3.6.2.3.2             the entries ranked 5-8 shall be drawn among the bottom places of the odd- numbered quarters of the draw and the top places of the even-numbered quarters;

 

3.6.2.3.3             the entries ranked 9-16 shall be drawn among the bottom places of the odd-numbered eighths of the draw and the top places of the even- numbered eighths;

 

3.6.2.3.4             the entries ranked 17-32 shall be drawn among the bottom places of the odd-numbered sixteenths of the draw and the top places of the even- numbered sixteenths.

 

3.6.2.4                In a team knockout event only the highest ranked team from an Association shall be eligible for seeding by ranking.

 

3.6.2.5                Seeding by ranking shall follow the order of the latest ranking list published by the ITTF except that:

 

3.6.2.5.1             where all the entries eligible for seeding are from Associations belonging to the same Continental Federation the latest list published by that Federation shall take precedence;

 

3.6.2.5.2             where all the entries eligible for seeding are from the same Association the latest list published by that Association shall take precedence.

 

3.6.3                   Seeding by Association Nomination

 

3.6.3.1                Nominated players and pairs of the same Association shall, as far as possible, be separated so that they cannot meet before the closing rounds of an event.

 

3.6.3.2                Associations shall list their nominated players and pairs in descending order of playing strength, starting with any players included in the ranking list used for seeding, in the order of that list.

 

3.6.3.3                The entries ranked 1 and 2 shall be drawn into different halves and those ranked 3 and 4 into quarters other than those occupied by the first two.

 

3.6.3.4                The entries ranked 5-8 shall be drawn as evenly as possible into eighths other than those occupied by the first four.

 

3.6.3.5                The entries ranked 9-16 shall be drawn as evenly as possible into sixteenths other than those occupied by higher ranked players or pairs and so on, until all the entries have been allocated.

 

3.6.3.6                A men's or women's doubles pair consisting of players from different Associations shall be considered a pair of the Association of the player ranked higher in the World Ranking List, or, if neither player is in this list, in the appropriate Continental Ranking List; if neither player is included in a World or Continental Ranking List, the pair shall be considered a member of the Association whose team is ranked higher in the appropriate World Team Ranking List.

 

3.6.3.7                A mixed doubles pair consisting of players from different Associations shall be considered a pair of the Association to which the man belongs.

 

3.6.3.8                Alternatively, any doubles pair consisting of players from different Associations may be considered a pair of both of these Associations.

 

3.6.3.9                In a qualifying competition, entries from the same Association, up to the number of qualifying groups, shall be drawn into separate groups in such a way that qualifiers are, as far as possible, separated in accordance with the principles of 3.6.3.3-5.

 

3.6.4                   Alterations

 

3.6.4.1                A completed draw may be altered only with the permission of the responsible management committee and, where appropriate, the agreement of the representatives of Associations directly concerned.

 

3.6.4.2                The draw may be altered only to correct errors and genuine misunderstandings in the notification and acceptance of entry, to correct serious imbalance, as provided in 3.6.5, or to include additional players or pairs, as provided in 3.6.6.

 

3.6.4.3                No alterations other than necessary deletions shall be made to the draw of an event after it has started; for the purpose of this regulation a qualifying competition may be regarded as a separate event.

 

3.6.4.4                A player shall not be deleted from the draw without his or her permission, unless he or she is disqualified; such permission must be given either by the player if he or she is present or, if he or she is absent, by his or her authorised representative.

 

3.6.4.5                A doubles pair shall not be altered if both players are present and fit to play, but injury, illness or absence of one player may be accepted as justification for an alteration.

 

3.6.5                   Re-draw

 

3.6.5.1                Except as provided in 3.6.4.2, 3.6.4.5 and 3.6.5.2, a player shall not be moved from one place in the draw to another and if for any reason the draw becomes seriously unbalanced the event shall, wherever possible, be completely re- drawn.

 

3.6.5.2                Exceptionally, where the imbalance is due to the absence of several seeded players or pairs from the same section of the draw, the remaining seeded players or pairs only may be re-numbered in ranking order and re-drawn to the extent possible among the seeded places, taking account as far as is practicable of the requirements for seeding by Association nomination.

 

3.6.6                   Additions

 

3.6.6.1                Players not included in the original draw may be added later, at the discretion of the responsible management committee and with the agreement of the referee.

 

3.6.6.2                Any vacancies in seeded places shall first be filled, in ranking order, by drawing into them the strongest new players or pairs; any further players or pairs shall be drawn into vacancies due to absence or disqualification and then into byes other than those against seeded players or pairs.

 

3.6.6.3                Any players or pairs who would have been seeded by ranking if they had been included in the original draw may be drawn only into vacancies in seeded places.

 

3.7                      ORGANISATION OF COMPETITIONS

 

3.7.1                   Authority

 

3.7.1.1                Provided the Constitution is observed, any Association may organise or authorise open, restricted or invitation tournaments within its territory or may arrange international matches.

 

3.7.1.2                Players from affiliated ITTF member Associations, when competing internationally, can only participate in ITTF events, ITTF approved events and ITTF registered events entered through their national Association, as well as in ITTF recognised events entered through their National Olympic Committee or National Paralympic Committee respectively. Participation in any other type of event can only be allowed with the express written permission of the national Association of the player or the ITTF; permission to players will be considered given unless a specific or general notification is made by the national Association of the player or the ITTF withholding the permission to participate in an event or series of events.

 

3.7.1.3                A player or team may not take part in an international competition if he or she or it is suspended by his or her or its Association or Continental Federation.

 

3.7.1.4                No event may use a World title without the permission of the ITTF, or a Continental title without the permission of the appropriate Continental Federation.

 

3.7.2                   Representation

 

3.7.2.1                Representatives of all Associations whose players are taking part in an Open International Championships event shall be entitled to attend the draw and shall be consulted on any alterations to the draw or any decisions of appeal that may directly affect their players.

 

3.7.3                   Entries

 

3.7.3.1                Entry forms for Open International Championships shall be sent to all Associations not later than 2 calendar months before the start of the competition and not later than 1 calendar month before the date for the close of entries.

 

3.7.3.2                All entries nominated by Associations for open tournaments shall be accepted but the organisers shall have power to allocate entries to a qualifying competition; in deciding this allocation they shall take account of the relevant ITTF and Continental ranking lists and of any ranking order of entries specified by the nominating Association.

 

3.7.4                   Events

 

3.7.4.1                Open International Championships shall include men's singles, women's singles, men's doubles and women's doubles and may include mixed doubles and international team events for teams representing Associations.

 

3.7.4.2                In world title competitions, players in youth, junior and cadet events must be under 21, under 18 and under 15 respectively on 31st December immediately before the calendar year in which the competition takes place; these age limits are recommended for corresponding events in other competitions.

 

3.7.4.3                It is recommended that team matches at Open International Championships be played according to one of the systems specified in 3.7.6; the entry form or prospectus shall show which system has been chosen.

 

3.7.4.4                Individual events proper shall be played on a knockout basis, but team events and qualifying rounds of individual events may be played on either a knockout or a group basis.

 

3.7.5                   Group Competitions

 

3.7.5.1                In a group, or "round robin", competition, all members of the group shall compete against each other and shall gain 2 match points for a win, 1 for a loss in a played match and 0 for a loss in an unplayed or unfinished match; the ranking order shall be determined primarily by the number of match points gained. If a player is defaulted after the completion of a match for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have lost the match, which shall subsequently be recorded as a loss in an unplayed match.

 

3.7.5.2                If two or more members of the group have gained the same number of match points their relative positions shall be determined only by the results of the matches between them, by considering successively the numbers of match points, the ratios of wins to losses first in individual matches (for a team event), games and points, as far as is necessary to resolve the order.

 

3.7.5.3                If at any step in the calculations the positions of one or more members of the group have been determined while the others are still equal, the results of matches in which those members took part shall be excluded from any further calculations needed to resolve the equalities in accordance with the procedure of 3.7.5.1 and 3.7.5.2.

 

3.7.5.4                If it is not possible to resolve equalities by means of the procedure specified in

 

3.7.5.1-3             the relative positions shall be decided by lot.

 

3.7.5.5                Unless otherwise authorised by the Jury, if 1 player or team is to qualify the final match in the group shall be between the players or teams numbered 1 and 2, if 2 are to qualify the final match shall be between the players or teams numbered 2 and 3 and so on.

 

3.7.6                   Team Match Systems

 

3.7.6.1                Best of 5 matches (New Swaythling Cup system, 5 singles)

 

3.7.6.1.1             A team shall consist of 3 players.

 

3.7.6.1.2             The order of play shall be

 

1)                                                        A v X

 

2)                        B v Y

 

3)                        C v Z

 

4)                        A v Y

 

5)                        B v X

 

3.7.6.2                Best of 5 matches (Corbillon Cup system, 4 singles and 1 doubles)

 

3.7.6.2.1             A team shall consist of 2, 3 or 4 players.

 

3.7.6.2.2             The order of play shall be

 

1)                                                        A v X

 

2)                        B v Y

 

3)                        doubles

 

4)                        A v Y

 

5)                        B v X

 

3.7.6.2.3             In Para TT events, the order of play may be as in 3.7.6.2.2 except that the doubles match may be played last.

 

3.7.6.3                Best of 5 matches (Olympic system, 4 singles and 1 doubles).

 

3.7.6.3.1             A team shall consist of 3 players; each player shall compete in a maximum of 2 individual matches.

 

3.7.6.3.2             The order of play shall be

 

1)                                                        A v X

 

2)                        B v Y

 

3)                        doubles C & A or B v Z & X or Y

 

4)                        B or A v Z

 

5)                        C v Y or X

 

3.7.6.4                Best of 7 matches (6 singles and 1 doubles)

 

3.7.6.4.1             A team shall consist of 3, 4 or 5 players.

 

3.7.6.4.2             The order of play shall be

 

1)                                                        A v Y

 

2)                        B v X

 

3)                        C v Z

 

4)                        doubles

 

5)                        A v X

 

6)                        C v Y

 

7)                        B v Z

 

3.7.6.5                Best of 9 matches (9 singles)

 

3.7.6.5.1             A team shall consist of 3 players.

 

3.7.6.5.2             The order of play shall be

 

1)                                                        A v X

 

2)                                                        B v Y

 

3)                        C v Z

 

4)                        B v X

 

5)                        A v Z

 

6)                        C v Y

 

7)                        B v Z

 

8)                        C v X

 

9)                        A v Y

 

3.7.7                   Team Match Procedure

 

3.7.7.1                All players shall be selected from those nominated for the event.

 

3.7.7.2                The name of the team captain, playing or non-playing, shall be designated beforehand to the umpire.

 

3.7.7.3                Before a team match the right to choose A, B, C or X, Y, Z shall be decided by lot and the captains shall name their teams to the referee or his or her representative, assigning a letter to each singles player.

 

3.7.7.4                The pairs for a doubles match need not be nominated until the end of the immediately preceding singles match.

 

3.7.7.5                A team match shall end when one team has won a majority of the possible individual matches.

 

3.7.8                   Results

 

3.7.8.1                As soon as possible after the end of a competition and not later than 7 days thereafter the organising Association shall send to the ITTF Secretariat and to the Secretary of the appropriate Continental Federation details of the results, including points scores, of international matches, of all rounds of Continental and Open International Championships and of the closing rounds of national championships.

 

3.7.9                   Television and Streaming

 

3.7.9.1                An event other than World, Continental, Olympic or Paralympic title competitions may be broadcast by television only with the permission of the Association from whose territory the broadcast is made.

 

3.7.9.2                Participation in an international event presumes the consent of the Association controlling the visiting players to the televising of that event; in World, Continental, Olympic or Paralympic title competitions such consent is presumed for the showing anywhere of live or recorded television during the period of the event and within 1 calendar month afterwards.

 

3.7.9.3                All streaming of ITTF events (all categories) shall be subject to compliance with the ITTF streaming certification process and a Streaming Certification Fee (SCF) shall be charged to the rights holder of the event.

 

3.8                      INTERNATIONAL ELIGIBILITY

 

3.8.1                   Eligibility in Olympic title competitions is regulated separately by 4.5.1 and eligibility in Paralympic title competitions is regulated separately by the IPC and 4.6.1; additional eligibility regulations apply to World title events (4.1.3, 4.2.3, 4.3.6, 4.4.3).

 

3.8.2                   A player shall be regarded as representing an Association if he or she accepted to be nominated by this Association and subsequently participates in a competition listed in 3.1.2.3 or in regional championships other than individual events at Open International Championships.

 

3.8.3                   A player is eligible to represent an Association only if he or she is a national of the country in which that Association has jurisdiction, except that a player who has already represented an Association of which he or she was not a national in accordance with previous rules may retain that eligibility.

 

3.8.3.1                Where the players of more than one Association have the same nationality, a player may represent one of these Associations only, if he or she is born in or has his or her main residence in the territory controlled by that Association.

 

3.8.3.2                A player who is eligible to represent more than 1 Association shall have the right to choose which of the relevant Associations he or she will represent.

 

3.8.4                   A player is eligible to represent a Continental Federation (1.18.1) in an event of continental teams only if he or she is eligible to represent a member Association of this Continental Federation according to 3.8.3.

 

3.8.5                   A player shall not represent different Associations within a period of 3 years.

 

3.8.6                   An Association may nominate a player under its jurisdiction (1.21) to enter any individual events of Open International Championships; such nomination may be indicated in results lists and ITTF publications but does not affect the eligibility of this player according to 3.8.2.

 

3.8.7                   A player or his or her Association shall, if so requested by the referee, provide documentary evidence of his or her eligibility and his or her passport.

 

3.8.8                   Any appeal on a question of eligibility shall be referred to an Eligibility Commission, consisting of the Executive Committee, the Chair of the Rules Committee and the Chair of the Athletes’ Commission, whose decision shall be final.

 

 

4               REGULATIONS FOR WORLD, OLYMPIC AND PARALYMPIC TITLE COMPETITIONS

 

4.1                      WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS

 

4.1.1                   Authority for Organisation

 

4.1.1.1                The title "World Championships", referred to in this Section as "Championships", shall be bestowed by the AGM on the championship events at a tournament organised by an Association entrusted with the task.

 

4.1.1.2                The closing date for applications to stage Championships shall be specified by the Executive Committee and notified to all Associations, giving at least 6 months’ notice.

 

4.1.1.3                All applications shall be considered by the Executive Committee and shall be submitted to the AGM, together with the report of the Selection Committee, if applicable, on venues for the occasion in question.

 

4.1.1.4                Where necessary, the AGM or the Executive Committee may ask one or more members of the appropriate Committee to visit the country of an Association applying for the right to organise the Championships to satisfy themselves as to the adequacy of the proposed playing and other arrangements; the cost of such visits shall be borne by that Association.

 

4.1.1.5                If, after an option has been granted, circumstances change in such a way as to be likely to prejudice the satisfactory conduct of the Championships, the option may be revoked by a 2/3 majority vote at an AGM prior to the Championships; between AGMs the Board of Directors shall have power to transfer the Championships or to take any other appropriate action.

 

4.1.2                   Responsibilities of Organisers

 

4.1.2.1                An Association granted the right to organise the Championships, hereafter referred to as the "organisers" shall be responsible for conducting them in accordance with the Laws of Table Tennis, the Regulations for International Competitions and the Regulations for World Title Competitions, as modified or supplemented by any directives authorised by the Board of Directors.

 

4.1.2.2                Organisers shall provide accommodation and meals from lunch on the day before the Championships begin until breakfast on the day after the Championships end for:

 

4.1.2.2.1             not more than 2 men and 2 women players nominated by an Association;

 

4.1.2.2.21            delegate to the AGM from each Association if he is not already included in the nominated players listed above;

 

4.1.2.2.3             members of the Executive Committee, the Board of Directors and the Olympic and Paralympic Commission, full members of committees and the Technical and Gender Commissioners;

 

4.1.2.2.4             up to 3 Doping Control Supervisors appointed by the Sports Science and Medical Committee;

 

4.1.2.2.5             members of the Athletes' Commission not already included in the nominated players’ lists;

 

4.1.2.2.6             Honorary Presidents;

 

4.1.2.2.7             Personal Honorary Members;

 

4.1.2.2.8             members of the President’s Advisory Council;

 

4.1.2.2.9             International Umpires, Referees and Evaluators from other Associations invited in accordance with the ITTF directives for match officials at World Title Competitions;

 

4.1.2.2.10            up to 7 members of the ITTF staff including 1 assisting the Doping Control Supervisors.

 

4.1.2.3                If the business of the ITTF extends outside the period of the Championships the period of hospitality for those entitled to participate in such business shall be extended correspondingly.

 

4.1.2.4                Organisers shall provide free medical care and medicine for all participants, but each Association is recommended to insure its players and officials against illness and injury for the duration of the Championships.

 

4.1.2.5                Organisers shall meet the cost of transport between the place of accommodation and the playing hall.

 

4.1.2.6                Organisers shall request their national authorities to waive visa charges for all participants.

 

4.1.2.7                Organisers shall ensure free access to the playing hall and free circulation therein for all the players, officials and members listed in 4.1.2.2, for any additional players and committee members and for any interpreter, doctor or medical adviser appointed by the ITTF.

 

4.1.2.8                Organisers shall provide first-class interpreting in at least four languages, preferably by simultaneous translation with the appropriate equipment.

 

4.1.2.9                Organisers shall provide the ITTF with offices at the venue of the Championships and place at its disposal translation, computer, internet, telephone, telefax and duplicating facilities.

 

4.1.2.10              Organisers shall publish a prospectus giving the main details of the organisation of the Championships, including:

 

4.1.2.10.1            the dates and place of the Championships;

 

4.1.2.10.2            the events to be held;

 

4.1.2.10.3            the equipment to be used;

 

4.1.2.10.4            the procedure for entry, the entry fees and the undertakings required;

 

4.1.2.10.5            the date and place of the draw;

 

4.1.2.10.6            the dates of Jury meetings and of AGM sessions;

 

4.1.2.10.7            the extent of hospitality for players and officials;

 

4.1.2.10.8            any directives authorised by the Board of Directors for the Championships.

 

4.1.2.11              During the Championships Organisers shall make available promptly to members of the ITTF Executive Committee, Board of Directors members and team captain’s details of results, including points scores; as soon as possible after the completion of the Championships Organisers shall publish the complete results, including points scores, and circulate them to all Associations.

 

4.1.3                   Eligibility

 

4.1.3.1                Only an Association which is not in arrears (1.7.3.3) and has taken part with at least one player or team (an entry) in its preceding Continental Championships, including qualification tournaments, or Continental Games, shall be eligible to enter teams or individual players in the Championships.

 

4.1.3.2                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.1.3.3                Such player shall not represent the new Association before:

 

4.1.3.3.13            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.1.3.3.25            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.1.3.3.37            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.1.3.3.49            years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.1.3.4                A player having participated already in World Championships shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.1.4                   Entry Fees and Levy

 

4.1.4.1                The entry fees shall be US$100 for each entry in a team event, US$50 for each pair in a doubles event and US$25 for each entry in a singles event.

 

4.1.4.2                The entry fees shall be paid to the organisers at the time of entry and shall be shared equally between the organisers and the ITTF.

 

4.1.4.3                Fees for entries from an Association are due from that Association and shall always be payable, except that the Board of Directors may waive the fees where an Association is prevented from participating in the Championships by circumstances outside its control.

 

4.1.5                   Submission of Entries

 

4.1.5.1                The intention to enter teams or players shall be notified to the ITTF in a preliminary notification form provided by the Secretariat; the closing date for the receipt of this form shall be not later than 4 calendar months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.1.5.2                Information shall be distributed, together with the prospectus, by the Competition Department and entries shall be submitted as required.

 

4.1.5.3                The closing date for the final entries shall be not later than 2 calendar months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.1.5.4                An Association may nominate up to 5 players and a non-playing captain for a team event; if a non-playing captain is not appointed one of the team players shall be designated as captain.

 

4.1.5.5                An Association shall rank its nominated players and pairs in order of playing strength, which shall be consistent with their current world ranking.

 

4.1.5.6                The ITTF may accept only formal nominations by an eligible Association, which are received, properly signed by a responsible representative of the nominating Association, on or before the closing date.

 

4.1.6                   Modification of Entries

 

4.1.6.1                Modified entries shall be accepted, if notified by a representative of the nominating Association, at any time up to the day before the first official draw at World Championships (for individual events).

 

4.1.6.2                Change the composition of a team may be accepted if notified by a representative of the nominating Association up to the time of the Jury meeting preceding the World Team Championships; no further changes will be accepted after this deadline.

 

4.1.6.3                As soon as he or she arrives at the Championships venue, the representative of an Association requesting a change to the draw in consequence of any error or absence shall notify the referee or his or her deputy, or confirm any change already notified, on a form provided for the purpose.

 

4.1.6.4                A request for modification of an entry cannot be considered unless it is made or confirmed by the representative of an Association immediately on arrival, other than a request based on the subsequent absence, illness or injury of one player of a doubles pair, which shall be made as soon as the contingency arises.

 

4.1.6.5                All alterations that are authorised shall be notified immediately to team captains and, where appropriate, to Association representatives.

 

4.1.7                   Entry Obligations

 

4.1.7.1                The entry form shall contain a statement, to be signed by a responsible representative of the nominating Association on behalf of all its nominated players and captains, that they understand and accept the conditions of the Championships and that they are prepared to compete against all other teams and individuals participating; no entry shall be valid unless accompanied by this declaration.

 

4.1.7.2                In individual events all entrants are accepted as individual competitors; they shall be bound to do their utmost to win the events for which they are entered, irrespective of whether other entrants from the same Association have been accepted to take part, and they shall not withdraw except for reasons of illness or injury.

 

4.1.8                   Jury

 

4.1.8.1                The Jury shall consist of the Technical Commissioner, Chairs of the Technical, Rules and the Umpires’ and Referees’ Committees, a representative of the Competition Department, a representative of the organising committee and the referee; the referee shall have the right to speak but not to vote.

 

4.1.8.2                If any of the nominated Chairs is unable to attend a meeting of the Jury he or she may nominate to attend in his or her place another member of his or her Committee, who shall have the right to speak and to vote.

 

4.1.8.3                The Chair of the Jury shall be appointed by the members of the Jury.

 

4.1.8.4                Any Association directly affected by a matter under consideration at a Jury meeting shall be entitled to be represented at that meeting but shall not be entitled to vote.

 

4.1.8.5                The Jury shall have power to decide any question of appeal within the jurisdiction of a tournament management committee and to authorise team changes.

 

4.1.8.6                The Jury shall meet before the start of the Championships to be informed of all draw alterations requested up to that time and to decide any requests for changes in the composition of teams; any subsequent questions of draw alteration shall be decided by the Technical Commissioner in conjunction with a representative of the Competition Department and the Jury shall meet again only when convened by the Chair to consider appeals against its administrative decisions or decisions of the referee.

 

4.1.9                   Events

 

4.1.9.1                In even numbered years, the Championships shall include men's team and women's team events; while in odd numbered years the Championships shall include men's singles, women's singles, men's doubles, women's doubles and mixed doubles events.

 

4.1.9.2                In doubles events, both players may be from different Associations.

 

4.1.9.3                The system of play in team and individual events, the system of qualification in the team event and their implementation dates shall be decided by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Technical Commissioner and the Competition Program.

 

4.1.9.4                Team matches shall be the best of 5 singles, as provided in 3.7.6.1.

 

4.1.9.5                There shall not be more than 128 places in the first round proper of a singles and not more than 64 places in the first round proper of a men’s, women’s and mixed doubles event, unless otherwise authorised by the Executive Committee.

 

4.1.9.6                Each Association shall be entitled to enter 3 men and 3 women players in each singles event, with one additional player ranked in the top 100 and one additional player ranked in the top 20 of the ITTF world ranking list issued in January of the year of the Championships to a maximum of 5 men and 5 women. The maximum entry for each association is 4 players for men’s doubles, 4 players for women’s doubles and 2 men and 2 women for mixed doubles; all players may be different, however, each association can only enter a maximum of 2 combined pairs (players from different associations) per doubles event.

 

4.1.9.6.1             The host Association may enter up to 6 men and 6 women in each singles event, 3 men’s doubles, 3 women’s doubles and 3 mixed doubles regardless of ranking.

 

4.1.9.7                Players of the same Association shall be separated according to 3.6.3.1, 3.6.3.3, 3.6.3.4 and 3.6.3.5 only in preliminary rounds and groups and in the first round of the draw but not in further rounds.

 

4.1.10                 Default

 

4.1.10.1              An Association whose team is entered in the draw but which fails to compete in the event without adequate justification may be subject to disciplinary action by the AGM.

 

4.1.10.2              A team may begin, continue and complete a team match only with the full complement of players specified for the event, except that the referee may, at his or her discretion, allow a team to play with one player absent oran individual match to be omitted from the sequence where he or she is satisfied that the absence is due to accident, illness, injury or other circumstances outside the control of the player or the Association concerned, including disqualification by the referee in accordance with his or her authority.

 

4.1.10.3              An Association whose team begins to play in the event but which fails to complete its schedule of matches shall be liable to forfeit its entitlement to hospitality for its representatives at the Championships; an appeal against forfeit may be made to the Jury, whose decision shall be final.

 

4.1.11                 Doping Control

 

4.1.11.1              Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with ITTF Anti-Doping rules (Chapter 5).

 

4.1.12                 Awards and Presentations

 

4.1.12.1              The permanent Championship trophies shall be:

 

4.1.12.1.1            the Swaythling Cup for the men's team event;

 

4.1.12.1.2            the Marcel Corbillon Cup for the women's team event;

 

4.1.12.1.3            the St Bride Vase for the men's singles event;

 

4.1.12.1.4            the G Geist Prize for the women's singles event;

 

4.1.12.1.5            the Iran Cup for the men's doubles event;

 

4.1.12.1.6            the W J Pope Trophy for the women's doubles event;

 

4.1.12.1.7            the Heydusek prize for the mixed doubles event.

 

4.1.12.2              The Association whose team wins a team event, and the winner of an individual event, shall be entitled to hold the appropriate trophy until 31st December in the year following that in which it is won; the pair winning a doubles event shall agree or decide by lot the order in which each of them shall hold the trophy for half of the specified period.

 

4.1.12.3              A player who wins the men's or women's singles event 3 times in succession or 4 times in all shall receive from the ITTF a half-size replica of the appropriate trophy as a permanent possession.

 

4.1.12.4              In both team and individual events the winners shall receive gold medals, the losing finalists silver medals and the losing semi-finalists bronze medals.

 

4.1.12.5              At presentation ceremonies for both team and individual events the national flags of the gold, silver and bronze medal winners shall be raised and the national anthem of the gold medal winner shall be played.

 

4.1.12.6              The Association whose team or player wins a trophy shall acknowledge its receipt in writing and at the end of the specified period shall deliver it, within 14 days of a formal notification by the Secretariat, at an agreed time and to an agreed place.

 

4.1.12.7              The Association acknowledging receipt of a trophy shall be responsible for its safe keeping including the arrangement of insurance. The cost of insurance and of inscription of winners' names, which in team events should include any non-playing captain, shall be borne by the Association whose team or players wins a trophy.

 

4.1.12.8              If a trophy is lost while in the possession of an Association, that Association shall be responsible for the provision of a similar replacement.

 

4.1.12.9              At the closing ceremony the Egypt Cup, the symbol of the friendship of the Championships, shall be handed over to a representative of the city in which the next Championships will take place; this city shall hold the Egypt Cup until the next Championships.

 

4.1.13                 Commercial Rights

 

4.1.13.1              The ITTF exclusively owns and controls all commercial rights in and to the Championships. Such Commercial Rights to include, without limitation and in each case on a worldwide basis, all:

 

4.1.13.1.1            audio, visual and audio-visual and data rights (in every medium, whether or not existing as at the date of these regulations);

 

4.1.13.1.2            sponsorship, advertising, merchandising, marketing and other forms of rights of association;

 

4.1.13.1.3            ticketing, hospitality and other concession rights; and

 

4.1.13.1.4            other rights to commercialise the Championships (including without limitation any so-called "event rights" and any right to authorise the taking of bets on the Championships.

 

4.1.13.2              The ITTF shall be entitled to exploit the Commercial Rights in such manner as it considers appropriate, including granting licences in respect of the same (or part thereof) to the relevant Association or to other third party(ies) from time to time.

 

4.1.13.3              Each Association shall ensure that their members (officials, players, delegates and other affiliates) shall:

 

4.1.13.3.1            comply with any and all rules, regulations and/or guidelines in relation to the exploitation of the Commercial Rights which may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the ITTF; and

 

4.1.13.3.2            provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the ITTF and/or the relevant third party to fulfil their obligations under any arrangements for the exploitation of any of the Commercial Rights and shall not by any act or omission infringe any exclusive rights granted there under or otherwise cause any breach thereof to occur. For the avoidance of doubt only the ITTF may enforce this rule against an Association and no third party shall be entitled to do so.

 

4.2                      WORLD JUNIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

 

4.2.1                   Authority for Organisation

 

4.2.1.1                The title "World Junior Championships", referred to in this Section as "Championships", shall be bestowed by the AGM on the championship events at a tournament organised by an Association entrusted with the task.

 

4.2.1.2                The closing date for applications to stage Championships shall be specified by the Executive Committee and notified to all Associations, giving at least 6 months’ notice; applications shall be accepted only for the next 2 Championships.

 

4.2.1.3                All applications shall be considered by the Executive Committee and shall be submitted to the Board, together with details on venues for the occasion in question.

 

4.2.1.4                Where necessary, the Board or the Executive Committee may ask the Junior Commissioner to visit the country of an Association applying for the right to organise the Championships to satisfy themselves as to the adequacy of the proposed playing and other arrangements; the cost of such visits shall be borne by that Association.

 

4.2.1.5                If, after an option has been granted, circumstances change in such a way as to be likely to prejudice the satisfactory conduct of the Championships, the option may be revoked by a 2/3 majority vote at the AGM preceding the Championships; between AGMs the Board of Directors shall have power to transfer the Championships or to take any other appropriate action.

 

4.2.2                   Responsibilities of Organisers

 

4.2.2.1                An Association granted the right to organise the Championships, hereafter referred to as the "organisers" shall be responsible for conducting them in accordance with the Laws of Table Tennis, the Regulations for International Competitions and the Regulations for World Junior Championships, as modified or supplemented by any directives authorised by the Board of Directors.

 

4.2.2.2                Organisers shall provide accommodation and meals from lunch on the day before the Championships begin until breakfast on the day after the Championships end for

 

4.2.2.2.1             not more than 2 boys players nominated by an Association eligible for the boys team event;

 

4.2.2.2.2             not more than 2 girls players nominated by an Association eligible for the girls team event;

 

4.2.2.2.3             not more than 1 coach of an Association participating in 1 or 2 team events;

 

4.2.2.2.4             members of the ITTF Executive Committee and the Junior Commissioner;

 

4.2.2.2.5             up to 2 Doping Control Supervisors appointed by the Sports Science and Committee;

 

4.2.2.2.6             up to 2 ITTF Committee or Commission Chairs nominated by the Executive Committee;

 

4.2.2.2.7             International Umpires, Referees and Evaluators from other Associations invited in accordance with the ITTF directives for match officials at World Title Competitions;

 

4.2.2.2.8             up to 7 members of the ITTF staff.

 

4.2.2.3                Organisers shall provide free medical care and medicine for all participants, but each Association is recommended to insure its players and officials against illness and injury for the duration of the Championships.

 

4.2.2.4                Organisers shall meet the cost of transport between the place of accommodation and the playing hall.

 

4.2.2.5                Organisers shall request their national authorities to waive visa charges for all participants.

 

4.2.2.6                Organisers shall ensure free access to the playing hall and free circulation therein for all the players, officials and members listed in 4.2.2.2, for any additional players and ITTF officials and for any interpreter, doctor or medical adviser appointed by the ITTF.

 

4.2.2.7                Organisers shall provide the ITTF with offices at the venue of the Championships and place at its disposal translation, computer, internet, telephone, telefax and duplicating facilities.

 

4.2.2.8                Organisers shall publish a prospectus giving the main details of the organisation of the Championships, including

 

4.2.2.8.1             the dates and place of the Championships;

 

4.2.2.8.2             the events to be held;

 

4.2.2.8.3             the equipment to be used;

 

4.2.2.8.4             the procedure for entry, the entry fees and the undertakings required;

 

4.2.2.8.5             the date and place of the draw;

 

4.2.2.8.6             the dates of Jury meetings;

 

4.2.2.8.7             the extent of hospitality for players and officials;

 

4.2.2.8.8             any directives authorised by the Board of Directors for the Championships.

 

4.2.2.9                During the Championships Organisers shall make available promptly to members of the ITTF Executive Committee, Board of Directors members and team captains details of results, including points scores; as soon as possible after the completion of the Championships Organisers shall publish the complete results, including points scores, and circulate them to all Associations.

 

4.2.3                   Eligibility

 

4.2.3.1                Only an Association which is not in arrears (1.7.3.3) shall be eligible to enter teams or individual players in the Championships.

 

4.2.3.2                The system of qualification for team and individual events shall be determined by the Board not later than 18 months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.2.3.3                All players shall be juniors according to 3.7.4.2.

 

4.2.3.4                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.2.3.5                Such player shall not represent the new Association before 3 years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association.

 

4.2.3.6                Players being 15 years of age or older at the date of registration cannot represent their new Association at World Junior Championships except that

 

4.2.3.7                A player having participated already in World Junior Championships shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.2.4                   Entry Fees

 

4.2.4.1                The entry fees shall be US$50 for each entry in a team event, US$30 for each pair in a doubles event and US$15 for each entry in a singles event.

 

4.2.4.2                The entry fees shall be paid to the organisers at the time of entry and shall be shared equally between the organisers and the ITTF.

 

4.2.4.3                Fees for entries from an Association are due from that Association and shall always be payable, except that the Board of Directors may waive the fees where an Association is prevented from participating in the Championships by circumstances outside its control.

 

4.2.5                   Qualification and Entries

 

4.2.5.1                The intention of an Association qualified to enter teams or players shall be notified to the organisers and the ITTF in a preliminary notification form provided by the Secretariat; the closing date for the receipt of this form shall be not later than 4 calendar months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.2.5.2                Information shall be distributed, together with the prospectus, by the Competition Department and entries shall be submitted as required.

 

4.2.5.3                Two sets of these entry forms shall be returned to the organisers and one set to the Secretariat; the closing date for the receipt of these forms shall be not later than 2 calendar months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.2.5.4                An Association may nominate up to 4 qualified boys and up to 4 qualified girls players.

 

4.2.5.5                An Association shall rank its nominated players and pairs in order of playing strength, which shall be consistent with their current ranking in the World Junior Ranking List.

 

4.2.5.6                Organisers may accept only formal nominations by an eligible Association, which are received, properly signed by a responsible representative of the nominating Association, on or before the closing date.

 

4.2.6                   Modification of Entries

 

4.2.6.1                The nominating Association may change the composition of a team by notifying the organisers up to the time of the Jury meeting preceding the Championships, but in no circumstances after the start of the event.

 

4.2.6.2                As soon as he or she arrives at the Championships venue, the representative of an Association requesting a change to the draw in consequence of any error or absence shall notify the referee or his or her deputy, or confirm any change already notified, on a form provided for the purpose.

 

4.2.6.3                A request for modification of an entry cannot be considered unless it is made or confirmed by the representative of an Association immediately on arrival, other than a request based on the subsequent absence, illness or injury of one player of a doubles pair, which shall be made as soon as the contingency arises.

 

4.2.6.4                All alterations that are authorised shall be notified immediately to team captains and, where appropriate, to Association representatives.

 

4.2.7                   Entry Obligations

 

4.2.7.1                The entry form shall contain a statement, to be signed by a responsible representative of the nominating Association on behalf of all its nominated players and captains, that they understand and accept the conditions of the Championships and that they are prepared to compete against all other teams and individuals participating; no entry shall be valid unless accompanied by this declaration.

 

4.2.7.2                In individual events all entrants are accepted as individual competitors; they shall be bound to do their utmost to win the events for which they are entered, irrespective of whether other entrants from the same Association have been accepted to take part, and they shall not withdraw except for reasons of illness or injury.

 

4.2.8                   Jury

 

4.2.8.1                The Jury shall consist of the ITTF Junior Commissioner, a representative of the ITTF Competition Department, a representative of the ITTF World Junior Program, the Championships Director (or his or her equivalent), a representative of the organising committee and the referee; the referee shall have the right to speak but not to vote.

 

4.2.8.2                If the ITTF Junior Commissioner is unable to attend a meeting of the Jury he or she may nominate an appointee to attend in his or her place who shall have the right to speak and to vote.

 

4.2.8.3                The Chair of the Jury shall be appointed by the ITTF Junior Commissioner or in his or her absence by the representative of the ITTF World Junior Program.

 

4.2.8.4                Any Association directly affected by a matter under consideration at a Jury meeting shall be entitled to be represented at that meeting but shall not be entitled to vote.

 

4.2.8.5                The Jury shall have power to decide any question of appeal within the jurisdiction of a tournament management committee.

 

4.2.8.6                The Jury shall meet before the start of the Championships to be informed of all draw alterations requested up to that time; any subsequent questions of draw alteration shall be decided by the ITTF Junior Commissioner and the Jury shall meet again only when convened by the Junior Commissioner to consider appeals against its administrative decisions or decisions of the referee.

 

4.2.9                   Events

 

4.2.9.1                The Championships shall include boys’ team and girls’ team events as well as boys’ singles and doubles, girls’ singles and doubles and mixed doubles events.

 

4.2.9.1.1             With the exception of mixed doubles events, both players of a doubles shall be from the same Association.

 

4.2.9.2                The system of play and the system of qualification in the team and individual events, shall be decided by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Junior Commissioner, Technical Commissioner and the Competition Program, and shall be notified to all Associations not later than 6 calendar months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.2.10                 Default

 

4.2.10.1              An Association whose team is entered in the draw but which fails to compete in the event without adequate justification may be subject to disciplinary action by the AGM.

 

4.2.10.2              A team may begin, continue and complete a team match only with the full complement of players specified for the event, except that the referee may, at his or her discretion, allow a team to play with one player absent or an individual match to be omitted from the sequence where he or she is satisfied that the absence is due to accident, illness, injury or other circumstances outside the control of the player or the Association concerned, including disqualification by the referee in accordance with his or her authority.

 

4.2.10.3              An Association whose team begins to play in the event but which fails to complete its schedule of matches shall be liable to forfeit its entitlement to hospitality for its representatives at the Championships; an appeal against forfeit may be made to the Jury, whose decision shall be final.

 

4.2.11                 Doping Control

 

4.2.11.1              Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with ITTF Anti-Doping rules (Chapter 5).

 

4.2.12                 Awards and Presentations

 

4.2.12.1              In both team and individual events the winners shall receive gold medals, the losing finalists silver medals and the losing semi-finalists bronze medals.

 

4.2.12.2              At presentation ceremonies for both team and individual events the national flags of the gold, silver and bronze medal winners shall be raised and the national anthem of the gold medal winner shall be played.

 

4.2.13                 Commercial Rights

 

4.2.13.1              The ITTF exclusively owns and controls all commercial rights in and to the Championships. Such Commercial Rights to include, without limitation and in each case on a worldwide basis, all:

 

4.2.13.1.1            audio, visual and audio-visual and data rights (in every medium, whether or not existing as at the date of these regulations);

 

4.2.13.1.2            sponsorship, advertising, merchandising, marketing and other forms of rights of association;

 

4.2.13.1.3            ticketing, hospitality and other concession rights; and

 

4.2.13.1.4            other rights to commercialise the Championships (including without limitation any so-called "event rights" and any right to authorise the taking of bets on the Championships.

 

4.2.13.2              The ITTF shall be entitled to exploit the Commercial Rights in such manner as it considers appropriate, including granting licences in respect of the same (or part thereof) to the relevant Association or to other third party(ies) from time to time.

 

4.2.13.3              Each Association shall ensure that their members (officials, players, delegates and other affiliates) shall:

 

4.2.13.3.1            comply with any and all rules, regulations and/or guidelines in relation to the exploitation of the Commercial Rights which may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the ITTF; and

 

4.2.13.3.2            provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the ITTF and/or the relevant third party to fulfil their obligations under any arrangements for the exploitation of any of the Commercial Rights and shall not by any act or omission infringe any exclusive rights granted there under or otherwise cause any breach thereof to occur. For the avoidance of doubt only the ITTF may enforce this rule against an Association and no third party shall be entitled to do so.

 

4.3                      WORLD CUP

 

4.3.1                   Composition

 

4.3.1.1                A World Cup for Men and a World Cup for Women shall be held on an annual basis or every 2 years in even numbered years and Continental World Cups or an equivalent shall serve as the qualification for the World Cups.The qualification and playing system will be an integral part of the ITTF’s Competition Program.

 

4.3.1.2                Participants will be provided with free meals and accommodation from dinner on the evening before the start of the competition to breakfast on the morning after it ends; continental representatives will also be provided with free return travel tickets to the venue.

 

4.3.2                   Authority

 

4.3.2.1                The ITTF shall be the sole owner of the World Cup title and tournaments.

 

4.3.2.2                An Association may be granted permission to organise the tournament; submission of an application to do so shall be regarded as implying knowledge and acceptance of these and all other applicable regulations.

 

4.3.2.3                Organisers shall not, without prior consent of the ITTF, delegate any of their authority nor make any contract or agreement with any other body, such as a Regional Association, a municipal authority or a sponsor.

 

4.3.2.4                Any agreement made between the organisers and any other body shall not conflict with nor derogate from the principle of these regulations; in case of any dispute the authority of the ITTF, as exercised through its representatives, shall be paramount.

 

4.3.2.5                The ITTF may enter into contracts with promoters or sponsors.

 

4.3.3                   Appointments

 

4.3.3.1                For each tournament the ITTF Competition Department shall appoint a Tournament Director and a Competition Manager.

 

4.3.3.2                The Tournament Director shall be responsible to the ITTF Competition Department for ensuring observance of the conditions laid down for the tournament, including approval of the arrangements made by the organisers for ceremonies and presentations, protocol and seating arrangements at ceremonies and social functions and the presentation of play.

 

4.3.3.3                The Competition Manager shall be responsible to the ITTF for ensuring the adequacy of equipment and playing conditions, supervising the draw and scheduling matches.

 

4.3.4                   Doping Control

 

4.3.4.1                Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with ITTF Anti-Doping rules (Chapter 5).

 

4.3.5                   Playing System

 

4.3.5.1                The playing system will be determined by the Executive Committee on recommendation by the Competition Department. The selected players and their associations will be informed of the playing system to be used in the prospectus at the same time as the issuance of the invitation to the participants.

 

4.3.6                   Eligibility

 

4.3.6.1                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.3.6.2                Such player shall not represent the new Association before:

 

4.3.6.2.13            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.3.6.2.25            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.3.6.2.37            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.3.6.2.49            years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.3.6.3                A player having participated already in the World Cup shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.3.7                   Jury

 

4.3.7.1                The Jury shall consist of the ITTF Executive Vice-President responsible for the World Cup, the ITTF Director of Competition, a representative of the organising committee and the referee; the referee shall have the right to speak but not to vote.

 

4.3.7.2                If either the ITTF Executive Vice-President responsible for the World Cup or the ITTF Director of Competition is unable to attend a meeting of the Jury he or she may nominate an appointee to attend in his or her place who shall have the right to speak and to vote.

 

4.3.7.3                The Chair of the Jury shall be appointed by the ITTF Executive Vice-President responsible for the World Cup.

 

4.3.7.4                Any Association directly affected by a matter under consideration at a Jury meeting shall be entitled to be represented at that meeting but shall not be entitled to vote.

 

4.3.7.5                The Jury shall have power to decide any question of appeal within the jurisdiction of a tournament management committee.

 

4.3.7.6                The Jury shall meet before the start of the tournament to be informed of all draw alterations requested up to that time and the Jury shall meet again only when it has to consider appeals against its administrative decisions or decisions of the referee.

 

4.3.8                   Commercial Rights

 

4.3.8.1                The ITTF exclusively owns and controls all commercial rights in and to the Championships. Such Commercial Rights to include, without limitation and in each case on a worldwide basis, all:

 

4.3.8.1.1             audio, visual and audio-visual and data rights (in every medium, whether or not existing as at the date of these regulations);

 

4.3.8.1.2             sponsorship, advertising, merchandising, marketing and other forms of rights of association;

 

4.3.8.1.3             ticketing, hospitality and other concession rights; and

 

4.3.8.1.4             other rights to commercialise the Championships (including without limitation any so-called "event rights" and any right to authorise the taking of bets on the Championships.

 

4.3.8.2                The ITTF shall be entitled to exploit the Commercial Rights in such manner as it considers appropriate, including granting licences in respect of the same (or part thereof) to the relevant Association or to other third party(ies) from time to time.

 

4.3.8.3                Each Association shall ensure that their members (officials, players, delegates and other affiliates) shall:

 

4.3.8.3.1             comply with any and all rules, regulations and/or guidelines in relation to the exploitation of the Commercial Rights which may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the ITTF; and

 

4.3.8.3.2             provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the ITTF and/or the relevant third party to fulfil their obligations under any arrangements for the exploitation of any of the Commercial Rights and shall not by any act or omission infringe any exclusive rights granted there under or otherwise cause any breach thereof to occur. For the avoidance of doubt only the ITTF may enforce this rule against an Association and no third party shall be entitled to do so.

 

4.4                      WORLD TEAM CUP

 

4.4.1                   Composition

 

4.4.1.1                A World Team Cup shall be staged every 2 years in odd numbered years and the Continental Team Champions shall be invited to take part. The qualification and playing systems will be an integral part of the ITTF’s Competition Program.

 

4.4.1.2                If the team of the host Association is qualified by its ranking at the preceding World Team Championships then the team placing 8th at these World Team Championships shall participate.

 

4.4.1.3                Participants will be provided with free meals and accommodation from dinner on the evening before the start of the competition to breakfast on the morning after it ends.

 

4.4.2                   Authority

 

4.4.2.1                The ITTF shall be the sole owner of the World Team Cup title and tournament.

 

4.4.2.2                An Association may be granted permission to organise the tournament; submission of an application to do so shall be regarded as implying knowledge and acceptance of these and all other applicable regulations.

 

4.4.2.3                Organisers shall not, without prior consent of the ITTF, delegate any of their authority nor make any contract or agreement with any other body, such as a Regional Association, a municipal authority or a sponsor.

 

4.4.2.4                Any agreement made between the organisers and any other body shall not conflict with nor derogate from the principle of these regulations; in case of any dispute the authority of the ITTF, as exercised through its representatives, shall be paramount.

 

4.4.2.5                The ITTF may enter into contracts with promoters or sponsors.

 

4.4.3                   Appointments

 

4.4.3.1                For each tournament the ITTF Competition Department shall appoint a Tournament Director and a Competition Manager.

 

4.4.3.2                The Tournament Director shall be responsible to the ITTF Competition Department for ensuring observance of the conditions laid down for the tournament, including approval of the arrangements made by the organisers for ceremonies and presentations, protocol and seating arrangements at ceremonies and social functions and the presentation of play.

 

4.4.3.3                The Competition Manager shall be responsible to the ITTF for ensuring the adequacy of equipment and playing conditions, supervising the draw and scheduling matches.

 

4.4.4                   Doping Control

 

4.4.4.1                Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with ITTF Anti-Doping rules (Chapter 5).

 

4.4.5                   Playing System

 

4.4.5.1                The playing system shall be determined by the Executive Committee on recommendation by the Competition Program. The selected teams and their Associations shall be informed of the playing system to be used in the prospectus at the same time as the issuance of the invitation to the participants.

 

4.4.6                   Eligibility

 

4.4.6.1                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.4.6.2                Such player shall not represent the new Association before

 

4.4.6.2.13            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.4.6.2.25            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.4.6.2.37            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.4.6.2.49            years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.4.6.3                A player having participated already in the World Team Cup shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.4.7                   Jury

 

4.4.7.1                The Jury shall consist of the ITTF Executive Vice-President responsible for the World Team Cup, the ITTF Director of Competition, a representative of the organising committee and the referee; the referee shall have the right to speak but not to vote.

 

4.4.7.2                If either the ITTF Executive Vice-President responsible for the World Team Cup or the ITTF Director of Competition is unable to attend a meeting of the Jury he may nominate an appointee to attend in his place who shall have the right to speak and to vote.

 

4.4.7.3                The Chair of the Jury shall be appointed by the ITTF Executive Vice-President responsible for the World Team Cup.

 

4.4.7.4                Any Association directly affected by a matter under consideration at a Jury meeting shall be entitled to be represented at that meeting but shall not be entitled to vote.

 

4.4.7.5                The Jury shall have power to decide any question of appeal within the jurisdiction of a tournament management committee and to authorise team changes.

 

4.4.7.6                The Jury shall meet before the start of the tournament to be informed of all draw alterations requested up to that time and the Jury shall meet again only when it has to consider appeals against its administrative decisions or decisions of the referee.

 

4.4.8                   Commercial Rights

 

4.4.8.1                The ITTF exclusively owns and controls all commercial rights in and to the Championships. Such Commercial Rights to include, without limitation and in each case on a worldwide basis, all:

 

4.4.8.1.1             audio, visual and audio-visual and data rights (in every medium, whether or not existing as at the date of these regulations);

 

4.4.8.1.2             sponsorship, advertising, merchandising, marketing and other forms of rights of association;

 

4.4.8.1.3             ticketing, hospitality and other concession rights; and

 

4.4.8.1.4             other rights to commercialise the Championships (including without limitation any so-called "event rights" and any right to authorise the taking of bets on the Championships.

 

4.4.8.2                The ITTF shall be entitled to exploit the Commercial Rights in such manner as it considers appropriate, including granting licences in respect of the same (or part thereof) to the relevant Association or to other third party(ies) from time to time.

 

4.4.8.3                Each Association shall ensure that their members (officials, players, delegates and other affiliates) shall:

 

4.4.8.3.1             comply with any and all rules, regulations and/or guidelines in relation to the exploitation of the Commercial Rights which may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the ITTF; and

 

4.4.8.3.2             provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the ITTF and/or the relevant third party to fulfil their obligations under any arrangements for the exploitation of any of the Commercial Rights and shall not by any act or omission infringe any exclusive rights granted there under or otherwise cause any breach thereof to occur. For the avoidance of doubt only the ITTF may enforce this rule against an Association and no third party shall be entitled to do so.

 

4.5                      OLYMPIC COMPETITIONS

 

4.5.1                   Eligibility

 

4.5.1.1                To be eligible for participation in the Olympic Games a player, coach or official shall comply with the Olympic Charter as well as with the ITTF rules. In particular the above mentioned persons shall

 

4.5.1.1.1             be entered by their National Olympic Committee (NOC);

 

4.5.1.1.2             respect the spirit of fair play and non violence, and behave accordingly on the field of play;

 

4.5.1.1.3             respect and comply in all aspects with the World Anti-Doping Code;

 

4.5.1.1.4             not allow their person, name, picture or sports performances to be used for advertising purposes during the Olympic Games, except as permitted by the IOC Executive Board.

 

4.5.1.2                The entry or participation of a player in the Olympic Games shall not be conditional on any financial consideration.

 

4.5.1.3                Any player shall be a national of the country of the NOC which is entering him or her.

 

4.5.1.3.1             A player who is a national of 2 or more countries at the same time may represent either one of them, as he or she may elect.

 

4.5.1.3.2             After having represented one country in the Olympic Games, in continental or regional games or in world or regional championships recognised by the ITTF, a player may not represent another country unless he or she meets the conditions set forth in 4.5.1.3.3.

 

4.5.1.3.3             In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the NOC of the new association in the Olympic Games shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.5.1.3.4             A player shall not represent the new NOC before:

 

4.5.1.3.4.13         years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.5.1.3.4.25         years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.5.1.3.4.37         years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.5.1.3.4.49         years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.5.1.3.5             If an associated state, province or overseas department, a country or colony acquires independence, if a country becomes incorporated within another country by reason of a change of border, or if a new NOC is recognised by the IOC, a player may continue to represent the country to which he or she belongs or belonged. However, he or she may, if he or she prefers, choose to represent his or her country or be entered in the Olympic Games by his or her new NOC if one exists. This particular choice may be made only once.

 

4.5.1.4                A player having participated already in the Olympic Games shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.5.1.5                All disputes relating to the determination of the country which a player may represent in the Olympic Games and in particular issue specific requirements relating to nationality, citizenship, domicile or residence of the player, including the duration of any waiting period, shall be resolved by the IOC Executive Board.

 

4.5.2                   Events

 

4.5.2.1                The Olympic competition shall include at least men's singles, women's singles, men's team and women's team events.

 

4.5.2.2                The Team Match System in team events and the system of play in both team and individual events including any qualifying competitions shall be decided by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Olympic and Paralympic Commission, and all Associations shall be notified in accordance with the schedule set by the IOC.

 

4.5.3                   Doping Control

 

4.5.3.1                Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with IOC rules and the World Anti-Doping Code.

 

4.6                      PARALYMPIC COMPETITIONS

 

4.6.1                   Eligibility

 

4.6.1.1                To be eligible for participation in the Paralympic Games a player, coach or official shall comply with the constitution of the International Paralympic Committee (IPC) as well as with the ITTF rules. In particular the above mentioned persons shall:

 

4.6.1.1.1             be entered by their National Paralympic Committee (NPC);

 

4.6.1.1.2             respect the spirit of fair play and non violence, and behave accordingly on the field of play;

 

4.6.1.1.3             respect and comply in all aspects with the World Anti-Doping Code;

 

4.6.1.1.4             not allow their person, name, picture or sports performances to be used for advertising purposes during the Paralympic Games, except as permitted by the IPC Governing Board.

 

4.6.1.2                The entry or participation of a player in the Paralympic Games shall not be conditional on any financial consideration.

 

4.6.1.3                Any player shall be a national of the country of the NPC which is entering him or her.

 

4.6.1.3.1             A player who is a national of 2 or more countries at the same time may represent either one of them, as he or she may elect.

 

4.6.1.3.2             After having represented one country in the Paralympic Games, in continental or regional games or in world or regional championships recognised by the ITTF, a player may not represent another country unless he or she meets the conditions set forth in 4.6.1.3.3.

 

4.6.1.3.3             In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the NPC of the new association shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.6.1.3.4             A player shall not represent the new NPC before:

 

4.6.1.3.4.13         years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.6.1.3.4.25         years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.6.1.3.4.37         years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.6.1.3.4.49         years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.6.1.3.5             If an associated state, province or overseas department, a country or colony acquires independence, if a country becomes incorporated within another country by reason of a change of border, or if a new NPC is recognised by the IPC, a player may continue to represent the country to which he or she belongs or belonged. However, he or she may, if he or she prefers, choose to represent his or her country or be entered in the Paralympic Games by his or her new NPC if one exists. This particular choice may be made only once.

 

4.6.1.4                A player having participated already in the Paralympic Games shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.6.1.5                All disputes relating to the determination of the country which a player may represent in the Paralympic Games and in particular issue specific requirements relating to nationality, citizenship, domicile or residence of the player, including the duration of any waiting period, shall be resolved by the IPC Governing Board.

 

4.6.2                   Events

 

4.6.2.1                The Paralympic competition shall include at least men's and women's class singles, men's and women's team events and any other event included by the IPC Governing Board on the recommendation of the Olympic and Paralympic Commission (OPC).

 

4.6.2.2                The Team Match System in team events and the system of play in both team and individual events including any qualifying competitions shall be decided by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the OPC, and all Associations shall be notified in accordance with the schedule set by the IPC.

 

4.6.3                   Doping Control

 

4.6.3.1                Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with IPC rules and the World Anti-Doping Code.

 

4.7                      WORLD PARA TABLE TENNIS CHAMPIONSHIPS

 

4.7.1                   Authority for Organisation

 

4.7.1.1                The title "World Para Table Tennis Championships", referred to in this Section as "Para TT Championships", shall be bestowed by the Executive Committee on the championship events at a tournament organised by an Association entrusted with the task.

 

4.7.1.2                The closing date for applications to stage the Para TT Championships shall be specified by the Executive Committee and notified to all Associations, giving at least 6 months’ notice.

 

4.7.1.3                All applications shall be considered by the Executive Committee together with the report of the Selection Committee, if applicable, on venues for the occasion in question.

 

4.7.1.4                Where necessary, the Executive Committee may ask one or more members of the appropriate Committee to visit the country of an Association applying for the right to organise the Para TT Championships to satisfy themselves as to the adequacy of the proposed playing and other arrangements; the cost of such visits shall be borne by that Association.

 

4.7.1.5                If, after an option has been granted, circumstances change in such a way as to   be likely to prejudice the satisfactory conduct of the Para TT Championships, the option may be revoked by the Executive Committee prior to the Para TT Championships.

 

4.7.2                   Responsibilities of Organisers

 

4.7.2.1                An Association granted the right to organise the Para TT Championships, hereafter referred to as the "organisers" shall be responsible for conducting them in accordance with the Laws of Table Tennis, the Regulations for International Competitions and the Regulations for World Title Competitions, as modified or supplemented by any directives authorised by the Board of Directors.

 

4.7.2.2                Organisers shall provide accommodation and meals from the evening before the Para TT Championships begin until the morning after the Para TT Championships end for:

 

4.7.2.2.1             members of the ITTF Executive Committee and the Para Table Tennis Committee;

 

4.7.2.2.2             International Umpires and Referees from other Associations invited in accordance with directives issued by the ITTF;

 

4.7.2.2.3             five international classifiers invited in accordance with directives issued by the ITTF;

 

4.7.2.2.4             up to 3 members of the ITTF staff.

 

4.7.2.3                If the business of the ITTF extends outside the period of the Para TT Championships the period of hospitality for those entitled to participate in such business shall be extended correspondingly.

 

4.7.2.4                Organisers shall provide free medical care and medicine for all participants, but each Association must insure its players and officials against illness and injury for the duration of the Para TT Championships.

 

4.7.2.5                Organisers shall meet the cost of transport between the place of arrival in the country, the accommodation and the playing hall.

 

4.7.2.6                Organisers shall request their national authorities to waive visa charges for all participants.

 

4.7.2.7                Organisers shall ensure free access to the playing hall and free circulation therein for all the players, officials and members listed in 4.7.2.2, for any additional players and committee members and for any interpreter, doctor or medical adviser appointed by the ITTF.

 

4.7.2.8                Organisers shall provide first-class interpreting in at least English.

 

4.7.2.9                Organisers shall provide the ITTF with offices at the venue of the Championships and place at its disposal translation, computer, internet, telephone, telefax and copying facilities.

 

4.7.2.10              Organisersshall publish a prospectus giving the main details of the organisation of the Para TT Championships, including

 

4.7.2.10.1            the dates and place of the Para TT Championships;

 

4.7.2.10.2            the events to be held;

 

4.7.2.10.3            the equipment to be used;

 

4.7.2.10.4            the procedure for entry, the entry fees and the undertakings required;

 

4.7.2.10.5            the date and place of the draw;

 

4.7.2.10.6            the dates of Jury meetings;

 

4.7.2.10.7            the extent of hospitality for technical and ITTF officials;

 

4.7.2.10.8            accessibility for persons with a disability in the accommodation, transport and venues;

 

4.7.2.10.9            maximum numbers of players and officials;

 

4.7.2.10.10          any directives authorised by the Board of Directors for the Para TT Championships.

 

4.7.2.11              During the Para TT Championships Organisers shall make available promptly to members of the ITTF Executive Committee, the Para TT Committee and team managers details of results, including points scores; as soon as possible after the completion of the Para TT Championships Organisers shall publish the complete results, including points scores, and circulate them to all Associations.

 

4.7.3                   Eligibility

 

4.7.3.1                Only an Association which is not in arrears (1.7.3.3) shall be eligible to enter teams or individual players for the Para TT Championships.

 

4.7.3.2                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.7.3.3                Such player shall not represent the new Association before:

 

4.7.3.3.13            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.7.3.3.25            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.7.3.3.37            years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.7.3.3.49            years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.7.3.4                A player having participated already in the World Para Table Tennis Championships shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.7.4                   Entry and Capitation Fees

 

4.7.4.1                The entry fees shall be set by the Organisers and approved by the Para TT Committee.

 

4.7.4.2                The entry fees shall be paid to the Organisers at the time of entry and shall include capitation fees set by the Para TT Committee from time to time.

 

4.7.4.3                Fees for entries from an Association are due from that Association and shall always be payable, except that the Board of Directors may waive the fees where an Association is prevented from participating in the Para TT Championships by circumstances outside its control.

 

4.7.5                   Submission of Entries

 

4.7.5.1                The closing date/s for entries shall be decided by the Organisers and approved by the Para TT Committee but shall not be later than 2 calendar months before the start of the Para TT Championships.

 

4.7.5.2                Entries by number and name shall be submitted on forms distributed, together with the prospectus, by the Organisers.

 

4.7.5.3                An Association may enter up to 3 players per class and 1 team per class per country.

 

4.7.5.4                An Association shall rank its players in order of playing strength, which shall be consistent with their current world ranking.

 

4.7.5.5                The ITTF may accept only formal nominations by an eligible Association, which are received, properly signed by a responsible representative of the nominating Association, on or before the closing date.

 

4.7.6                   Modification of Entries

 

4.7.6.1                Entries by an Association may be modified with the approval of the Technical Delegate.

 

4.7.6.2                Entries may be modified by the referee on the advice of the Chief Classifier.

 

4.7.7                   Entry Obligations

 

4.7.7.1                The entry form shall contain statements committing team members to the ITTF Anti-Doping Rules, the ITTF Classification Code, to be signed by a responsible representative of the nominating Association and all players and officials, that they understand and accept the conditions of the Para TT Championships and that they are prepared to compete against all other teams and individuals participating; no entry shall be valid unless accompanied by this declaration.

 

4.7.7.2                In individual events all entrants are accepted as individual competitors; they shall be bound to do their utmost to win the events for which they are entered, irrespective of whether other entrants from the same Association have been accepted to take part, and they shall not withdraw except for reasons of illness or injury.

 

4.7.8                   Jury

 

4.7.8.1                The Jury shall consist of 3 representatives appointed by the Para TT Committee.

 

4.7.8.2                Any Association directly affected by a matter under consideration at a Jury meeting shall be entitled to be represented at that meeting but shall not be entitled to vote.

 

4.7.8.3                The Jury shall have power to decide any question of appeal within the jurisdiction of a tournament management committee and to authorise team and classification changes.

 

4.7.8.4                The Jury shall meet before the start of the Championships to be informed of all draw alterations up to that time and the Jury shall meet again to consider appeals against administrative and classification decisions or decisions of the referee.

 

4.7.9                   Events

 

4.7.9.1                The Para TT Championships shall include at least men's and women's class singles, men's and women's team events and any other event included by Para TT Committee.

 

4.7.9.2                The system of play in events and its implementation date shall be decided by the Para TT Committee, on the recommendation of the Technical Commissioner.

 

4.7.10                 Doping Control

 

4.7.10.1              Doping control shall be carried out in accordance with ITTF Anti-Doping rules (Chapter 5).

 

4.7.11                 Awards and Presentations

 

4.7.11.1              In both team and individual events, the winners shall receive gold medals, the losing finalists silver medals and the winners of the bronze medal play-off bronze medals.

 

4.7.11.2              At presentation ceremonies for both team and individual events the national flags of the gold, silver and bronze medal winners shall be raised and the national anthem of the gold medal winner shall be played.

 

4.7.12                 Commercial Rights

 

4.7.12.1              The ITTF exclusively owns and controls all commercial rights in and to the Championships. Such Commercial Rights to include, without limitation and in each case on a worldwide basis, all:

 

4.7.12.1.1            audio, visual and audio-visual and data rights (in every medium, whether or not existing as at the date of these regulations);

 

4.7.12.1.2            sponsorship, advertising, merchandising, marketing and other forms of rights of association;

 

4.7.12.1.3            ticketing, hospitality and other concession rights; and

 

4.7.12.1.4            other rights to commercialise the Championships (including without limitation any so-called "event rights" and any right to authorise the taking of bets on the Championships.

 

4.7.12.2              The ITTF shall be entitled to exploit the Commercial Rights in such manner as it considers appropriate, including granting licences in respect of the same (or part thereof) to the relevant Association or to other third party(ies) from time to time.

 

4.7.12.3              Each Association shall ensure that their members (officials, players, delegates and other affiliates) shall:

 

4.7.12.3.1            comply with any and all rules, regulations and/or guidelines in relation to the exploitation of the Commercial Rights which may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the ITTF; and

 

4.7.12.3.2            provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the ITTF and/or the relevant third party to fulfil their obligations under any arrangements for the exploitation of any of the Commercial Rights and shall not by any act or omission infringe any exclusive rights granted there under or otherwise cause any breach thereof to occur. For the avoidance of doubt only the ITTF may enforce this rule against an Association and no third party shall be entitled to do so.

 


5               ANTI-DOPING RULES

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Preface

 

At the ITTF Board of Directors meeting held on 2 May 2014 in Tokyo ITTF accepted the revised (2015) World Anti-Doping Code (the "Code") to be implemented with effect from 1

 

January 2015. These Anti-Doping Rules are adopted and implemented in accordance with ITTF's responsibilities under the Code, and are in furtherance of ITTF's continuing efforts to eradicate doping in the sport of Table Tennis.

 

These Anti-Doping Rules are sport rules governing the conditions under which sport is played. Aimed at enforcing anti-doping principles in a global and harmonised manner, they are distinct in nature from criminal and civil proceedings and are not intended to be subject to, or limited by any national requirements and legal standards applicable to such proceedings. When reviewing the facts and the law of a given case, all courts, arbitral tribunals and other adjudicating bodies should be aware of and respect the distinct nature of these anti-doping rules implementing the Code and the fact that these rules represent the consensus of a broad spectrum of stakeholders around the world as to what is necessary to protect fair sport.

 

Fundamental Rationale for the Code and ITTF's Anti-Doping Rules

 

Anti-doping programs seek to preserve what is intrinsically valuable about sport. This intrinsic value is often referred to as "the spirit of sport. It is the essence of Olympism; the pursuit of human excellence through the dedicated perfection of each persons natural talents; it is how we play true. The spirit of sport is the celebration of the human spirit, body and mind, and is reflected in values we find in and through sport, including:

 

                             Ethics, fair play and honesty

 

                             Health

 

                             Excellence in performance

 

                             Character and education

 

                             Fun and joy

 

                             Teamwork

 

                             Dedication and commitment

 

                             Respect for rules and laws

 

                             Respect for self and other participants

 

                             Courage

 

                             Community and solidarity

 

Doping is fundamentally contrary to the spirit of sport.

 

Scope

 

These Anti-Doping Rules shall apply to ITTF, each National Association of ITTF and to Athletes, Athlete Support Personnel and other Persons in the activities of ITTF or any of its National Associations by virtue of the Participant's membership, accreditation, or participation in ITTF, its National Associations, or their activities or Events. Such Persons, who are deemed to have accepted and to be bound by these Anti-Doping Rules (and to have submitted to the authority of ITTF to enforce these Anti-Doping Rules and to the jurisdiction of the hearing panels specified in Article 5.8 and Article 5.13 to hear and determine cases and appeals brought under these Anti-Doping Rules) as a condition of their membership, accreditation and/or participation in the sport:

 

a.                         all Athletes and Athlete Support Personnel who are members of ITTF, or of any National Association, or of any member or affiliate organisation of any National Association (including any clubs, teams, associations or leagues);

 

b.          all Athletes and Athlete Support Personnel participating in such capacity in Events, Competitions and other activities organised, convened, authorised or recognised by ITTF, or any National Association, or any member or affiliate organisation of any National Association (including any clubs, teams, associations or leagues), wherever held;

 

c.           any other Athlete or Athlete Support Personnel or other Person who, by virtue of an accreditation, a licence or other contractual arrangement, or otherwise, is subject to the jurisdiction of ITTF, or of any National Association, or of any member or affiliate organisation of any National Association (including any clubs, teams, associations or leagues), for purposes of anti-doping; and

 

d.          Athletes who are not regular members of ITTF or of one of its National Associations but who want to be eligible to compete in a particular International Event. ITTF may include such Athletes in its Registered Testing Pool so that they are required to provide information about their whereabouts for purposes of Testing under these Anti-Doping Rules for at least three months prior to the International Event in question.

 

It is the responsibility of each National Association to ensure that all national-level Testing on the National Association's Athletes complies with these Anti-Doping Rules. In some countries, the National Association itself will conduct Doping Control described in these Anti-Doping Rules. In other countries, many of the Doping Control responsibilities of the National Association have been delegated or assigned by statute or agreement to a National Anti- Doping Organisation. In those countries, references in these Anti-Doping Rules to the National Association shall apply, as appropriate, to the National Anti-Doping Organisation.

 

These Anti-Doping Rules shall apply to all Doping Control over which ITTF and its National Associations have jurisdiction.

 

Within the overall pool of Athletes set out above who are bound by and required to comply with these Anti-Doping Rules, the following Athletes shall be considered to be International-Level

 

Athletes for purposes of these Anti-Doping Rules, and therefore the specific provisions in these Anti-Doping Rules applicable to International-Level Athletes (as regards Testing but also as regards TUEs, whereabouts information, results management, and appeals) shall apply to such Athletes:

 

The first 250 Men and 200 Women in the General List of ITTF World Ranking, available on

 

http://www.ittf.com/ittf_ranking/, and,

 

The first 8 Men and Women in each Class in the Para Table Tennis rating, available on

 

http://www.ipttc.org/rating/.

 

5.1                   DEFINITION OF DOPING

 

Doping is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the anti-doping rule violations set forth in Article 5.2.1 through Article 5.2.10 of these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.2                   ANTI-DOPING RULE VIOLATIONS

 

The purpose of this Article is to specify the circumstances and conduct which constitute anti-doping rule violations. Hearings in doping cases will proceed based on the assertion that one or more of these specific rules has been violated.

 

Athletes and other Persons shall be responsible for knowing what constitutes an anti-doping rule violation and the substances and methods which have been included on the Prohibited List.

 

The following constitute anti-doping rule violations:

 

5.2.1                   The presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers in an Athletes Sample

 

5.2.1.1                It is each Athletes personal duty to ensure that no Prohibited Substance enters his or her body. Athletes are responsible for any Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers found to be present in their Samples. Accordingly, it is not necessary that intent, Fault, negligence or knowing Use on the Athletes part be demonstrated in order to establish an anti-doping violation under Article 5.2.1.

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.1.1: An anti-doping rule violation is committed under this Article without regard to an Athlete’s Fault. This rule has been referred to in various CAS decisions as “Strict Liability”. An Athlete’s Fault is taken into consideration in determining the Consequences of this anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.10. This principle has consistently been upheld by CAS.]

 

5.2.1.2                Sufficient proof of an anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.2.1 is established by either of the following: presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers in the Athletes A Sample where the Athlete waives analysis of the B Sample and the B Sample is not analysed; or, where the Athletes B Sample is analysed and the analysis of the Athlete’s B Sample confirms the presence of the Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers found in the Athlete’s A Sample; or, where the Athlete’s B Sample is split into two bottles and the analysis of the second bottle confirms the Presence of the Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers found in the first bottle.

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.1.2: The Anti-Doping Organisation with results management responsibility may in its discretion choose to have the B Sample analysed even if the Athlete does not request the analysis of the B Sample.]

 

5.2.1.3                Excepting those substances for which a quantitative threshold is specifically identified in the Prohibited List, the presence of any quantity of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers in an Athletes Sample shall constitute an anti-doping rule violation.

 

5.2.1.4                As an exception to the general rule of Article 5.2.1, the Prohibited List or International Standards may establish special criteria for the evaluation of Prohibited Substances that can also be produced endogenously.

 

5.2.2                   Use or Attempted Use by an Athlete of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.2: It has always been the case that Use or Attempted Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method may be established by any reliable means. As noted in the Comment to Article 5.3.2, unlike the proof required to establish an anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.2.1, Use or Attempted Use may also be established by other reliable means such as admissions by the Athlete, witness statements, documentary evidence, conclusions drawn from longitudinal profiling, or other analytical information which does not otherwise satisfy all the requirements to establish “Presence” of a Prohibited Substance under Article 5.2.1. For example, Use may be established based upon reliable analytical data from the analysis of an A Sample (without confirmation from an analysis of a B Sample) or from the analysis of a B Sample alone where the Anti-Doping Organisation provides a satisfactory explanation for the lack of confirmation in the other Sample.]

 

5.2.2.1                It is each Athlete’s personal duty to ensure that no Prohibited Substance enters his or her body and that no Prohibited Method is used. Accordingly, it is not necessary that intent, Fault, negligence or knowing Use on the Athlete’s part be demonstrated in order to establish an anti-doping rule violation for Use of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method.

 

5.2.2.2                The success or failure of the Use or Attempted Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method is not material. It is sufficient that the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method was Used or Attempted to be Used for an anti-doping rule violation to be committed.

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.2.2: Demonstrating the "Attempted Use" of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method requires proof of intent on the Athlete’s part. The fact that intent may be required to prove this particular anti-doping rule violation does not undermine the Strict Liability principle established for violations of Article 5.2.1 and violations of Article 5.2.2 in respect of Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method.

 

An Athlete’s “Use” of a Prohibited Substance constitutes an anti-doping rule violation unless such substance is not prohibited Out-of-Competition and the Athlete’s Use takes place Out-of-Competition.(However, the presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers in a Sample collected In-Competition will be a violation of Article 5.2.1 (Presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers) regardless of when that substance might have been administered.)]

 

5.2.3                   Evading, Refusing or Failing to submit to Sample Collection

 

Evading Sample collection, or without compelling justification refusing or failing to submit to Sample collection after notification as authorised in these Anti-Doping Rules or other applicable anti-doping rules.

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.3: For example, it would be an anti-doping rule violation of “evading Sample collection” if it were established that an Athlete was deliberately avoiding a Doping Control official to evade notification or Testing. A violation of "failing to submit to Sample collection” may be based on either intentional or negligent conduct of the Athlete, while "evading" or “refusing” Sample collection contemplates intentional conduct by the Athlete.]

 

5.2.4                   Whereabouts Failures

 

Any combination of three Missed Tests and/or Filing Failures as defined in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations committed within a twelve-month period, by an Athlete, in a Registered Testing Pool.

 

5.2.5                   Tampering or Attempted Tampering with any part of Doping Control

 

Conduct which subverts the Doping Control process but which would not otherwise be included in the definition of Prohibited Methods. Tampering shall include, without limitation, intentionally interfering or attempting to interfere with a Doping Control official, providing fraudulent information to the Anti-Doping Organisation or intimidating or attempting to intimidate a potential witness.

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.5: For example, this Article would prohibit altering identification numbers on a Doping Control form during Testing, breaking the B bottle at the time of B Sample analysis, or altering a Sample by the addition of a foreign substance. Offensive conduct towards a Doping Control official or other Person involved in Doping Control which does not otherwise constitute Tampering shall be addressed in the disciplinary rules of sport organisations.]

 

5.2.6                   Possession of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method

 

5.2.6.1                Possession by an Athlete In-Competition of any Prohibited Substance or any Prohibited Method, or Possession by an Athlete Out-of-Competition of any Prohibited Substance or any Prohibited Method which is prohibited Out-of- Competition unless the Athlete establishes that the Possession is consistent with a therapeutic use exemption (“TUE”) granted in accordance with Article 5.4.4 or other acceptable justification.

 

5.2.6.2                Possession by Athlete Support Personnel In-Competition of any Prohibited

 

Substance or any Prohibited Method, or Possession by an Athlete Support

 

Personnel Out-of-Competition of any Prohibited Substance or any Prohibited Method which is prohibited Out-of-Competition, in connection with an Athlete, Competition or training, unless the Athlete Support Personnel establishes that the Possession is consistent with a TUE granted to an Athlete in accordance with Article 5.4.4 or other acceptable justification.

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.6.1 and 5.2.6.2: Acceptable justification would not include, for example, buying or Possessing a Prohibited Substance for purposes of giving it to a friend or relative, except under justifiable medical circumstances where that Person had a physician’s prescription, e.g., buying Insulin for a diabetic child.]

 

[Comment to Article 5.2.6.2: Acceptable justification would include, for example, a team doctor carrying

 

Prohibited Substances for dealing with acute and emergency situations.]

 

5.2.7                   Trafficking or Attempted Trafficking in any Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method

 

5.2.8                   Administration or Attempted Administration to any Athlete In-Competition of any Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method, or Administration or Attempted Administration to any Athlete Out-of-Competition of any Prohibited Substance or any Prohibited Method that is prohibited Out-of-Competition.

 

5.2.9                   Complicity

 

Assisting, encouraging, aiding, abetting, conspiring, covering up or any other type of intentional complicity involving an anti-doping rule violation, Attempted anti- doping rule violation or violation of Article 5.10.12.1 by another Person.

 

5.2.10                 Prohibited Association

 

Association by an Athlete or other Person subject to the authority of an Anti-Doping Organisation in a professional or sport-related capacity with any Athlete Support Personnel who:

 

5.2.10.1              if subject to the authority of an Anti-Doping Organisation, is serving a period of Ineligibility; or

 

5.2.10.2              if not subject to the authority of an Anti-Doping Organisation and where Ineligibility has not been addressed in a results management process pursuant to the Code, has been convicted or found in a criminal, disciplinary or professional proceeding to have engaged in conduct which would have constituted a violation of anti-doping rules if Code-compliant rules had been applicable to such Person. The disqualifying status of such Person shall be in force for the longer of six years from the criminal, professional or disciplinary decision or the duration of the criminal, disciplinary or professional sanction imposed; or

 

5.2.10.3              is serving as a front or intermediary for an individual described in Article 5.2.10.1 or 5.2.10.2.

 

In order for this provision to apply, it is necessary (a) that the Athlete or other Person has previously been advised in writing by an Anti-Doping Organisation with jurisdiction over the Athlete or other Person, or by WADA, of the Athlete Support Personnel’s disqualifying status and the potential Consequence of prohibited association; and (b) that the Athlete or other Person can reasonably avoid the association. The Anti- Doping Organisation shall also use reasonable efforts to advise the Athlete Support Personnel who is the subject of the notice to the Athlete or other Person that the Athlete Support Personnel may, within 15 days, come forward to the Anti-Doping Organisation to explain that the criteria described in Articles 5.2.10.1 and 5.2.10.2 do not apply to him or her. (Notwithstanding Article 5.17, this Article applies even when the Athlete Support Personnel’s disqualifying conduct occurred prior to the effective date provided in Article 5.20.7.)

 

The burden shall be on the Athlete or other Person to establish that any association with Athlete Support Personnel described in Articles 5.2.10.1 or 5.2.10.2 is not in a professional or sport-related capacity.

 

Anti-Doping Organisations that are aware of Athlete Support Personnel who meet the criteria described in Articles 5.2.10.1, 5.2.10.2, or 5.2.10.3 shall submit that information to WADA.

 

[Comment to Article 2.10: Athletes and other Persons must not work with coaches, trainers, physicians or other Athlete Support Personnel who are Ineligible on account of an anti-doping rule violation or who have been criminally convicted or professionally disciplined in relation to doping. Some examples of the types of association which are prohibited include: obtaining training, strategy, technique, nutrition or medical advice; obtaining therapy, treatment or prescriptions; providing any bodily products for analysis; or allowing the Athlete Support Personnel to serve as an agent or representative. Prohibited association need not involve any form of compensation.]

 

5.3                   PROOF OF DOPING

 

5.3.1                   Burdens and Standards of Proof

 

ITTF shall have the burden of establishing that an anti-doping rule violation has occurred. The standard of proof shall be whether ITTF has established an anti-doping rule violation to the comfortable satisfaction of the hearing panel bearing in mind the seriousness of the allegation which is made. This standard of proof in all cases is greater than a mere balance of probability but less than proof beyond a reasonable doubt. Where these Rules place the burden of proof upon the Athlete or other Person alleged to have committed an anti-doping rule violation to rebut a presumption or establish specified facts or circumstances, the standard of proof shall be by a balance of probability.

 

[Comment to Article 5.3.1: This standard of proof required to be met by ITTF is comparable to the standard which is applied in most countries to cases involving professional misconduct.]

 

5.3.2                   Methods of Establishing Facts and Presumptions

 

Facts related to anti-doping rule violations may be established by any reliable means, including admissions. The following rules of proof shall be applicable in doping cases:

 

[Comment to Article 5.3.2: For example, ITTF may establish an anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.2.2 based on the Athlete’s admissions, the credible testimony of third Persons, reliable documentary evidence, reliable analytical data from either an A or B Sample as provided in the Comments to Article 5.2.2, or conclusions drawn from the profile of a series of the Athlete’s blood or urine Samples.]

 

5.3.2.1                Analytical methods or decision limits approved by WADA after consultation within the relevant scientific community and which have been the subject of peer review are presumed to be scientifically valid. Any Athlete or other Person seeking to rebut this presumption of scientific validity shall, as a condition precedent to any such challenge, first notify WADA of the challenge and the basis of the challenge. CAS on its own initiative may also inform WADA of any such challenge. At WADA’s request, the CAS panel shall appoint an appropriate scientific expert to assist the panel in its evaluation of the challenge. Within 10 days of WADA’s receipt of such notice, and WADA’s receipt of the CAS file, WADA shall also have the right to intervene as a party, appear amicus curiae, or otherwise provide evidence in such proceeding.

 

5.3.2.2                WADA-accredited laboratories, and other laboratories approved by WADA, are presumed to have conducted Sample analysis and custodial procedures in accordance with the International Standard for Laboratories. The Athlete or other Person may rebut this presumption by establishing that a departure from the International Standard for Laboratories occurred which could reasonably have caused the Adverse Analytical Finding. If the Athlete or other Person rebuts the preceding presumption by showing that a departure from the International Standard for Laboratories occurred which could reasonably have caused the Adverse Analytical Finding, then ITTF shall have the burden to establish that such departure did not cause the Adverse Analytical Finding.

 

[Comment to Article 5.3.2.2: The burden is on the Athlete or other Person to establish, by a balance of probability, a departure from the International Standard for Laboratories that could reasonably have caused the Adverse Analytical Finding. If the Athlete or other Person does so, the burden shifts to ITTF to prove to the comfortable satisfaction of the hearing panel that the departure did not cause the Adverse Analytical Finding.]

 

5.3.2.3                Departures from any other International Standard or other anti-doping rule or policy set forth in the Code or these Rules which did not cause an Adverse Analytical Finding or other anti-doping rule violation shall not invalidate such evidence or results.If the Athlete or other Person establishes that a departure from another International Standard or other anti-doping rule or policy which could reasonably have caused an anti-doping rule violation based on an Adverse Analytical Finding or other anti-doping rule violation, then ITTF shall have the burden to establish that such a departure did not cause the Adverse Analytical Finding or the factual basis for the anti-doping rule violation.

 

5.3.2.4                The facts established by a decision of a court or professional disciplinary tribunal of competent jurisdiction which is not the subject of a pending appeal shall be irrebuttable evidence against the Athlete or other Person to whom the decision pertained of those facts unless the Athlete or other Person establishes that the decision violated principles of natural justice.

 

5.3.2.5                The hearing panel in a hearing on an anti-doping rule violation may draw an inference adverse to the Athlete or other Person who is asserted to have committed an anti-doping rule violation based on the Athlete’s or other Person’s refusal, after a request made in a reasonable time in advance of the hearing, to appear at the hearing (either in person or telephonically as directed by the hearing panel) and to answer questions from the hearing panel or ITTF.

 

5.4                   THE PROHIBITED LIST

 

5.4.1                   Incorporation of the Prohibited List

 

These Anti-Doping Rules incorporate the Prohibited List which is published and revised by WADA as described in Article 4.1 of the Code. ITTF will make the current Prohibited List available to each National Association, and each National Association shall ensure that the current Prohibited List is available to its members and constituents.

 

[Comment to Article 5.4.1: The current Prohibited List is available on WADA's website at www.wada-ama.org.]

 

5.4.2                   Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods Identified on the Prohibited List

 

5.4.2.1                Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods

 

Unless provided otherwise in the Prohibited List and/or a revision, the Prohibited List and revisions shall go into effect under these Anti-Doping Rules three months after publication of the Prohibited List by WADA without requiring any further action by ITTF. All Participants shall be bound by the Prohibited List, and any revisions thereto, from the date they go into effect, without further formality.It is the responsibility of all Participants to familiarise themselves with the most up-to-date version of the Prohibited List and all revisions thereto.

 

5.4.2.2                Specified Substances

 

For purposes of the application of Article 5.10, all Prohibited Substances shall be “Specified Substances” except substances in the classes of anabolic agents and hormones and those stimulants and hormone antagonists and modulators so identified on the Prohibited List. The category of Specified Substances shall not include Prohibited Methods.

 

[Comment to Article 5.4.2.2: Specified Substances identified in Article 5.4.2.2 should not in any way be considered less important or less dangerous than other doping substances. Rather, they are simply substances which are more likely to have been consumed by an Athlete for a purpose other than the enhancement of sport performance.]

 

5.4.3                   WADA’s Determination of the Prohibited List

 

WADA’s determination of the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods that will be included on the Prohibited List, the classification of substances into categories on the Prohibited List and the classification of a substance as prohibited at all times or In- Competition only is final and shall not be subject to challenge by an Athlete or other Person based on an argument that the substance or method was not a masking agent or did not have the potential to enhance performance, represent a health risk or violate the spirit of sport.

 

5.4.4                   Therapeutic Use

 

5.4.4.1                The presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers, and/or the Use or Attempted Use, Possession or Administration or Attempted Administration of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method shall not be considered an anti- doping rule violation if it is consistent with the provisions of a TUE granted in accordance with the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions.

 

5.4.4.2                If an International-Level Athlete is using a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method for therapeutic reasons:

 

5.4.4.2.1             Where the Athlete already has a TUE granted by his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation for the substance or method in question, then that TUE is not automatically valid for international-level Competition. However, the Athlete may apply to ITTF to recognise that TUE, in accordance with Article 7 of the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions. If that TUE meets the criteria set out in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, then ITTF shall recognise it for purposes of international-level Competition as well. If ITTF considers that the TUE does not meet those criteria and so refuses to recognise it, ITTF shall notify the Athlete and his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation promptly, with reasons. The Athlete and the National Anti-Doping Organisation shall have 21 days from such notification to refer the matter to WADA for review in accordance with Article 5.4.4.6. If the matter is referred to WADA for review, the TUE granted by the National Anti-Doping Organisation remains valid for national-level Competition and Out-of-Competition Testing (but is not valid for international-level Competition) pending WADA’s decision. If the matter is not referred to WADA for review, the TUE becomes invalid for any purpose when the 21-day review deadline expires.

 

[Comment to Article 5.4.4.2.1: Further to Articles 5.5.6 and 5.7.1(a) of the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, ITTF may publish a notice on its website http://www.ittf.com/anti-doping/ that will automatically recognise TUE decisions (or categories of such decisions, e.g. as to particular substances or methods) made by National Anti-Doping Organisations. If an Athlete's TUE falls into a category of automatically recognised TUEs, then he or she does not need to apply to ITTF for recognition of that TUE.

 

If ITTF refuses to recognise a TUE granted by a National Anti-Doping Organisation only because medical records or other information are missing that are needed to demonstrate satisfaction with the criteria in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, the matter should not be referred to WADA. Instead, the file should be completed and re-submitted to ITTF.]

 

5.4.4.2.2             If the Athlete does not already have a TUE granted by his or her National Anti- Doping Organisation for the substance or method in question, the Athlete must apply directly to ITTF for a TUE in accordance with the process set out in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions using the form posted on http://www.ittf.com/anti-doping/. If ITTF denies the Athletes application, it must notify the Athlete promptly, with reasons. If ITTF grants the Athletes application, it shall notify not only the Athlete but also his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation. If the National Anti-Doping Organisation considers that the TUE does not meet the criteria set out in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, it has 21 days from such notification to refer the matter to WADA for review in accordance with Article 5.4.4.6. If the National Anti-Doping Organisation refers the matter to WADA for review in accordance with Article 5.4.4.6, the TUE granted by ITTF remains valid for international-level Competition and Out-of- Competition Testing (but is not valid for national-level Competition) pending WADAs decision. If the National Anti-Doping Organisation does not refer the matter to WADA for review, the TUE granted by ITTF becomes valid for national- level Competition as well when the 21-day review deadline expires.

 

[Comment to Article 5.4.4.2: ITTF may agree with a National Anti-Doping Organisation that the National Anti- Doping Organisation will consider TUE applications on behalf of ITTF.]

 

5.4.4.3                If ITTF chooses to test an Athlete who is not an International-Level Athlete, ITTF shall recognise a TUE granted to that Athlete by his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation. If ITTF chooses to test an Athlete who is not an International-Level or a National-Level Athlete, ITTF shall permit that Athlete to apply for a retroactive TUE for any Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method he or she is using for therapeutic reasons.

 

5.4.4.4                An application to ITTF to grant or recognise a TUE must be made as soon as the need arises and in any event (save in emergency or exceptional situations or where Article 4.3 of the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions applies) at least 30 days before the Athlete’s next Competition. The ITTF Executive Committee shall appoint a panel to consider applications to grant or recognise a TUE (the "TUE Committee"). The TUE Committee shall promptly evaluate and decide upon the application in accordance with the relevant provisions of International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions and the specific protocols posted on the ITTF website. Its decision shall be the final decision of ITTF and shall be reported to WADA and other relevant Anti-Doping Organisations, including the Athlete's National Anti- Doping Organisation, through ADAMS, in accordance with the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions.

 

[Comment to Article 5.4.4.4: The submission of false or misleadingly incomplete information in support of a TUE application (including but not limited to the failure to advise of the unsuccessful outcome of a prior application to another Anti-Doping Organisation for such a TUE) may result in a charge of Tampering or Attempted Tampering under Article 2.5.

 

An Athlete should not assume that his or her application to grant or recognise a TUE (or for renewal of a TUE) will be granted. Any Use or Possession or administration of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method before an application has been granted is entirely at the Athlete’s own risk.]

 

5.4.4.5                Expiry, Cancellation, Withdrawal or Reversal of a TUE

 

5.4.4.5.1             A TUE granted pursuant to these Anti-Doping Rules: (a) shall expire automatically at the end of any term for which it was granted, without the need for any further notice or other formality; (b) may be cancelled if the Athlete does not promptly comply with any requirements or conditions imposed by the TUE Committee upon granting the TUE; (c) may be withdrawn by the TUE Committee if it is subsequently determined that the criteria for granting a TUE are not in fact met; or (d) may be reversed on review by WADA or on appeal.

 

5.4.4.5.2             In such event, the Athlete shall not be subject to any Consequences based on his or her Use or Possession or Administration of the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method in question in accordance with the TUE prior to the effective date of expiry, cancellation, withdrawal or reversal of the TUE. The review pursuant to Article 5.7.2 of any subsequent Adverse Analytical Finding shall include consideration of whether such finding is consistent with Use of the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method prior to that date, in which event no anti-doping rule violation shall be asserted.

 

5.4.4.6                Reviews and Appeals of TUE Decisions

 

5.4.4.6.1             WADA shall review any decision by ITTF not to recognise a TUE granted by the National Anti-Doping Organisation that is referred to WADA by the Athlete or the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation. In addition, WADA shall review any decision by ITTF to grant a TUE that is referred to WADA by the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation. WADA may review any other TUE decisions at any time, whether upon request by those affected or on its own initiative. If the TUE decision being reviewed meets the criteria set out in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, WADA will not interfere with it. If the TUE decision does not meet those criteria, WADA will reverse it.

 

5.4.4.6.2             Any TUE decision by ITTF (or by a National Anti-Doping Organisation where it has agreed to consider the application on behalf of ITTF) that is not reviewed by WADA, or that is reviewed by WADA but is not reversed upon review, may be appealed by the Athlete and/or the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation exclusively to CAS, in accordance with Article 13.

 

[Comment to Article 5.4.4.6.2: In such cases, the decision being appealed is ITTF’s TUE decision, not WADA’s decision not to review the TUE decision or (having reviewed it) not to reverse the TUE decision. However, the deadline to appeal the TUE decision does not begin to run until the date that WADA communicates its decision. In any event, whether the decision has been reviewed by WADA or not, WADA shall be given notice of the appeal so that it may participate if it sees fit.]

 

5.4.4.6.3             A decision by WADA to reverse a TUE decision may be appealed by the Athlete, the National Anti-Doping Organisation and/or ITTF exclusively to CAS, in accordance with Article 5.13.

 

5.4.4.6.4             A failure to take action within a reasonable time on a properly submitted application for granting/recognition of a TUE or for review of a TUE decision shall be considered a denial of the application.

 

5.5                   TESTING AND INVESTIGATION

 

5.5.1                   Purpose of Testing and Investigations

 

Testing and investigations shall only be undertaken for anti-doping purposes. They shall be conducted in conformity with the provisions of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations and the specific protocols of ITTF supplementing that International Standard.

 

5.5.1.1                Testing shall be undertaken to obtain analytical evidence as to the Athlete’s compliance (or non-compliance) with the strict Code prohibition on the presence/Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method. Test Distribution Planning, Testing, post-Testing activity and all related activities conducted by ITTF shall be in conformity with the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. ITTF shall determine the number of finishing placement tests, random tests and target tests to be performed, in accordance with the criteria established by the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. All provisions of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations shall apply automatically in respect of all such Testing.

 

5.5.1.2                Investigations shall be undertaken:

 

5.5.1.2.1             in relation to Atypical Findings, Atypical Passport Findings and Adverse Passport Findings, in accordance with Articles 5.7.4 and 5.7.5 respectively, gathering intelligence or evidence (including, in particular, analytical evidence) in order to determine whether an anti-doping rule violation has occurred under Article 5.2.1 and/or Article 5.2.2; and

 

5.5.1.2.2             in relation to other indications of potential anti-doping rule violations, in accordance with Articles 5.7.6 and 5.7.7, gathering intelligence or evidence (including, in particular, non-analytical evidence) in order to determine whether an anti-doping rule violation has occurred under any of Articles 5.2.2 to 5.2.10.

 

5.5.1.3                ITTF may obtain, assess and process anti-doping intelligence from all available sources, to inform the development of an effective, intelligent and proportionate Test Distribution Plan, to plan Target Testing, and/or to form the basis of an investigation into a possible anti-doping rule violation(s).

 

5.5.2                   Authority to conduct Testing

 

5.5.2.1                Subject to the jurisdictional limitations for Event Testing set out in Article 5.3 of the Code, ITTF shall have In-Competition and Out-of-Competition Testing authority over all of the Athletes specified in the Introduction to these Anti-Doping Rules (under the heading "Scope").

 

5.5.2.2                ITTF may require any Athlete over whom it has Testing authority (including any Athlete serving a period of Ineligibility) to provide a Sample at any time and at any place.

 

[Comment to Article 5.5.2.2: Unless the Athlete has identified a 60-minute time-slot for Testing between the hours of 11pm and 6am, or has otherwise consented to Testing during that period, ITTF will not test an Athlete during that period unless it has serious and specific suspicions that the Athlete may be engaged in doping. A challenge to whether ITTF had sufficient suspicion for Testing in that period shall not be a defense to an anti- doping rule violation based on such test or attempted test.]

 

5.5.2.3                WADA shall have In-Competition and Out-of-Competition Testing authority as set out in Article 20.7.8 of the Code.

 

5.5.2.4                If ITTF delegates or contracts any part of Testing to a National Anti-Doping Organisation (directly or through a National Association), that National Anti-Doping Organisation may collect additional Samples or direct the laboratory to perform additional types of analysis at the National Anti-Doping Organisation’s expense. If additional Samples are collected or additional types of analysis are performed, ITTF shall be notified.

 

5.5.3                   Event Testing

 

5.5.3.1                Except as provided in Article 5.3 of the Code, only a single organisation should be responsible for initiating and directing Testing at Event Venues during an Event Period. At International Events, the collection of Samples shall be initiated and directed by ITTF (or any other international organisation which is the ruling body for the Event.

 

5.5.3.2                If an Anti-Doping Organisation which would otherwise have Testing authority but is not responsible for initiating and directing Testing at an Event wishes to conduct Testing of Athletes at the Event Venues during the Event Period, the Anti-Doping Organisation shall first confer with the ruling body of the Event to obtain permission to conduct and to coordinate such Testing. If the Anti-Doping Organisation is not satisfied with the response from the ruling body of the Event, the Anti-Doping Organisation may ask WADA for permission to conduct Testing and to determine how to coordinate such Testing in accordance with the procedures set out in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. WADA shall not grant approval for such Testing before consulting and informing the ITTF (or any other international organisation which is the ruling body for the Event). WADA’s decision shall be final and not subject to appeal. Unless otherwise provided in the authorisation to conduct Testing, such tests shall be considered Out-of-Competition tests. Results management for any such test shall be the responsibility of the Anti-Doping Organisation initiating the test unless provided otherwise in the rules of the ruling body of the Event.

 

5.5.4                   Test Distribution Planning

 

Consistent with the International Standard for Testing and Investigations, and in coordination with other Anti-Doping Organisations conducting Testing on the same Athletes, ITTF shall develop and implement an effective, intelligent and proportionate Test Distribution Plan that prioritises appropriately between disciplines, categories of Athletes, types of Testing, types of Samples collected, and types of Sample analysis, all in compliance with the requirements of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. ITTF shall provide WADA upon request with a copy of its current Test Distribution Plan.

 

5.5.5                   Coordination of Testing

 

Where reasonably feasible, Testing shall be coordinated through ADAMS or other system approved by WADA in order to maximise the effectiveness of the combined Testing effort and to avoid unnecessary repetitive Testing.

 

5.5.6                   Athlete Whereabouts Information

 

5.5.6.1                ITTF shall identify a Registered Testing Pool of those Athletes who are required to comply with the whereabouts requirements of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations, and shall make available through ADAMS, a list which identifies those Athletes to be included in its Registered Testing Pool either by name or by clearly defined, specific criteria. ITTF shall coordinate with National Anti-Doping Organisations the identification of such Athletes and the collection of their whereabouts information. ITTF shall review and update as necessary its criteria for including Athletes in its Registered Testing Pool, and shall revise the membership of its Registered Testing Pool from time to time as appropriate in accordance with the set criteria. Athletes shall be notified before they are included in a Registered Testing Pool and when they are removed from that pool. Each Athlete in the Registered Testing Pool shall do the following, in each case in accordance with the International Standard for Testing and Investigations: (a) advise ITTF of his or her whereabouts on a quarterly basis; (b) update that information as necessary so that it remains accurate and complete at all times; and (c) make him or herself available for Testing at such whereabouts.

 

5.5.6.2                For purposes of Article 5.2.4, an Athlete’s failure to comply with the requirements of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations shall be deemed a Filing Failure or a Missed Test (as defined in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations) where the conditions set forth in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations for declaring a Filing Failure or Missed Test are met.

 

5.5.6.3                An Athlete in ITTF’s Registered Testing Pool shall continue to be subject to the obligation to comply with the whereabouts requirements of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations unless and until (a) the Athlete gives written notice to ITTF that he or she has retired or (b) until he or she no longer satisfies the criteria for inclusion in ITTF's Registered Testing Pool.

 

5.5.6.4                Whereabouts information relating to an Athlete shall be shared (through ADAMS) with WADA and other Anti-Doping Organisations having authority to test that Athlete, shall be maintained in strict confidence at all times, shall be used exclusively for the purposes set out in Article 5.6 of the Code, and shall be destroyed in accordance with the International Standard for the Protection of Privacy and Personal Information once it is no longer relevant for these purposes.

 

5.5.7                   Retired Athletes returning to Competition

 

5.5.7.1                An Athlete in ITTF’s Registered Testing Pool who has given notice of retirement to ITTF may not resume competing in International or National Events unti he or she has given ITTF written notice of his or her intent to resume competing and has made him/herself available for Testing for a period of at least six months before returning to Competition, including (if requested) complying with the whereabouts requirements of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. WADA, in consultation with ITTF and the Athlete's National Anti-Doping Organisation, may grant an exemption to the six-month written notice rule where the strict application of that rule would be manifestly unfair to an Athlete. This decision may be appealed under Article 5.13. Any competitive results obtained in violation of this Article

 

5.5.7.1                shall be Disqualified.

 

5.5.7.2                If an Athlete retires from sport while subject to a period of Ineligibility, the Athlete shall not resume competing in International or National Events until the Athlete has given six months prior written notice (or notice equivalent to the period of Ineligibility remaining as of the date the Athlete retired, if that period was longer than six months) to ITTF and to his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation of his or her intent to resume competing and has made him or herself available for Testing for that notice period, including (if requested) complying with whereabouts requirements of Annex I to the International Standard for Testing and Investigations.

 

5.5.7.3                An Athlete who is not in ITTF’s Registered Testing Pool who has given notice of retirement to ITTF may not resume competing unless he or she notifies ITTF and his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation at least six months before he or she wishes to return to Competition and makes him or herself available for unannounced Out-of-Competition Testing, including (if requested) complying with the whereabouts requirements of the International Standard for Testing and Investigations, during the period before actual return to Competition.

 

5.5.8                   Independent Observer Program

 

ITTF and the organising committees for ITTF’s Events as well as the National Association Events shall authorise and facilitate the Independent Observer Program at such Events.

 

5.6                   ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES

 

Samples shall be analysed in accordance with the following principles:

 

5.6.1                   Use of Accredited and Approved Laboratories

 

For the purposes of Article 5.2.1 Samples shall be analysed only in laboratories accredited or otherwise approved by WADA. The choice of the WADA-accredited or approved laboratory used for the Sample analysis shall be determined exclusively by ITTF.

 

[Comment to Article 5.6.1: Violations of Article 5.2.1 may be established only by Sample analysis performed by a laboratory accredited or otherwise approved by WADA. Violations of other Articles may be established using analytical results from other laboratories so long as the results are reliable.]

 

5.6.2Purpose of Analysis of Samples

 

5.6.2.1                Samples shall be analysed to detect Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods and other substances as may be directed by WADA pursuant to the Monitoring Program described in Article 4.5 of the Code; or to assist ITTF in profiling relevant parameters in an Athlete’s urine, blood or other matrix, including DNA or genomic profiling; or for any other legitimate anti-doping purpose. Samples may be collected and stored for future analysis.

 

[Comment to Article 5.6.2.1: For example, relevant profile information could be used to direct Target Testing or to support an anti-doping rule violation proceeding under Article 5.2.2 or both.]

 

5.6.2.2                ITTF shall ask laboratories to analyse Samples in conformity with Article 6.4 of the Code and Article 4.7of the International Standards for Testing and Investigations.

 

5.6.3                   Research on Samples

 

No Sample may be used for research without the Athlete's written consent. Samples used for purposes other than Article 5.6.2 shall have any means of identification removed such that they cannot be traced back to a particular Athlete.

 

5.6.4                   Standards for Sample Analysis and Reporting

 

Laboratories shall analyse Samples and report results in conformity with the International Standard for Laboratories. To ensure effective Testing, the Technical Document referenced at Article 5.4.1 of the Code will establish risk assessment- based Sample analysis menus appropriate for particular sports and sport disciplines, and laboratories shall analyse Samples in conformity with those menus, except as follows:

 

5.6.4.1                ITTF may request that laboratories analyse its Samples using more extensive menus than those described in the Technical Document.

 

5.6.4.2                ITTF may request that laboratories analyse its Samples using less extensive menus than those described in the Technical Document only if it has satisfied WADA that, because of the particular circumstances of its sport, as set out in its Test Distribution Plan, less extensive analysis would be appropriate.

 

5.6.4.3                As provided in the International Standard for Laboratories, laboratories at their own initiative and expense may analyse Samples for Prohibited Substances or Prohibited Methods not included on the Sample analysis menu described in the Technical Document or specified by the Testing authority. Results from any such analysis shall be reported and have the same validity and consequence as any other analytical result.

 

[Comment to Article 5.6.4: The objective of this Article is to extend the principle of “intelligent Testing” to the Sample analysis menu so as to detect doping most effectively and efficiently. It is recognised that the resources available to fight doping are limited and that increasing the Sample analysis menu may, in some sports and countries, reduce the number of Samples which can be analysed.]

 

5.6.5                   Further Analysis of Samples

 

Any Sample may be stored and subsequently subjected to further analysis for the purposes described in Article 5.6.2: (a) by WADA at any time; and/or (b) by ITTF at any time before both the A and B Sample analytical results (or A Sample result where B Sample analysis has been waived or will not be performed) have been communicated by ITTF to the Athlete as the asserted basis of an Article 5.2.1 anti- doping rule violation. Such further analysis of Samples shall conform to the requirements of the International Standard for Laboratories and the International Standard for Testing and Investigations.

 

5.7                   RESULTS MANAGEMENT

 

5.7.1                   Responsibility for Conducting Results Management

 

5.7.1.1                The circumstances in which ITTF shall take responsibility for conducting results management in respect of anti-doping rule violations involving Athletes and other Persons under its jurisdiction shall be determined by reference to and in accordance with Article 7 of the Code.

 

5.7.1.2                ITTF Anti-Doping Manager or his/her delegate, or, as may be requested by ITTF, an ad-hoc Doping Review Panel (which may include the ITTF Anti-Doping Manager or his/her delegate) appointed by the ITTF CEO, consisting of a Chair and at least two other members with experience in anti-doping and/or investigations, shall conduct the review discussed in Articles 5.7.2, 5.7.3, 5.7.4, 5.7.5, 5.7.6 and 5.7.7 of any potential violations of these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.7.2                   Review of Adverse Analytical Findings from Tests Initiated by ITTF

 

Results management in respect of the results of tests initiated by ITTF (including tests performed by WADA pursuant to agreement with ITTF) shall proceed as follows:

 

5.7.2.1                The results from all analyses must be sent to ITTF in encoded form, in a report signed by an authorised representative of the laboratory. All communication must be conducted in confidentiality and in conformity with ADAMS.

 

5.7.2.2                Upon receipt of an Adverse Analytical Finding, ITTF shall conduct a review to determine whether: (a) an applicable TUE has been granted or will be granted as provided in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, or (b) there is any apparent departure from the International Standard for Testing and Investigations or International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Adverse Analytical Finding.

 

5.7.2.3                If the review of an Adverse Analytical Finding under Article 5.7.2.2 reveals an applicable TUE or departure from the International Standard for Testing and Investigations or the International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Atypical Finding, the entire test shall be considered negative and the Athlete, the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation and WADA shall be so informed.

 

5.7.3                   Notification After Review Regarding Adverse Analytical Findings

 

5.7.3.1                If the review of an Adverse Analytical Finding under Article 5.7.2.2 does not reveal an applicable TUE or entitlement to a TUE as provided in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions or departure the International Standard for Testing and Investigation or the International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Adverse Analytical Finding, ITTF shall promptly notify the Athlete, and simultaneously the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation and WADA, in the manner set out in Article 5.14.1 of: (a) the Adverse Analytical Finding; (b) the anti-doping rule violated;

 

(c) the Athlete's right promptly to request the analysis of the B Sample or, failing such request, that the B Sample analysis may be deemed waived; (d) the scheduled date, time and place for the B Sample analysis if the Athlete or ITTF chooses to request an analysis of the B Sample; (e) the opportunity for the Athlete and/or the Athlete's representative to attend the B Sample opening and analysis in accordance with the International Standard for Laboratoriesif such analysis is requested; and (f) the Athlete's right to request copies of the A and B Sample laboratory documentation package which includes information as required by the International Standard for Laboratories. If ITTF decides not to bring forward the Adverse Analytical Finding as an anti-doping rule violation, it shall so notify the Athlete, the Athlete’s National Anti- Doping Organisation and WADA.

 

5.7.3.2                Where requested by the Athlete or ITTF, arrangements shall be made to analyse the B Sample in accordance with the International Standard for Laboratories. An Athlete may accept the A Sample analytical results by waiving the requirement for B Sample analysis. ITTF may nonetheless elect to proceed with the B Sample analysis.

 

5.7.3.3                The Athlete and/or his or her representative shall be allowed to be present at the analysis of the B Sample. Also a representative of ITTF as well as the Athlete's National Association shall be allowed to be present.

 

5.7.3.4                If the B Sample analysis does not confirm the A Sample analysis, then (unless ITTF takes the case forward as an anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.2.2) the entire test shall be considered negative and the Athlete, his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation, and WADA shall be so informed.

 

5.7.3.5                If the B Sample analysis confirms the A Sample analysis, the findings shall be reported to the Athlete, his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation and to WADA.

 

5.7.4                   Review of Atypical Findings

 

5.7.4.1                As provided in the International Standard for Laboratories, in certain circumstances laboratories are directed to report the presence of Prohibited Substances that may also be produced endogenously as Atypical Findings i.e. as findings that are subject to further investigation.

 

5.7.4.2                Upon receipt of an Atypical Finding ITTF shall conduct a review to determine whether: (a) an applicable TUE has been granted or will be granted as provided in the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions, or (b) there is any apparent departure from the International Standard for Testing and Investigations or International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Atypical Analytical Finding.

 

5.7.4.3                If the review of an Atypical Finding under Article 5.7.4.2 reveals an applicable TUE or departure from the International Standard for Testing and Investigations or the International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Atypical Finding, the entire test

 

shall be considered negative and the Athlete, his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation, and WADA shall be so informed.

 

5.7.4.4                If the review does not reveal an applicable TUE or departure from the International Standard for Testing and Investigations or the International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Atypical Finding, ITTF shall conduct the required investigation or cause it to be conducted. After the investigation is completed either the Atypical Finding will be brought forward as an Adverse Analytical Finding in accordance with Article 5.7.3.1 or else the Athlete, the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation and WADA shall be notified that the Atypical Finding will not be brought forward as an Adverse Analytical Finding.

 

5.7.4.5                ITTF will not provide notice of an Atypical Finding until it has completed its investigation and has decided whether it will bring the Atypical Finding forward as an Adverse Analytical Finding unless one of the following circumstances exists:

 

5.7.4.5.1             If ITTF determines the B Sample should be analysed prior to the conclusion of its investigation, it may conduct the B Sample analysis after notifying the Athlete, with such notice to include a description of the Atypical Finding and the information described in Article 5.7.3.1 (d) to (f).

 

5.7.4.5.2             If ITTF is asked by (a) a Major Event Organisation shortly before one of its International Events or (b) a sports organisation responsible for meeting an imminent deadline for selecting team members for an International Event, to disclose whether any Athlete identified on a list provided by the Major Event Organisation or sports organisation has a pending Atypical Finding, ITTF shall so advise the Major Event Organisation or sports organisation after first providing notice of the Atypical Finding to the Athlete.

 

5.7.5                   Review of Atypical Passport Findings and Adverse Passport Findings

 

Review of Atypical Passport Findings and Adverse Passport Findings shall take place as provided in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations and International Standard for Laboratories. At such time as ITTF is satisfied that an anti- doping rule violation has occurred, it shall promptly give the Athlete (and simultaneously the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation and WADA) notice of the anti-doping rule violation asserted and the basis of that assertion.

 

5.7.6                   Review of Whereabouts Failures

 

5.7.6.1                ITTF shall review potential Filing Failures and Missed Tests as defined in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations, in respect of Athletes who file their whereabouts information with ITTF in accordance with Annex I to the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. At such time as ITTF is satisfied that an Article 5.2.4 anti-doping rule violation has occurred, it shall promptly give the Athlete (and simultaneously the Athlete’s National Anti-Doping Organisation and WADA) notice that it is asserting a violation of Article 5.2.4 and the basis for that assertion.

 

5.7.7                   Review of Other Anti-Doping Rule Violations Not Covered by Articles 5.7.25.7.6

 

ITTF shall conduct any follow-up investigation required into a possible anti-doping rule violation not covered by Articles 5.7.2-5.7.6. At such time as ITTF is satisfied that an anti-doping rule violation has occurred, it shall promptly give the Athlete or other Person (and simultaneously the Athlete’s or other Person’s National Anti- Doping Organisation and WADA) notice of the anti-doping rule violation asserted and the basis of that assertion.

 

5.7.8                   Identification of Prior Anti-Doping Rule Violations

 

Before giving an Athlete or other Person notice of an asserted anti-doping rule violation as provided above, ITTF shall refer to ADAMS and contact WADA and other relevant Anti-Doping Organisations to determine whether any prior anti-doping rule violation exists.

 

5.7.9                   Provisional Suspensions

 

5.7.9.1                Mandatory Provisional Suspensions

 

If analysis of an A Sample has resulted in an Adverse Analytical Finding for a Prohibited Substance that is not a Specified Substance or for a Prohibited Method, and a review in accordance with Article 5.7.2.2 does not reveal an applicable TUE or departure from the International Standard for Testing and Investigations or the International Standard for Laboratories that caused the Adverse Analytical Finding, a Provisional Suspension shall be imposed upon or promptly after the notification described in Articles 5.7.2, 5.7.3 and 5.7.5.

 

5.7.9.2                Optional Provisional Suspension

 

In case of an Adverse Analytical Finding for a Specified Substance or a Contaminated Product, or in the case of any other anti-doping rule violations not covered by Article 5.7.9.1, ITTF may impose a Provisional Suspension on the Athlete or other Person against whom the anti-doping rule violation is asserted at any time after the review and notification described in Articles 5.7.2–5.7.7 and prior to the final hearing as described in Article 5.8.

 

5.7.9.3                Where a Provisional Suspension is imposed, pursuant to Article 5.7.9.1 or Article 5.7.9.2, the Athlete or other Person shall be given either (a) an opportunity for a Provisional Hearing either before or on a timely basis after imposition of the Provisional Suspension; or (b) an opportunity for an expedited final hearing in accordance with Article 5.8 on a timely basis after imposition of the Provisional Suspension. Furthermore, the Athlete or other Person has a right to appeal from the Provisional Suspensions in accordance with 5.13.2.

 

5.7.9.3.1             The Provisional Suspension may be lifted if the Athlete or other Person demonstrates to the hearing panel that the violation is likely to have involved a Contaminated Product. The hearing panel’s decision not to lift a Provisional Suspension on account of the Athlete’s or other Person’s assertion regarding a Contaminated Product shall not be appealable.

 

5.7.9.3.2             At a Provisional Hearing, the Provisional Suspension shall be imposed (or shall not be lifted) unless the Athlete or other Person establishes that: (a) the assertion of an anti-doping rule violation has no reasonable prospect of being upheld, e.g. because of a patent flaw in the case against the Athlete or other Person; or (b) the Athlete or other Person has a strong arguable case that he or she bears No Fault or Negligence for the anti-doping rule violation(s) asserted, so that any period of Ineligibility that might otherwise be imposed for such a violation is likely to be completely eliminated by application of Article 5.10.4; or (c) some other facts exist that make it clearly unfair, in all of the circumstances, to impose a Provisional Suspension prior to a final hearing in accordance with Article 5.8. This ground is to be construed narrowly, and applied only in truly exceptional circumstances. For example, the fact that the Provisional Suspension would prevent the Athlete or other Person participating in a particular Competition or Event shall not qualify as exceptional circumstances for these purposes.

 

5.7.9.4                If a Provisional Suspension is imposed based on an A Sample Adverse Analytical Finding and any subsequent B Sample analysis does not confirm the A Sample analysis, then the Athlete shall not be subject to any further Provisional Suspension on account of a violation of Article 5.2.1. In circumstances where the Athlete (or the Athlete's team as provided in the rules of ITTF) has been removed from a Competition based on a violation of Article 5.2.1 and the subsequent B Sample analysis does not confirm the A Sample finding, then if it is still possible for the Athlete or team to be reinserted, without otherwise affecting the Competition, the Athlete or team may continue to take part in the Competition. In addition, the Athlete or team may thereafter take part in other Competitions in the same Event.

 

5.7.9.5                In all cases where an Athlete or other Person has been notified of an anti-doping rule violation but a Provisional Suspension has not been imposed on him or her, the Athlete or other Person shall be offered the opportunity to accept a Provisional Suspension voluntarily pending the resolution of the matter.

 

[Comment to Article 5.7.9: Athletes and other Persons shall receive credit for a Provisional Suspension against any period of Ineligibility which is ultimately imposed as provided in Article 5.10.11.3 and 10.11.4.]

 

5.7.10                 Resolution Without a Hearing

 

5.7.10.1              An Athlete or other Person against whom an anti-doping rule violation is asserted may admit that violation at any time, waive a hearing, and accept the Consequences that are mandated by these Anti-Doping Rules or (where some discretion as to sanction exists under these Anti-Doping Rules) that have been offered by ITTF.

 

5.7.10.2              Alternatively, if the Athlete or other Person against whom an anti-doping rule violation is asserted fails to dispute that assertion within the deadline specified in the notice sent by ITTF asserting the violation, then he or she shall be deemed to have admitted the violation, to have waived a hearing, and to have accepted the Consequences that are mandated by these Anti-Doping Rules or (where some discretion as to sanction exists under these Anti-Doping Rules) that have been offered by ITTF.

 

5.7.10.3              In cases where Article 5.7.10.1 or Article 5.7.10.2 applies, a hearing before a hearing panel shall not be required. Instead ITTF shall promptly issue a written decision confirming the commission of the anti-doping rule violation and the Consequences imposed as a result, and setting out the full reasons for any period of Ineligibility imposed, including (if applicable) a justification for why the maximum potential period of Ineligibility was not imposed. ITTF shall send copies of that decision to other Anti-Doping Organisations with a right to appeal under Article 5.13.2.3, and shall Publicly Disclose that decision in accordance with Article 5.14.3.2.

 

5.7.11                 Notification of Results Management Decisions

 

In all cases where ITTF has asserted the commission of an anti-doping rule violation, withdrawn the assertion of an anti-doping rule violation, imposed a Provisional Suspension, or agreed with an Athlete or other Person to the imposition of a sanction without a hearing, ITTF shall give notice thereof in accordance with Article 5.14.2.1 to other Anti-Doping Organisations with a right to appeal under Article 5.13.2.3.

 

5.7.12                 Retirement from Sport

 

If an Athlete or other Person retires while ITTF is conducting the results management process, ITTF retains jurisdiction to complete its results management process. If an Athlete or other Person retires before any results management process has begun and ITTF would have had results management authority over the Athlete or other Person at the time the Athlete or other Person committed an anti-doping rule violation, ITTF has authority to conduct results management in respect of that anti-doping rule violation.

 

[Comment to Article 5.7.12 Conduct by an Athlete or other Person before the Athlete or other Person was subject to the jurisdiction of any Anti-Doping Organisation would not constitute an anti-doping rule violation but could be a legitimate basis for denying the Athlete or other Person membership in a sports organisation.]

 

5.8                   RIGHT TO A FAIR HEARING

 

5.8.1                   Principles for a Fair Hearing

 

5.8.1.1                When ITTF sends a notice to an Athlete or other Person asserting an anti-doping rule violation and the Athlete or other Person does not waive a hearing in accordance with Article 5.7.10.1 or 5.7.10.2, then the case shall be referred to the ITTF doping hearing panel for hearing and adjudication.

 

5.8.1.2                Hearings shall be scheduled and completed within a reasonable time. Hearings held in connection with Events may be conducted by an expedited process as permitted by the rules of the relevant Anti-Doping Organisation and the hearing panel.

 

[Comment to Article 5.8.1.2: For example, a hearing could be expedited on the eve of a major Event where the resolution of the anti-doping rule violation is necessary to determine the Athlete's eligibility to participate in the Event, or during an Event where the resolution of the case will affect the validity of the Athlete's results or continued participation in the Event.]

 

5.8.1.3                The ITTF doping hearing panel shall determine the procedure to be followed at the hearing.

 

5.8.1.4                WADA and the National Association of the Athlete or other Person may attend the hearing as observers. In any event, ITTF shall keep WADA fully apprised as to the status of pending cases and the result of all hearings.

 

5.8.1.5                The ITTF doping hearing panel shall act in a fair and impartial manner towards all parties at all times.

 

5.8.2                   Decisions

 

5.8.2.1                At the end of the hearing, or on a timely basis thereafter, the ITTF doping hearing panel shall issue a written decision that includes the full reasons for the decision and for any period of Ineligibility imposed, including (if applicable) a justification for why the maximum potential Consequences were not imposed.

 

5.8.2.2                The decision may be appealed to the CAS as provided in Article 5.13. Copies of the decision shall be provided to the Athlete or other Person and to other Anti-Doping Organisations with a right to appeal under Article 5.13.2.3.

 

5.8.2.3                If no appeal is brought against the decision, then (a) if the decision is that an anti- doping rule violation was committed, the decision shall be Publicly Disclosed as provided in Article 5.14.3.2; but (b) if the decision is that no anti-doping rule violation was committed, then the decision shall only be Publicly Disclosed with the consent of the Athlete or other Person who is the subject of the decision. ITTF shall use reasonable efforts to obtain such consent, and if consent is obtained, shall Publicly Disclose the decision in its entirety or in such redacted form as the Athlete or other Person may approve. The principles contained at Article 5.14.3.6 shall be applied in cases involving a Minor.

 

5.8.3                   Single Hearing Before CAS

 

Cases asserting anti-doping rule violations may be heard directly at CAS, with no requirement for a prior hearing, with the consent of the Athlete, ITTF, WADA, and any other Anti-Doping Organisation that would have had a right to appeal a first instance hearing decision to CAS.

 

[Comment to Article 5.8.3: Where all of the parties identified in this Article are satisfied that their interests will be adequately protected in a single hearing, there is no need to incur the extra expense of two hearings. An Anti-Doping Organisation that wants to participate in the CAS hearing as a party or as an observer may condition its approval of a single hearing on being granted that right.]

 

5.9                   AUTOMATIC DISQUALIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL RESULTS

 

An anti-doping rule violation in Individual Sports in connection with an In- Competition test automatically leads to Disqualification of the result obtained in that Competition with all resulting consequences, including forfeiture of any titles, medals, computer ranking points and prizes.

 

[Comment to Article 5.9: In sports which are not Team Sports but where awards are given to teams, Disqualification or other disciplinary action against the team when one or more team members have committed an anti-doping rule violation shall be as provided in the applicable rules of ITTF.]

 

5.10                 SANCTIONS ON INDIVIDUALS

 

5.10.1                 Disqualification of Results in the Event during which an Anti-Doping Rule

 

Violation Occurs

 

An anti-doping rule violation occurring during or in connection with an Event may, upon the decision of the ruling body of the Event, lead to Disqualification of all of the Athlete's individual results obtained in that Event with all Consequences, including forfeiture of all titles, medals, computer ranking points and prizes, except as provided in Article 5.10.1.1.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.1: Whereas Article 5.9 Disqualifies the result in a single Competition in which the Athlete tested positive (e.g. the individual event), this Article may lead to Disqualification of all results in all events during the Event. Factors to be included in considering whether to Disqualify other results in an Event might include, for example, the severity of the Athlete’s anti-doping rule violation and whether the Athlete tested negative in the other Competitions.]

 

5.10.1.1              If the Athlete establishes that he or she bears No Fault or Negligence for the violation, the Athlete's individual results in the other Competitions shall not be Disqualified unless the Athlete's results in Competitions other than the Competition in which the anti-doping rule violation occurred were likely to have been affected by the Athlete's anti-doping rule violation.

 

5.10.2                 Ineligibility for Presence, Use or Attempted Use, or Possession of Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods

 

The period of Ineligibility imposed for a violation of Article 5.2.1, Article 5.2.2 or Article 5.2.6 shall be as follows subject to potential reduction of suspension of sanction pursuant to Articles 5.10.4, 5.10.5 or Article 5.10.6:

 

5.10.2.1              The period of Ineligibility shall be four (4) years where:

 

5.10.2.1.1            The anti-doping rule violation does not involve a Specified Substance, unless the Athlete or other Person can establish that the anti-doping rule violation was not intentional.

 

5.10.2.1.2            The anti-doping rule violation involves a Specified Substance and ITTF can establish that the anti-doping rule violation was intentional.

 

5.10.2.2              If Article 10.2.1 does not apply, the period of Ineligibility shall be two (2) years.

 

5.10.2.3              As used in Articles 5.10.2 and 5.10.3, the term “intentional” is meant to identify those Athletes who cheat. The term therefore requires that the Athlete or other Person engaged in conduct which he or she knew constituted an anti-doping rule violation or knew that there was a significant risk that the conduct might constitute or result in an anti-doping rule violation and manifestly disregarded that risk. An anti- doping rule violation resulting from an Adverse Analytical Finding for a substance which is only prohibited In-Competition shall be rebuttably presumed to be not intentional if the substance is a Specified Substance and the Athlete can establish that the Prohibited Substance was Used Out-of-Competition. An anti-doping rule violation resulting from an Adverse Analytical Finding for a substance which is only prohibited In-Competition shall not be considered intentional if the substance is not a Specified Substance and the Athlete can establish that the Prohibited Substance was Used Out-of-Competition in a context unrelated to sport performance.

 

5.10.3                 Ineligibility for Other Anti-Doping Rule Violations

 

The period of Ineligibility for anti-doping rule violations other than as provided in Article 5.10.2 shall be as follows unless Articles 5.10.5 or 5.10.6 are applicable:

 

5.10.3.1              For violations of Article 5.2.3 or Article 5.2.5, the Ineligibility period shall be four (4) years unless, in the case of failing to submit to Sample collection, the Athlete can establish that the commission of the anti-doping rule violation was not intentional (as defined in Article 5.10.2.3) in which case the period of Ineligibility shall be two (2) years.

 

5.10.3.2              For violations of Article 5.2.4, the period of Ineligibility shall be two (2) years, subject to reduction down to a minimum of one (1) year, depending on the Athlete’s degree of Fault. The flexibility between two (2) years and one (1) year of Ineligibility in this Article is not available to Athletes where a pattern of last-minute whereabouts changes of other conduct raises a serious suspicion that the Athlete was trying to avoid being available for Testing.

 

5.10.3.3              For violations of Articles 5.2.7 or 5.2.8, the period of Ineligibility shall be at a minimum four (4) years up to a lifetime Ineligibility depending on the severity of the violation. An Article 5.2.7 or 5.2.8 violation involving a Minor shall be considered a particularly serious violation and, if committed by Athlete Support Personnel for violations other than for Specified Substances shall result in a lifetime Ineligibility for Athlete Support Personnel. In addition, significant violations of Articles 5.2.7 or 5.2.8 which may also violate non-sport laws and regulations, shall be reported to the competent administrative, professional or judicial authorities.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.3.3: Those who are involved in doping Athletes or covering up doping should be subject to sanctions which are more severe than the Athletes who test positive. Since the authority of sport organisations is generally limited to Ineligibility for accreditation, membership and other sport benefits, reporting Athlete Support Personnel to competent authorities is an important step in the deterrence of doping.]

 

5.10.3.4              For violations of Article 5.2.9, the period of Ineligibility shall be a minimum of two (2) years, up to four years, depending on the seriousness of the violation.

 

5.10.3.5              For violations of Article 5.2.10, the period of Ineligibility shall be two (2) years, subject to reduction down to a minimum of one (1) year depending on the Athlete or other Person’s degree of Fault and other circumstances of the case.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.3.5: Where the “other Person” referenced in Article 5.2.10 is an entity and not an individual, that entity may be disciplined as provided in Article 5.12.]

 

5.10.4                 Elimination or Reduction of Period of Ineligibility where there is No Fault or Negligence

 

If an Athlete or other Person establishes in an individual case that he or she bears No Fault or Negligence, then the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility shall be eliminated.

 

[Comment to 5.10.4: This Article and Article 5.10.5.2 apply only to the imposition of sanctions; they are not applicable to the determination of whether an anti-doping rule violation has occurred.

 

They will only apply in exceptional circumstances, for example where an Athlete could prove that, despite all due care, he or she was sabotaged by a competitor. Conversely, No Fault or Negligence would not apply in the following circumstances: (a) a positive test resulting from a mislabeled or contaminated vitamin or nutritional supplement (Athletes are responsible for what they ingest (Article 5.2.1.1) and have been warned against the possibility of supplement contamination); (b) the Administration of a Prohibited Substance by the Athlete’s personal physician or trainer without disclosure to the Athlete (Athletes are responsible for their choice of medical personnel and for advising medical personnel that they cannot be given any Prohibited Substance); and (c) sabotage of the Athlete’s food or drink by a spouse, coach or other Person within the Athlete’s circle of associates (Athletes are responsible for what they ingest and for the conduct of those Persons to whom they entrust access to their food and drink). However, depending on the unique facts of a particular case, any of the referenced illustrations could result in a reduced sanction under Article 5.10.5 based on No Significant Fault or Negligence].

 

5.10.5                 Reduction of the Period of Ineligibility based No Significant Fault or Negligence

 

5.10.5.1              Reduction of Sanctions for Specified Substances or Contaminated Products for Violations of Articles 5.2.1, 5.2.2 or 5.2.6

 

5.10.5.1.1            Specified Substances

 

Where the anti-doping rule violation involves a Specified Substance, and the Athlete or other Person can establish No Significant Fault or Negligence, then the period of Ineligibility shall be, at minimum, a reprimand and no period of Ineligibility and at a maximum, two (2) years of Ineligibility depending on the Athlete’s or other Person’s degree of Fault.

 

5.10.5.1.2            Contaminated Products

 

In cases where the Athlete or other Person can establish No Significant Fault or Negligence and that the detected Prohibited Substance came from a Contaminated Product, then the period of Ineligibility shall be, at a minimum, a reprimand and no period of Ineligibility, and at a maximum, two (2) years Ineligibility, depending on the Athlete’s or other Person’s degree of Fault.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.5.1.2: In assessing that Athlete’s degree of Fault, it would, for example, be favorable for the Athlete if the Athlete had declared the product which was subsequently determined to be Contaminated on his or her Doping Control form.]

 

5.10.5.2              Application of No Significant Fault or Negligence beyond the Application of Article 5.10.5.1

 

If an Athlete or other Person establishes in an individual case where Article 5.10.5.1 is not applicable that he or she bears No Significant Fault or Negligence, then, subject to further reduction or elimination as provided in Article 5.10.6, the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility may be reduced based on the Athlete or other Persons degree of Fault, but the reduced period of Ineligibility may not be less than one-half of the period of Ineligibility otherwise applicable. If the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility is a lifetime, the reduced period under this Article may be no less than eight (8) years.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.5.2: Article 5.10.5.2 may be applied to any anti-doping rule violation except those Articles where intent is an element of the anti-doping rule violation (e.g., Articles 5.2.5, 5.2.7, 5.2.8 or 5.2.9) or an element of a particular sanction (e.g., Article 5.10.2.1) or a range of Ineligibility is already provided in an Article based on the Athlete or other Person’s degree of Fault.]

 

5.10.6                 Elimination, Reduction, or Suspension of Period of Ineligibility or other Consequences for Reasons Other than Fault

 

5.10.6.1              Substantial Assistance in Discovering or Establishing Anti-Doping Rule Violations

 

5.10.6.1.1            ITTF may, prior to a final appellate decision under Article 5.13 or the expiration of the time to appeal, suspend a part of the period ofIneligibility imposed in an individual case in which it has results management authority where the Athlete or other Person has provided Substantial Assistance to an Anti-Doping Organisation, criminal authority or professional disciplinary body which results in (i) the Anti- Doping Organisation discovering or bringing forward an anti-doping rule violation by another Person or (ii) which results in a criminal or disciplinary body discovering or bringing forward a criminal offence or the breach of professional rules committed by another Person and the information provided by the Person providing Substantial Assistance is made available to ITTF.

 

After a final appellate decision under Article 5.13 or the expiration of time to appeal, ITTF may only suspend a part of the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility with the approval of WADA. The extent to which the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility may be suspended shall be based on the seriousness of the anti-doping rule violation committed by the Athlete or other Person and the significance of the Substantial Assistance provided by the Athlete or other Person to the effort to eliminate doping in sport. No more than three-quarters of the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility may be suspended. If the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility is a lifetime, the non-suspended period under this Article must be no less than eight (8) years. If the Athlete or other Person fails to continue to cooperate and to provide the complete and credible Substantial Assistance upon which a suspension of the period of Ineligibility was based, ITTF shall reinstate the original period of Ineligibility.If ITTF decides to reinstate a suspended period of Ineligibility or decides not to reinstate a suspended period of Ineligibility, that decision may be appealed by any Person entitled to appeal under Article 5.13.

 

5.10.6.1.2            To encourage further Athletes and other Persons to provide Substantial Assistance to Anti-Doping Organisations, at the request of ITTF or at the request of the Athlete or other Person who has (or has been asserted to have) committed an anti-doping rule violation, WADA may agree at any stage of the results management process, including after a final appellate decision under Article 5.13, to what it considers to be an appropriate suspension of the otherwise-applicable period of Ineligibility and other Consequences. In exceptional circumstances, WADA may agree to suspensions of the period of Ineligibility and other Consequences for Substantial Assistance greater than those otherwise provided in this Article, or even no period of Ineligibility, and/or no return of prize money or payment of fines or costs. WADA’s approval shall be subject to reinstatement of sanction, as otherwise provided in this Article. Notwithstanding Article 5.13, WADA’s decisions in the context of this Article may not be appealed by any other Anti-Doping Organisation.

 

5.10.6.1.3            If ITTF suspends any part of an otherwise applicable sanction because of Substantial Assistance, then notice providing justification for the decision shall be provided to the other Anti-Doping Organisations with a right to appeal under Article 5.13.2.3 as provided in Article 5.14.2. In unique circumstances where WADA determines that it would be in the best interest of anti-doping, WADA may authorise ITTF to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements limiting or delaying the disclosure of the Substantial Assistance agreement or the nature of Substantial Assistance being provided.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.6.1: The cooperation of Athletes, Athlete Support Personnel and other Persons who acknowledge their mistakes and are willing to bring other anti-doping rule violations to light is important to clean sport.

 

This is the only circumstance under the Code where the suspension of an otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility is authorised.]

 

5.10.6.2              Admission of an Anti-Doping Rule Violation in the Absence of other Evidence Where an Athlete or other Person voluntarily admits the commission of an anti- doping rule violation before having received notice of a Sample collection which could establish an anti-doping rule violation (or, in the case of an anti-doping rule violation other than Article 5.2.1, before receiving first notice of the admitted violation pursuant to Article 5.7) and that admission is the only reliable evidence of the violation at the time of admission, then the period of Ineligibility may be reduced, but not below one-half of the period of Ineligibility otherwise applicable.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.6.2: This Article is intended to apply when an Athlete or other Person comes forward and admits to an anti-doping rule violation in circumstances where no Anti-Doping Organisation is aware that an anti-doping rule violation might have been committed. It is not intended to apply to circumstances where the admission occurs after the Athlete or other Person knows he or she is about to be caught. The amount by which Ineligibility is reduced should be based on the likelihood that the Athlete or other Person would have been caught had he or she not come forward voluntarily.]

 

5.10.6.3              Prompt admission of an anti-doping rule violation after being confronted with a violation sanctionable under Article 5.10.2.1 or 5.10.3.1

 

An Athlete or other Person potentially subject to a four-year sanction under Article 10.2.1 or 10.3.1 (for evading or refusing Sample Collection or tampering with Sample Collection), by promptly admitting the asserted anti-doping rule violation after being confronted by ITTF, and also upon the approval and at the discretion of both WADA and ITTF, may receive a reduction in the period of Ineligibility down to a minimum of two (2) years, depending on the severity of the violation and the Athlete or other Person’s degree of Fault.

 

5.10.6.4              Where an Athlete or other Person establishes entitlement to reduction in sanction under more than one provision of Articles 5.10.4, 5.10.5 or 5.10.6 Before applying any reduction or suspension under Articles 5.10.6, the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility shall be determined in accordance with Articles 5.10.2, 5.10.3, 5.10.4 and 5.10.5. If the Athlete or other Person establishes entitlement to a reduction or suspension of the period of Ineligibility under Articles 5.10.6, then the period of Ineligibility may be reduced or suspended, but not below one-fourth of the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.6.4: The appropriate sanction is determined in a sequence of four steps. First, the hearing panel determines which of the basic sanctions (Article 5.10.2, 5.10.3, 5.10.4 or 5.10.5) applies to the particular anti-doping rule violation. Second step, if the basic sanction provides for a range of sanction, the hearing panel must determine the applicable sanction within that range according to the Athlete or other Person’s degree of Fault. In a third step, the hearing panel establishes whether there is a basis for elimination or reduction of the sanction (Articles 5.10.5.1 through 5.10.5.4). Note, however, not all grounds for elimination, suspension or reduction of the sanction. Finally, the hearing panel decides on the commencement of the period of Ineligibility under Article 5.10.11. Several examples of how Article 5.10 is to be applied are found in Appendix 2.]

 

5.10.7                 Multiple Violations

 

5.10.7.1              For an Athlete or other Person’s second anti-doping rule violation, the period of Ineligibility shall be the greater of:

 

(a)                      six months;

 

(b)         one-half of the period of Ineligibility imposed for the first anti-doping rule violation without taking into account any reduction under Article 5.10.6; or

 

(c)         twice the period of Ineligibility otherwise applicable to the second anti-doping rule violation treated as if it were a first violation, without taking into account any reduction under Article 5.10.6.

 

The period of Ineligibility established above may then be further reduced by the application of Article 5.10.6.

 

5.10.7.2              A third anti-doping rule violation will always result in a lifetime period of Ineligibility, except if the third violation fulfills the condition for elimination or reduction of the period of Ineligibility under Article 5.10.4 or 5.10.5 or involves a violation of Article 5.2.4. In these particular cases, the period of Ineligibility shall be from eight (8) years to lifetime Ineligibility.

 

5.10.7.3              An anti-doping rule violation for which an Athlete or other Person has established No Fault or Negligence shall not be considered a violation for purposes of this Article.

 

5.10.7.4              Additional Rules for Certain Potential Multiple Violations

 

5.10.7.4.1            For purposes of imposing sanctions under Article 5.10.7, an anti-doping rule violation will only be considered a second violation if ITTF can establish that the Athlete or other Person committed the second anti-doping rule violation after the Athlete or other Person received notice pursuant to Article 5.7, or after ITTF made reasonable efforts to give notice, of the first anti-doping rule violation; if ITTF cannot establish this, the violations shall be considered together as one single first violation, and the sanction imposed shall be based on the violation that carries the more severe sanction.

 

5.10.7.4.2            If, after the imposition of a sanction for first anti-doping rule violation, ITTF discovers facts involving an anti-doping rule violation by the Athlete or other Person which occurred prior to notification regarding the first violation, then ITTF shall impose an additional sanction based on the sanction that could have been imposed if the two violations would have been adjudicated at the same time. Results in all Competitions dating back to the earlier anti-doping rule violation will be Disqualified as provided in Article 5.10.8.

 

5.10.7.5              Multiple Anti-Doping Rule Violations during a Ten-Year Period For purposes of Article 5.10.7, each anti-doping rule violation must take place within the same ten (10) year period in order to be considered multiple violations.

 

5.10.8                 Disqualification of Results in Competitions Subsequent to Sample Collection or Commission of an Anti-Doping Rule Violation

 

In addition to the automatic Disqualification of the results in the Competition which produced the positive Sample under Article 5.9, all other competitive results of the Athlete obtained from the date a positive Sample was collected (whether In- CompetitionorOut-of-Competition), orotheranti-dopingrule violation occurred, through the commencement of any Provisional Suspension or Ineligibility period, shall, unless fairness requires otherwise, be Disqualified with all of the resulting consequences including forfeiture of any medals, points and prizes.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.8: Nothing in these Anti-Doping Rules precludes clean Athletes or other Persons who have been damaged by the actions of a Person who has committed an anti-doping rule violation from pursuing any right which they would otherwise have to seek damages from such Person.]

 

5.10.9                 Allocation of CAS Cost Awards and Forfeited Prize Money

 

The priority for repayment of CAS cost awards and forfeited prize money shall be: first, payment of costs awarded by CAS; second, reallocation of forfeited prize money to other Athletes; and third, reimbursement of the expenses of ITTF.

 

5.10.10               Financial Consequences

 

Where an Athlete or other Person commits an anti-doping rule violation, ITTF may, in its discretion and subject to the principle of proportionality, elect to (a) recover from the Athlete or other Person costs associated with the anti-doping rule violation, regardless of the period of Ineligibility imposed and/or (b) fine the Athlete or other Person in an amount up to $500.00 US Dollars, only in cases where the maximum period of Ineligibility otherwise applicable has already been imposed.

 

The imposition of a financial sanction or ITTF's recovery of costs shall not be considered a basis for reducing the Ineligibility or other sanction which would otherwise be applicable under these Anti-Doping Rules or the Code.

 

5.10.11               Commencement of Ineligibility

 

Except as provided below, the period of Ineligibility shall start on the date of the final hearing decision providing for Ineligibility or, if the hearing is waived, or there is no hearing, on the date Ineligibility is accepted or otherwise imposed.

 

5.10.11.1            Delays Not Attributable to the Athlete or other Person Where there have been substantial delays in the hearing process or other aspects of Doping Control not attributable to the Athlete or other Person, ITTF may start the period of Ineligibility at an earlier date commencing as early as the date of Sample collection or the date on which another anti-doping rule violation last occurred. All competitive results achieved during the period of Ineligibility, including retroactive Ineligibility, shall be Disqualified.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.11.1: In cases of anti-doping rule violations other than under Article 5.2.1, the time required for an Anti-Doping Organisation to discover and develop facts sufficient to establish an anti-doping rule violation may be lengthy, particularly where the Athlete or other Person has taken affirmative action to avoid detection. In these circumstances, the flexibility provided in this Article to start the sanction at an earlier date should not be used.]

 

5.10.11.2            Timely Admission Where the Athlete or other Person promptly (which, in all events, for an Athlete means before the Athlete competes again) admits the anti-doping rule violation after being confronted with the anti-doping rule violation by ITTF, the period of Ineligibility may start as early as the date of Sample collection or the date on which another anti-doping rule violation last occurred. In each case, however, where this Article is applied, the Athlete or other Person shall serve at least one-half of the period of Ineligibility going forward from the date the Athlete or other Person accepted the imposition of a sanction, the date of a hearing decision imposing a sanction, or the date the sanction is otherwise imposed.

 

This Article shall not apply where the period of Ineligibility has already been reduced under Article 5.10.6.3.

 

5.10.11.3            Credit for Provisional Suspension or Period of Ineligibility Served

 

5.10.11.3.1          If a Provisional Suspension is imposed and respected by the Athlete or other Person, then the Athlete or other Person shall receive a credit for such period of Provisional Suspension against any period of Ineligibility which may ultimately be imposed. If a period of Ineligibility is served pursuant to a decision that is subsequently appealed, then the Athlete or other Person shall receive a credit for such period of Ineligibility served against any period of Ineligibility which may ultimately be imposed on appeal.

 

5.10.11.4            If an Athlete or other Person voluntarily accepts a Provisional Suspension in writing from ITTF and thereafter respects the Provisional Suspension, the Athlete or other Person shall receive a credit for such period of voluntary Provisional Suspension against any period of Ineligibility which may ultimately be imposed. A copy of the Athlete or other Person’s voluntary acceptance of a Provisional Suspension shall be provided promptly to each party entitled to receive notice of an asserted anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.14.1.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.11.3.2: An Athlete’s voluntary acceptance of a Provisional Suspension is not an admission by the Athlete and shall not be used in any way as to draw an adverse inference against the Athlete.]

 

5.10.11.3.5          No credit against a period of Ineligibility shall be given for any time period before the effective date of the Provisional Suspension or voluntary Provisional Suspension regardless of whether the Athlete elected not to compete or was suspended by his or her team.

 

5.10.11.3.6          In Team Sports, where a period of Ineligibility is imposed upon a Team, unless fairness requires otherwise, the period of Ineligibility shall start on the date of the final hearing decision providing for Ineligibility or, if the hearing is waived, on the date Ineligibility is accepted or otherwise imposed. Any period of Team Provisional Suspension (whether imposed or voluntarily accepted) shall be credited against the total period of Ineligibility to be served.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.11: 5.10.11 makes clear that delays not attributable to the Athlete, timely admission by the Athlete and Provisional Suspension are the only justifications for starting the period of Ineligibility earlier than the date of the hearing decision.]

 

5.10.12               Status During Ineligibility

 

5.10.12.1            Prohibition against Participation during Ineligibility No Athlete or other Person (including Athlete Support Personnel) who has been declared Ineligible may, during the period of Ineligibility, participate in any capacity in a Competition or activity (other than authorised anti-doping education or rehabilitation programs) authorised or organised by ITTF or any National Association or a club or other member organisation of ITTF or any National Association, or in Competitions authorised or organised by any professional league or any international or national level Event organisation or any elite or national-level sporting activity funded by a governmental agency.

 

An Athlete or other Person subject to a period of Ineligibility longer than four (4) years may, after completing four (4) years of the period of Ineligibility, participate as an Athlete in local sport events not sanctioned or otherwise under the jurisdiction of a Code Signatory or member of a Code Signatory, but only so long as the local sport event is not at a level that could otherwise qualify such Athlete or other Person directly or indirectly to compete in (or accumulate points toward) a national championship or International Event and does not involve the Athlete or other Person working in any capacity with Minors.

 

An Athlete or other Person subject to a period of Ineligibility shall remain subject to Testing.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.12.1: For example, subject to Article 5.10.12.2 below an Ineligible Athlete cannot participate in a training camp, exhibition or practice organised by his or her National Association or a club which is a member of that National Association or which is funded by a governmental agency. Further, an Ineligible Athlete may not compete in a non-Signatory professional league (e.g., the National Hockey League, the National Basketball Association, etc.), Events organised by a non-Signatory International Event organisation or a non-Signatory national-level event organisation without triggering the Consequences set forth in Article 5.10.12.3. The term “activity” also includes, for example, administrative activities, such as serving as an official, director, officer, employee or volunteer of the organisation described in this Article. Ineligibility imposed in one sport will also be recognised by other sports (see Article 5.15.1).]

 

5.10.12.2            Return to Training

 

As an exception to Article 5.10.12.1, an Athlete may return to train with a team or to use the facilities of a club or other member organisation of ITTF’s member organisation during the shorter of (a) the last two (2) months of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility or (b) the last one-quarter of the period of Ineligibility imposed.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10.12.2: In many Team Sports and some individual sports (e.g., ski jumping and gymnastics), an Athlete cannot effectively train on his or her own so as to be ready to compete at the end of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility. During the training period described in this Article, an Ineligible Athlete may not compete or engage in any activity described in Article 5.10.12.1 other than training.]

 

5.10.12.3            Violation of the Prohibition of Participation during Ineligibility Where an Athlete or other Person who has been declared Ineligible violates the prohibition against participation during Ineligibility described in Article 5.10.12.1, the results of such participation shall be Disqualified and a new period of Ineligibility equal in length up to the original period of Ineligibility shall be added to the end of the original period of Ineligibility. The new period of Ineligibility may be adjusted based on the Athlete or other Person’s degree of Fault and other circumstances of the case. The determination of whether an Athlete or other Person has violated the prohibition against participation, and whether an adjustment is appropriate, shall be made by ITTF. This decision may be appealed under Article 5.13.

 

Where an Athlete Support Person or other Person assists a Person in violating the prohibition against participation during Ineligibility, ITTF shall impose sanctions for a violation of Article 5.2.9 for such assistance.

 

5.10.12.4            Withholding of Financial Support during Ineligibility

 

In addition, for any anti-doping rule violation not involving a reduced sanction as described in Article 5.10.4 or 5.10.5, some or all sport-related financial support or other sport-related benefits received by such Person will be withheld by ITTF and its National Associations.

 

5.10.13               Automatic Publication of Sanction

 

A mandatory part of each sanction shall include automatic publication, as provided in Article 5.14.3.

 

[Comment to Article 5.10: Harmonisation of sanctions has been one of the most discussed and debated areas of anti-doping.Harmonisation means that the same rules and criteria are applied to assess the unique facts of each case.Arguments against requiring harmonisation of sanctions are based on differences between sports including, for example, the following: in some sports the Athletes are professionals making a sizable income from the sport and in others the Athletes are true amateurs; in those sports where an Athlete's career is short, a standard period of Ineligibility has a much more significant effect on the Athlete than in sports where careers are traditionally much longer. A primary argument in favour of harmonisation is that it is simply not right that two Athletes from the same country who test positive for the same Prohibited Substance under similar circumstances should receive different sanctions only because they participate in different sports.In addition, flexibility in sanctioning has often been viewed as an unacceptable opportunity for some sporting organisations to be more lenient with dopers. The lack of harmonisation of sanctions has also frequently been the source of jurisdictional conflicts between International Federations and National Anti-Doping Organisations.]

 

5.11                 CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS

 

5.11.1                 Where one member of a team (outside of Team Sports) has been notified of an anti- doping rule violation under Article 5.7 in connection with an Event, the ruling body for the Event shall conduct appropriate Target Testing of all members of the team during the Event Period.

 

5.11.2                 Consequences for Teams

 

5.11.2.1              An anti-doping rule violation committed by a member of a team in connection with an In-Competition test automatically leads to Disqualification of the result obtained by the team in that Competition with all resulting consequences for the team and its members, including forfeiture of any medals, points and prizes.

 

5.11.2.2              An anti-doping rule violation committed by a member of a team occurring during or in connection with an Event may lead to Disqualification of all of the results obtained by the team in that Event with all consequences for the team and its members, including forfeiture of all medals, points and prizes, except as provided in Article 5.11.2.3.

 

5.11.2.3              Where an Athlete who is a member of a doubles pair or a team committed an anti- doping rule violation during or in connection with one Competition in an Event, if the other member(s) of the doubles pair or the team establish(es) that he/she/they bear No Fault or Negligence for that violation, the results of the team in any other Competition(s) in that Event shall not be Disqualified unless the results of the team in the Competition(s) other than the Competition in which the anti-doping rule violation occurred were likely to have been affected by the Athlete’s anti-doping rule violation.

 

5.12                 SANCTIONS AND COSTS ASSESSED AGAINST SPORTING BODIES

 

5.12.1                 ITTF Executive Committee has the authority to withhold some or all funding or other non financial support to National Associations that are not in compliance with these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.12.2                 National Associations shall be obliged to reimburse ITTF for all costs (including but not limited to laboratory fees, hearing expenses and travel) related to a violation of these Anti-Doping Rules committed by an Athlete or other Person affiliated with that National Association.

 

5.12.3I                TTF may elect to take additional disciplinary action against National Associations with respect to recognition, the eligibility of its officials and Athletes to participate in International Events and fined based on the following:

 

5.12.3.1              Four (4) or more violations of these Anti-Doping Rules (other than violations involving Article 5.2.4) are committed by Athletes or other Persons affiliated with a National Association within a 12-month period in testing conducted by ITTF or Anti- Doping Organisations other than the National Association or its National Anti- Doping Organisation. In such event ITTF may in its discretion elect to: (a) ban all officials from that National Association from participation in any ITTF activities for a period of up to two (2) years and/or (b) fine the National Federation in an amount up to US$500.00. (For purposes of this Rule, any fine paid pursuant to Rule 5.12.3.2 shall be credited against any fine assessed.)

 

5.12.3.1.1 I          f four (4) or more violations of these Anti-Doping Rules (other than violations involving Articles 5.2.4) are committed in addition to the violations described in Article 5.12.3.1 by Athletes or other Persons affiliated with a National Association within a 12-month period in Testing conducted by ITTF or Anti-Doping Organisations other than the National Association or its National Anti-Doping Organisation, then ITTF may suspend that National Association’s membership for a period of up to four (4) years.

 

5.12.3.2              More than one Athlete or other Person from a National Association commits an Anti-Doping Rule violation during an International Event. In such event ITTF may fine that National Association in an amount up to US$500.00.

 

5.12.3.3              A National Association has failed to make diligent efforts to keep the ITTF informed about an Athlete's whereabouts after receiving a request for that information from ITTF. In such event ITTF may fine the National Association in an amount up to US$500.00 per Athlete in addition to all of ITTF’s costs incurred in Testing that National Association's Athletes.

 

5.13                 APPEALS

 

5.13.1                 Decisions Subject to Appeal

 

Decisions made under these Anti-Doping Rules may be appealed as set forth below in Article 5.13.2 through 5.13.7 or as otherwise provided in these Anti-Doping Rules, the Code or the International Standards. Such decisions shall remain in effect while under appeal unless the appellate body orders otherwise. Before an appeal is commenced, any post-decision review provided in the Anti-Doping Organisaton’s rules must be exhausted provided that such review respects the principles set forth in Article 5.13.2.2 below (except as provided in Article 5.13.1.3).

 

5.13.1.1              Scope of Review Not Limited

 

The scope of review on appeal includes all issues relevant to the matter and is expressly not limited to the issues or scope of review before the initial decision maker.

 

5.13.1.2              CAS Shall Not Defer to the Findings Being Appealed

 

In making its decision, CAS need not give deference to the discretion exercised by the body whose decision is being appealed.

 

[Comment to Article 5.13.1.2: CAS proceedings are de novo. Prior proceedings do not limit the evidence or carry weight in the hearing before CAS.]

 

5.13.1.3              WADA Not Required to Exhaust Internal Remedies

 

Where WADA has a right to appeal under Article 5.13 and no other party has appealed a final decision within ITTF’s process, WADA may appeal such decision directly to CAS without having to exhaust other remedies in the ITTF’s process.

 

[Comment to Article 5.13.1.3: Where a decision has been rendered before the final stage of ITTF’s process (for example, a first hearing) and no party elects to appeal that decision to the next level of ITTF’s process, then WADA may bypass the remaining steps in ITTF’s internal process and appeal directly to CAS.]

 

5.13.2                 Appeals from Decisions Regarding Anti-Doping Rule Violations, Consequences, Provisional Suspensions, Recognition of Decisions and Jurisdiction

 

A decision that an anti-doping rule violation was committed, a decision imposing Consequences or not imposing Consequences for an anti-doping rule violation, or a decision that no anti-doping rule violation was committed; a decision that an anti-doping rule violation proceeding cannot go forward for procedural reasons (including, for example, prescription); a decision by WADA not to grant an exception to the six (6) months’ notice requirement for a retired Athlete to return to Competition under Article 5.5.7.1; a decision by WADA assigning results management under Article 7.1 of the Code; a decision by ITTF not to bring forward an Adverse Analytical Finding or an Atypical Finding as an anti-doping rule violation, or a decision not to go forward with an anti-doping rule violation after an investigation under Article 5.7.7; a decision to impose a Provisional Suspension as a result of a Provisional Hearing or for ITTF’s failure to comply with Article 5.7.9; a decision that ITTF lacks jurisdiction to rule on an alleged anti-doping rule violation or its Consequences; a decision to suspend, or not suspend, a period of Ineligibility or to reinstate, or not reinstate, a suspended period of Ineligibility under Article 5.10.6.1; a decision under Article 5.10.12.3; and a decision by ITTF not to recognise another Anti-Doping Organisation’s decision under Article 5.15 may be appealed exclusively as provided in Articles 5.13.2 through 5.13.7.

 

5.13.2.1              Appeals Involving International-Level Athletes or International Events

 

In cases arising from competition in an International Event or in cases involving International-Level Athletes, the decision may be appealed exclusively to CAS in accordance with the provisions applicable before such court.

 

[Comment to Article 5.13.2.1: CAS decisions are final and binding except for any review required by law applicable to the annulment or enforcement of arbitral awards.]

 

5.13.2.2              Appeals Involving Other Athletes or Persons

 

In cases where Article 5.13.2.1 is not applicable, the decision may be appealed to a national-level appeal body, being an independent and impartial body established in accordance with rules adopted by the National Anti-Doping Organisation having jurisdiction over the Athlete or other Person. The rules for such an appeal shall respect the following principles: a timely hearing, a fair and impartial hearing panel; the right to be represented by counsel at the Person’s own expense; and a timely, written, reasoned decision. If the National Anti-Doping Organisation has not established such a body, the decision may be appealed to CAS in accordance with the provisions applicable before such court.

 

5.13.2.3              Persons Entitled to Appeal

 

In cases under Article 5.13.2.1, the following parties shall have the right to appeal to CAS: (a) the Athlete or other Person who is the subject of the decision being appealed; (b) the other party to the case in which the decision was rendered; (c) ITTF; (d) the National Anti-Doping Organisation of the Person’s country of residence or countries where the Person is a national or licence holder; (e) the International Olympic Committee or International Paralympic Committee, as applicable, where the decision may have an effect in relation to the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games, including decisions affecting eligibility for the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games; and (e) WADA.

 

In cases under Article 5.13.2.2, the parties having the right to appeal to the national-level appeal body shall be as provided in the National Anti-Doping Organisation's rules but, at a minimum, shall include the following parties: (a) the Athlete or other Person who is the subject of the decision being appealed; (b) the other party to the case in which the decision was rendered; (c) ITTF; (d) the National Anti-Doping Organisation of the Person’s country of residence; (e) the International Olympic Committee or International Paralympic Committee, as applicable, where the decision may have an effect in relation to the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games, including decisions affecting eligibility for the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games; and (f) WADA. For cases under Article 5.13.2.2, WADA, the International Olympic Committee, the International Paralympic Committee and ITTF shall also have the right to appeal to CAS with respect to the decision of the national-level appeal body.Any party filing an appeal shall be entitled to assistance from CAS to obtain all relevant information from the Anti- Doping Organisation whose decision is being appealed and the information shall be provided if CAS so directs.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the only Person who may appeal from a Provisional Suspension is the Athlete or other Person upon whom the Provisional Suspension is imposed.

 

5.13.2.4              Cross Appeals and other Subsequent Appeals Allowed

 

Cross appeals and other subsequent appeals by any respondent named in cases brought to CAS under the Code are specifically permitted. Any party with a right to appeal under this Article 5.13 must file a cross appeal or subsequent appeal at the latest with the party’s answer.

 

[Comment to Article 5.13.2.4: This provision is necessary because since 2011, CAS rules no longer permit an Athlete the right to cross appeal when an Anti-Doping Organisation appeals a decision after the Athlete’s time for appeal has expired. This provision permits a full hearing for all parties.]

 

5.13.3                 Failure to Render a Timely Decision

 

Where, in a particular case, ITTF fails to render a decision with respect to whether an anti-doping rule violation was committed within a reasonable deadline set by WADA, WADA may elect to appeal directly to CAS as if ITTF had rendered a decision finding no anti-doping rule violation. If the CAS hearing panel determines that an anti-doping rule violation was committed and that WADA acted reasonably in electing to appeal directly to CAS, then WADA’s costs and attorneys’ fees in prosecuting the appeal shall be reimbursed to WADA by ITTF.

 

[Comment to Article 5.13.3: Given the different circumstances of each anti-doping rule violation investigation and results management process, it is not feasible to establish a fixed time period for ITTF to render a decision before WADA may intervene by appealing directly to CAS. Before taking such action, however, WADA will consult ITTF and give ITTF an opportunity to explain why it has not yet rendered a decision.]

 

5.13.4                 Appeals a relating to Therapeutic Use Exemptions TUE decisions may be appealed as provided in Article 5.4.4 above.

 

5.13.5                 Notification of Appeal Decisions

 

Any Anti-Doping Organisation that is a party to an appeal shall promptly provide the appeal decision to the Athlete or other Person and to the other Anti-Doping Organisations that would have been entitled to appeal under Article 5.13.2.3 as provided under Article 5.14.2.

 

5.13.6                 Appeal from Decisions Pursuant to Article 5.12

 

Decisions by ITTF pursuant to Article 5.12 may be appealed exclusively to CAS by the National Association.

 

5.13.7                 Time for Filing Appeals

 

5.13.7.1              Appeals to CAS

 

The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of the decision by the appealing party. The above notwithstanding, the following shall apply in connection with appeals filed by a party entitled to appeal but which was not a party to the proceedings that led to the decision being appealed:

 

(a)                      Within fifteen (15) days from notice of the decision, such party/ies shall have the right to request a copy of the case file from the body that issued the decision;

 

(b)         If such a request is made within the fifteen-day period, then the party making such request shall have twenty-one (21) days from receipt of the file to file an appeal to CAS.

 

The above notwithstanding, the filing deadline for an appeal filed by WADA shall be the later of:

 

(a)                      Twenty-one days after the last day on which any other party in the case could have appealed, or

 

(b)         Twenty-one days after WADA’s receipt of the complete file relating to the decision.

 

5.13.7.2              Appeals Under Article 5.13.2.2

 

The time to file an appeal to an independent and impartial body established at national level in accordance with rules established by the National Anti-Doping Organisation shall be indicated by the same rules of the National Anti-Doping Organisation.

 

The above notwithstanding, the filing deadline for an appeal or intervention filed by WADA shall be the later of:

 

(a)                      Twenty-one days after the last day on which any other party in the case could have appealed, or

 

(b)         Twenty-one days after WADA’s receipt of the complete file relating to the decision.

 

5.14                 CONFIDENTIALITY AND REPORTING

 

5.14.1                 Information Concerning Adverse Analytical Findings, Atypical Findings, and Other Asserted Anti-Doping Rule Violations

 

5.14.1.1              Notice of Anti-Doping Rule Violations to Athletes and other Persons

 

Notice to Athletes or other Persons of anti-doping rule violations asserted against them shall occur as provided under Articles 5.7 and 5.14 of these Anti-Doping Rules.Notice to an Athlete or other Person who is a member of a National Association may be accomplished by delivery of the notice to the National Association.

 

5.14.1.2              Notice of Anti-Doping Rule Violations to National Anti-Doping Organisations and WADA

 

Notice of the assertion of an anti-doping rule violation to National Anti-Doping Organisations and WADA shall occur as provided under Articles 5.7 and 5.14 of these Anti-Doping Rules, simultaneously with the notice to the Athlete or other Person.

 

5.14.1.3              Content of an Anti-Doping Rule Violation Notice

 

Notification of an anti-doping rule violation under Article 5.2.1 shall include: the Athlete's name, country, sport and discipline within the sport, the Athlete’s competitive level, whether the test was In-Competition or Out-of-Competition, the date of Sample collection, the analytical result reported by the laboratory, and other information as required by the International Standard for Testing and Investigations.

 

Notice of anti-doping rule violations other than under Article 5.2.1 shall include the rule violated and the basis of the asserted violation.

 

5.14.1.4              Status Reports

 

Except with respect to investigations which have not resulted in notice of an anti- doping rule violation pursuant to Article 5.14.1.1, National Anti-Doping Organisations and WADA shall be regularly updated on the status and findings of any review or proceedings conducted pursuant to Articles 5.7, 5.8 or 5.13 and shall be provided with a prompt written reasoned explanation or decision explaining the resolution of the matter.

 

5.14.1.5              Confidentiality

 

The recipient organisations shall not disclose this information beyond those Persons with a need to know (which would include the appropriate personnel at the applicable National Olympic Committee, National Association, and team in a Team Sport) until ITTF has made Public Disclosure or has failed to make Public Disclosure as required in Article 5.14.3 below.

 

5.14.1.6              ITTF shall ensure that information concerning Adverse Analytical Findings, Atypical Findings, and other asserted anti-doping rule violations remains confidential until such information is Publicly Disclosed in accordance with Article 5.14.3, and shall include provisions for the protection of such confidential information as well as for the investigation and disciplining of improper and/or unauthorised disclosure of such confidential information in any contract entered into between ITTF and any of its employees (whether permanent or otherwise), contractors, agents and consultants.

 

5.14.2                 Notice of Anti-Doping Rule Violation Decisions and Request for Files

 

5.14.2.1              Anti-doping rule violation decisions rendered pursuant to Articles 5.7.11, 5.8.2, 5.10.4, 5.10.5, 5.10.6, 5.10.12.3 or 5.13.5 shall include the full reasons for the decision, including, if applicable, a justification for why the maximum potential sanction was not imposed. Where the decision is not in English or French, ITTF shall provide a short English or French summary of the decision and the supporting reasons.

 

5.14.2.2              An Anti-Doping Organisation having a right to appeal a decision received pursuant to Article 5.14.2.1 may, within fifteen (15) days of receipt, request a copy of the full case file pertaining to the decision.

 

5.14.3                 Public Disclosure

 

5.14.3.1              The identity of any Athlete or other Person who is asserted by ITTF to have committed an anti-doping rule violation may be Publicly Disclosed by ITTF only after notice has been provided to the Athlete or other Person in accordance with Articles 5.7.3 through 5.7.7, and simultaneously to WADA and the National Anti-Doping Organisation of the Athlete or other Person in accordance with Article 5.14.1.2.

 

5.14.3.2              No later than twenty (20) days after it has been determined in a final appellate decision under Articles 5.13.2.1 or 5.13.2.2, or such appeal has been waived, or a hearing in accordance with Article 5.8 has been waived, or the assertion of an anti- doping rule violation has not been timely challenged, ITTF must Publicly Report the disposition of the matter, including the sport, the anti-doping rule violated, the name of the Athlete or other Person committing the violation, the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method involved (if any) and the Consequences imposed. ITTF must also Publicly Report within twenty (20) days the results of final appeal decisions concerning anti-doping rule violations, including the information described above.

 

5.14.3.3              In any case where it is determined, after a hearing or appeal, that the Athlete or other Person did not commit an anti-doping rule violation, the decision may be Publicly Disclosed only with the consent of the Athlete or other Person who is the subject of the decision. ITTF shall use reasonable efforts to obtain such consent. If consent is obtained, ITTF shall Publicly Disclose the decision in its entirety or in such redacted form as the Athlete or other Person may approve.

 

5.14.3.4              Publication shall be accomplished at a minimum by placing the required information on ITTF’s website or publishing it through other means and leaving the information up for the longer of one (1) month or the duration of any period of Ineligibility.

 

5.14.3.5              Neither ITTF, nor its National Associations, nor any official of either body, shall publicly comment on the specific facts of any pending case (as opposed to general description of process and science) except in response to public comments attributed to the Athlete or other Person against whom an anti-doping rule violation is asserted, or their representatives.

 

5.14.3.6              The mandatory Public Reporting required in 5.14.3.2 shall not be required where the Athlete or other Person who has been found to have committed an anti-doping rule violation is a Minor. Any optional Public Reporting in a case involving a Minor shall be proportionate to the facts and circumstances of the case.

 

5.14.4                 Statistical Reporting

 

ITTF shall publish at least annually a general statistical report of its Doping Control activities with a copy to WADA. ITTF may also publish reports showing the name of each Athlete tested and the date of each Testing.

 

5.14.5                 Doping Control Information Clearinghouse

 

To facilitate coordinated Test Distribution Planning and to avoid unnecessary duplication in Testing by the various Anti-Doping Organisations, ITTF shall report all In-Competition and Out-of-Competition tests on such Athletes to the WADA clearinghouse, using ADAMS, as soon as possible after such tests have been conducted. This information will be made accessible, where appropriate and in accordance with the applicable rules, to the Athlete, the Athlete's National Anti-Doping Organisation and any other Anti-Doping Organisations with Testing authority over the Athlete.

 

5.14.6                 Data Privacy

 

5.14.6.1              ITTF may collect, store, process or disclose personal information relating to Athletes and other Persons where necessary and appropriate to conduct their anti-doping activities under the Code, the International Standards (including specifically the International Standard for the Protection of Privacy and Personal Information) and these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.14.6.2              Any Participant who submits information including personal data to any Person in accordance with these Anti-Doping Rules shall be deemed to have agreed, pursuant to applicable data protection laws and otherwise, that such information may be collected, processed, disclosed and used by such Person for the purposes of the implementation of these Rules, in accordance with the International Standard for the Protection of Privacy and Personal Information and otherwise as required to implement these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.15                 APPLICATION AND RECOGNITION OF DECISIONS

 

5.15.1                 Subject to the right to appeal provided in Article 5.13, the Testing, and hearing results or other final adjudications of any Signatory to the Code which are consistent with the Code and are within that Signatory’s authority shall be applicable worldwide and shall be recognised and respected by ITTF and its National Associations.

 

[Comment to Article 5.15.1: The extent of recognition of TUE decisions of other Anti-Doping Organisations shall be determined by Article 5.4.4 and the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions.]

 

5.15.2                 ITTF and its National Associations shall recognise measures taken by other bodies which have not accepted the Code if the rules of those bodies are otherwise consistent with the Code.

 

[Comment to Article 5.15.2: Where the decision of a body that has not accepted the Code is in some respects Code compliant and in other respects not Code compliant, ITTF and its National Associations should attempt to apply the decision in harmony with the principles of the Code. For example, if in a process consistent with the Code a non-Signatory has found an Athlete to have committed an anti-doping rule violation on account of the presence of a Prohibited Substance in his or her body but the period of Ineligibility applied is shorter than the period provided for in these Anti-Doping Rules, then ITTF shall recognise the finding of an anti-doping rule violation and may conduct a hearing consistent with Article 5.8 to determine whether the longer period of Ineligibility provided in the Code should be imposed.]

 

5.15.3                 Subject to the right to appeal provided in Article 5.13, any decision of ITTF regarding a violation of these Anti-Doping Rules shall be recognised by all National Associations, which shall take all necessary action to render such decision effective.

 

5.16                 INCORPORATION OF ITTF ANTI-DOPING RULES AND OBLIGATIONS OF NATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS

 

5.16.1                 All National Associations and their members shall comply with these Anti-Doping Rules. All National Associations and other members shall include in their regulations the provisions necessary to ensure that ITTF may enforce these Rules directly as against Athletes under their anti-doping jurisdiction (including National- Level Athletes). These Anti-Doping Rules shall also be incorporated either directly or by reference into each National Association’s rules so that the National Association may enforce them itself directly as against Athletes under its anti- doping jurisdiction (including National-Level Athletes).

 

5.16.2                 All National Associations shall establish rules requiring all Athletes and each Athlete Support Personnel who participates as coach, trainer, manager, team staff, official, medical or paramedical personnel in a Competition or activity authorised or organised by a National Association or one of its member organisations to agree to be bound by these Anti-Doping Rules and to submit to ITTF’s results management authority under these Anti-Doping Rules as a condition of such participation.

 

5.16.3                 All National Associations shall report any information suggesting or relating to an anti-doping rule violation to ITTF and to their National Anti-Doping Organisations, and shall cooperate with investigations conducted by any Anti-Doping Organisation with authority to conduct the investigation.

 

5.16.4                 All National Associations shall have disciplinary rules in place to prevent Athlete Support Personnel who are Using Prohibited Substances or Prohibited Methods without valid justification from providing support to Athletes under the jurisdiction of ITTF or the National Association.

 

5.16.5                 All National Associations shall be required to conduct anti-doping education in coordination with their National Anti-Doping Organisations.

 

5.17                 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS

 

No anti-doping rule violation proceeding may be commenced against an Athlete or other Person unless she or she has been notified of the anti-doping rule violation as provided in Article 5.7, or notification has been reasonably attempted, within ten (10) years from the date the violation asserted to have occurred.

 

5.18                 ITTF COMPLIANCE REPORTS TO WADA

 

ITTF will report to WADA on ITTF’s compliance with the Code in accordance with Article 23.5.2 of the Code.

 

5.19                 EDUCATION

 

ITTF shall plan, implement, evaluate and monitor information, education and prevention programs for doping-free sport on at least the issues listed at Article 18.2 of the Code, and shall support active participation by Athletes and Athlete Support Personnel in such programs.

 

5.20                 AMENDMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF ANTI-DOPING RULES

 

5.20.1                 These Anti-Doping Rules may be amended from time to time by the ITTF Board of Directors but upon publication of any changes to the WADA Code, the Executive Committee shall amend these Rules and report such amendments to the Board of Directors for ratification.

 

5.20.2                 These Anti-Doping Rules shall be interpreted as an independent and autonomous text and not by reference to existing law or statutes.

 

5.20.3                 The headings used for the various Parts and Articles of these Anti-Doping Rules are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of the substance of these Anti- Doping Rules or to affect in any way the language of the provisions to which they refer.

 

5.20.4                 The Code and the International Standards shall be considered integral parts of these Anti-Doping Rules and shall prevail in case of conflict.

 

5.20.5                 These Anti-Doping Rules have been adopted pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Code and shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with applicable provisions of the Code. The Introduction shall be considered an integral part of these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.20.6                 The comments annotating various provisions of the Code and these Anti-Doping Rules shall be used to interpret these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.20.7                 These Anti-Doping Rules shall come into full force and effect on 1 January 2015 (the “Effective Date”). They shall not apply retroactively to matters pending before the Effective Date; provided, however, that:

 

5.20.7.1              Anti-doping rule violations taking place prior to the Effective Date count as “first violations” or “second violations” for purposes of determining sanctions under Article 5.10 for violations taking place after the Effective Date.

 

5.20.7.2              The retrospective period in which prior violations can be considered for purposes of multiple violations under Article 5.10.7.5 and the statute of limitations set forth in

 

Article 5.17 are procedural rules and should be applied retroactively; provided, however, that Article 5.17 shall only be applied retroactively if the statute of limitations period has not already expired by the Effective Date. Otherwise, with respect to any anti-doping rule violation case which is pending as of the Effective Date and any anti-doping rule violation case brought after the Effective Date based on an anti-doping rule violation that occurred prior to the Effective Date, the case shall be governed by the substantive Anti-Doping Rules in effect at the time of the alleged anti- doping rule violation occurred, unless the panel hearing the case determines the principle of “lex mitior” appropriately applies under the circumstances of the case.

 

5.20.7.3              Any Article 5.2.4 whereabouts failure (whether a Filing Failure or a Missed Test, as those terms are defined in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations prior to the Effective Date shall be carried forward and may be relied upon, prior to expiry, in accordance with the International Standard for Testing and Investigation, but it shall be deemed to have expired twelve (12) months after it occurred.

 

5.20.7.4              With respect to cases where a final decision finding an anti-doping rule violation has been rendered prior to the Effective Date, but the Athlete or other Person is still serving the period of Ineligibility may apply to the Anti-Doping Organisation which had results management responsibility for the anti-doping rule violation to consider a reduction in the period of Ineligibility in light of these Anti-Doping Rules. Such application must be made before the period of Ineligibility has expired. The decision rendered may be appealed pursuant to Article 5.13.2. These Anti-Doping Rules shall have no application to any case where a final decision finding an anti-doping rule violation has been rendered and the period of Ineligibility has expired.

 

5.20.7.5              For purposes of assessing the period of Ineligibility for a second violation under Article 5.10.7.1, where the sanction for the first violation was determined based on rules in force prior to the Effective Date, the period of Ineligibility which would have been assessed for that first violation had these Anti-Doping Rules been applicable, shall be applied.

 

5.21                 INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE

 

5.21.1                 The official text of the Code shall be maintained by WADA and shall be published in English and French. In the event of any conflict between the English and French versions, the English version shall prevail.

 

5.21.2                 The comments annotating various provisions of the Code shall be used to interpret the Code.

 

5.21.3                 The Code shall be interpreted as an independent and autonomous text and not by reference to the existing law or statutes of the Signatories or governments.

 

5.21.4                 The headings used for the various Parts and Articles of the Code are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of the substance of the Code or to affect in any way the language of the provisions to which they refer.

 

5.21.5                 The Code shall not apply retroactively to matters pending before the date the Code is accepted by a Signatory and implemented in its rules. However, pre-Code anti- doping rule violations would continue to count as "first violations" or "second violations" for purposes of determining sanctions under Article 5.10 for subsequent post-Code violations.

 

5.21.6                 The Purpose, Scope and Organisation of the World Anti-Doping Program and the Code and the Code's APPENDIX 1, DEFINITIONS and APPENDIX 2, EXAMPLES OF THE APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 5.10, shall be considered integral parts of the Code.

 

5.22                 ADDITIONAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ATHLETES AND OTHER PERSONS

 

5.22.1                 Roles and Responsibilities of Athletes

 

5.22.1.1              To be knowledgeable of and comply with these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.22.1.2              To be available for Sample collection at all times.

 

[Comment to Article 5.22.1.2: With due regard to an Athlete’s human rights and privacy, legitimate anti-doping considerations sometimes require Sample collection late at night or early in the morning. For example, it is known that some Athletes use low doses of EPO during these hours so that it will be undetectable in the morning.]

 

5.22.1.3              To take responsibility, in the context of anti-doping, for what they ingest and Use.

 

5.22.1.4              To inform medical personnel of their obligation not to Use Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods and to take responsibility to make sure that any medical treatment received does not violate these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.22.1.5              To disclose to their National Anti-Doping Organisation and to ITTF any decision by a non-Signatory finding that the Athlete committed an anti-doping rule violation within the previous ten (10) years.

 

5.22.1.6              To cooperate with Anti-Doping Organisations investigating anti-doping rule violations.

 

5.22.1.7              Failure by any Athlete to cooperate in full with Anti-Doping Organisations investigating anti-doping rule violations may result in a charge of misconduct under ITTF's disciplinary rules.

 

5.22.2                 Roles and Responsibilities of Athlete Support Personnel

 

5.22.2.1              To be knowledgeable of and comply with these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

5.22.2.2              To cooperate with the Athlete Testing program.

 

5.22.2.3              To use their influence on Athlete values and behavior to foster anti-doping attitudes.

 

5.22.2.4              To disclose to his or her National Anti-Doping Organisation and to ITTF any decision by a non-Signatory finding that he or she committed an anti-doping rule violation within the previous ten (10) years.

 

5.22.2.5              To cooperate with Anti-Doping Organisations investigating anti-doping rule violations.

 

5.22.2.6              Failure by any Athlete Support Personnel to cooperate in full with Anti-Doping Organisations investigating anti-doping rule violations may result in a charge of misconduct under ITTF's disciplinary rules.

 

5.22.2.7              Athlete Support Personnel shall not Use or Possess any Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method without valid justification.

 

5.22.2.8              Use or Possession of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method by an Athlete Support Personnel without valid justification may result in a charge of misconduct under ITTF's disciplinary rules.

 

APPENDIX 1 - DEFINITIONS

 

ADAMS: The Anti-Doping Administration and Management System is a Web-based database management tool for data entry, storage, sharing, and reporting designed to assist stakeholders and WADA in their anti-doping operations in conjunction with data protection legislation.

 

Administration: Providing, supplying, supervising, facilitating, or otherwise participating in the Use or Attempted Use by another Person of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method. However, this definition shall not include the actions of bona fide medical personnel involving a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method used for genuine and legal therapeutic purposes or other acceptable justification and shall not include actions involving Prohibited Substances which are not prohibited in Out-of-Competition Testing unless the circumstances as a whole demonstrate that such Prohibited Substances are not intended for genuine and legal therapeutic purposes or are intended to enhance sport performance.

 

Adverse Analytical Finding: A report from a WADA-accredited laboratory or other WADA- approved entity that, consistent with the International Standard for Laboratories and related Technical Documents, identifies in a Sample the presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers (including elevated quantities of endogenous substances) or evidence of the Use of a Prohibited Method.

 

Adverse Passport Finding: A report as an Adverse Passport Finding as described in the applicable International Standards.

 

Anti-Doping Organisation: A Signatory that is responsible for adopting rules for initiating, implementing or enforcing any part of the Doping Control process. This includes, for example, the International Olympic Committee, the International Paralympic Committee, other Major Event Organisations that conduct Testing at their Events, WADA, International Federations, and National Anti-Doping Organisations.

 

Athlete: Any Person who competes in sport at the international level (as defined by each International Federation), or the national level (as defined by each National Anti-Doping Organisation). An Anti-Doping Organisation has discretion to apply anti-doping rules to an Athlete who is neither an International-Level Athlete nor a National-Level Athlete, and thus to bring them within the definition of “Athlete.” In relation to Athletes who are neither International-Level nor National-Level Athletes, an Anti-Doping Organisation may elect to: conduct limited Testing or no Testing at all; analyse Samples for less than the full menu of Prohibited Substances; require limited or no whereabouts information; or not require advance TUEs. However, if an Article 5.2.1, 5.2.3 or 5.2.5 anti-doping rule violation is committed by any Athlete over whom an Anti-Doping Organisation has authority who competes below the international or national level, then the Consequences set forth in the Code (except Article 5.14.3.2) must be applied. For purposes of Article 5.2.8 and for purposes of anti-doping information and education, any Person who competes in sport under the authority of any Signatory, government, or other sports organisation accepting the Code is an Athlete.

 

[Comment: This definition makes it clear that all International and National-Level athletes are subject to the anti-doping rules of the Code, with the precise definitions of international- and national-level sport to be set forth in the anti-doping rules of the International Federations and National Anti-Doping Organisations, respectively. The definition also allows each National Anti-Doping Organisation, if it chooses to do so, to expand its anti-doping control program beyond International or National-Level athletes to competitors at lower levels of Competition or to individuals who engage in fitness activities but do not compete at all. Thus, a National Anti-Doping Organisation could, for example, elect to test recreational-level competitors but not require advance TUEs. But an anti-doping rule violation involving an Adverse Analytical Finding or Tampering results in all of the Consequences provided for in the Code (with the exception of Article 5.14.3.2). The decision on whether Consequences apply to recreational-level Athletes who engage in fitness activities but never compete is left to the National Anti-Doping Organisation. In the same manner, a Major Event Organisation holding an Event only for masters-level competitors could elect to test the competitors but not analyse Samples for the full menu of Prohibited Substances. Competitors at all levels of Competition should receive the benefit of anti-doping information and education.]

 

Athlete Biological Passport: The program and methods of gathering and collating data as described in the International Standard for Testing and Investigations and International Standard for Laboratories.

 

Athlete Support Personnel: Any coach, trainer, manager, agent, team staff, official, medical, paramedical personnel, parent or any other Person working with, treating or assisting an Athlete participating in or preparing for sports Competition.

 

Attempt: Purposely engaging in conduct that constitutes a substantial step in a course of conduct planned to culminate in the commission of an anti-doping rule violation. Provided, however, there shall be no anti-doping rule violation based solely on an Attempt to commit a violation if the Person renounces the Attempt prior to it being discovered by a third party not involved in the Attempt.

 

Atypical Finding: A report from a WADA-accredited laboratory or other WADA-approved laboratory which requires further investigation as provided by the International Standard for Laboratories or related Technical Documents prior to the determination of an Adverse Analytical Finding.

 

CAS: The Court of Arbitration for Sport.

 

Code: The World Anti-Doping Code.

 

Competition: A single race, match, game or singular sport contest. For example, a basketball game or the finals of the Olympic 100-meter dash in athletics. For stage races and other sport contests where prizes are awarded on a daily or other interim basis the distinction between a Competition and an Event will be as provided in the rules of the applicable International Federation. [Competition is an individual, doubles or team event.]

 

Consequences of anti-doping rule violations (Consequences): An Athlete's or other Person's violation of an anti-doping rule may result in one or more of the following: (a) Disqualification means the Athlete’s results in a particular Competition or Event are invalidated, with all resulting Consequences including forfeiture of any medals, computer ranking points and prizes; (b) Ineligibility means the Athlete or other Person is barred on account of an anti-doping rule violation for a specified period of time from participating in any Competition or other

 

activity or funding as provided in Article 5.12.12; and (c) Provisional Suspension means the Athlete or other Person is barred temporarily from participating in any Competition or activity prior to the final decision at a hearing conducted under Article 5.8; (d) Financial Consequences means a CAS cost award or a financial sanction imposed for an anti-doping rule violation or to recover costs associated with an anti-doping rule violation; and (e) Public Disclosure or Reporting means the disclosure of information related to anti-doping rule violations as provided in Article 5.14. Teams in Team Sports may also be subject to Consequences as provided in Article 5.11 of the Code.

 

Disqualification: See Consequences of anti-doping rule violations, above.

 

Doping Control: All steps and processes from Test Distribution Planning through to ultimate disposition of any appeal including all steps and processes in between such as provision of whereabouts information, Sample collection and handling, laboratory analysis, TUE’s, results management and hearings.

 

Doubles Pair: Set of two table tennis players associated to compete together according to the table tennis rules for doubles events.

 

Event: A series of individual Competitions conducted together under one ruling body (e.g., the

 

Olympic Games, the ITTF World Championships, or Pan American Games).

 

Event Period: The time between the beginning and end of an Event, as established by the ruling body of the Event. For ITTF, it means from the day before the first day of the Competition, to the last day of the Competition, inclusive.

 

Event Venues: Those venues so designated by the ruling body for the Event. For ITTF, it means that part of the event building used for Table Tennis and its related activities, facilities and public area (as in 3.2.4.5).

 

Fault: Fault is any breach of duty or any lack of care appropriate to a particular situation. Factors to be taken into consideration in assessing an Athlete or other Person’s degree of Fault include, for example, the Athlete’s or other Person’s experience, whether the Athlete or other Person is a Minor, special considerations such as impairment, the degree of risk that should have been perceived by the Athlete and the level of care and investigation exercised by the Athlete in relation to what should have been the perceived level of risk. In assessing the Athlete’s or other Person’s degree of Fault, the circumstances considered must be specific and relevant to explain the Athlete’s or other Person’s departure from the expected standard of behavior. Thus, for example, the fact that an Athlete would lose the opportunity to earn large sums of money during a period of Ineligibility, or the fact that the Athlete only has a short time left in his or her career, or the timing of the sporting calendar, would not be relevant factors to be considered in reducing the period of Ineligibility under Article 5.10.5.1 or 5.10.5.2.

 

[Comment: The criteria for assessing an Athlete’s degree of Fault is the same under all Articles where Fault is to be considered. However, under Article 5.10.5.2, no reduction of sanction is appropriate unless, when the degree of Fault is assessed, the conclusion is that No Significant Fault or Negligence on the part of the Athlete or other Person was involved.]

 

In-Competition: “In-Competition” means the period commencing twelve (12) hours before a Competition in which the Athlete is scheduled to participate through the end of such Competition and the Sample collection process related to such Competition.

 

[Comment:An International Federation or ruling body for an Event may establish an “In-Competition” period that is different than the Event Period.]

 

Independent Observer Program: A team of observers, under the supervision of WADA, who observe and provide guidance on the Doping Control process at certain Events and report on their observations.

 

Individual Sport: Any sport that is not a Team Sport.

 

Ineligibility: See Consequences of Anti-Doping Rule Violations above.

 

International Event: An Event or Competition where the International Olympic Committee, the International Paralympic Committee, an International Federation, a Major Event Organisation, or another international sport organisation is the ruling body for the Event or appoints the technical officials for the Event. ITTF International Events can be downloaded on

 

http://www.ittf.com/tournaments/

 

International-Level Athlete. Athletes who participate in sport at the international level, as defined by each International Federation, consistent with the International Standard for Testing and Investigations. For the sport of table tennis International-Level Athletes are defined as set out in the Introduction to these Anti-Doping Rules.

 

[Comment: Consistent with the International Standard for Testing and Investigations, the International Federation is free to determine the criteria it will use to classify Athletes as International-Level Athletes, e.g. by ranking, by participation in particular International Events, by type of license, etc. However, it must publish those criteria in clear and concise form, so that Athletes are able to ascertain quickly and easily when they will become classified as International-Level Athletes. For example, if the criteria include participation in certain International Events, then the International Federation must publish a list of those International Events.]

 

International Standard: A standard adopted by WADA in support of the Code. Compliance with an International Standard (as opposed to another alternative standard, practice or procedure) shall be sufficient to conclude that the procedures addressed by the International Standard were performed properly. International Standards shall include any Technical Documents issued pursuant to the International Standard.

 

Major Event Organisations: The continental associations of National Olympic Committees and other international multi-sport organisations that function as the ruling body for any continental, regional or other International Event.

 

Marker: A compound, group of compounds or biological variable(s) that indicates the Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method.

 

Metabolite: Any substance produced by a biotransformation process.

 

Minor. A natural Person who has not reached the age of 18 years.

 

National Anti-Doping Organisation. The entity(ies) designated by each country as possessing the primary authority and responsibility to adopt and implement anti-doping rules, direct the collection of Samples, the management of test results, and the conduct of hearings at the national level. If this designation has not been made by the competent public authority(ies), the entity shall be the country's National Olympic Committee or its designee.

 

National Association. A national or regional entity which is a member of or is recognised by

 

ITTF as the entity governing ITTF's sport in that nation or region.

 

National Event. A sport Event or Competition involving International- or National-Level

 

Athletes that is not an International Event.

 

National Olympic Committee: The organisation recognised by the International Olympic Committee.The term National Olympic Committee shall also include the National Sport Confederation in those countries where the National Sport Confederation assumes typical National Olympic Committee responsibilities in the anti-doping area.

 

No Fault or Negligence: The Athlete or other Person's establishing that he or she did not know or suspect, and could not reasonably have known or suspected even with the exercise of utmost caution, that he or she had Used or been administered the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method or otherwise violated an anti-doping rule. Except in the case of a Minor, for any violation of Article 5.2.1, the Athlete must also establish how the Prohibited Substance entered his or her system.

 

No Significant Fault or Negligence: The Athlete or other Person's establishing that his or her Fault or Negligence, when viewed in the totality of the circumstances and taking into account the criteria for No Fault or Negligence, was not significant in relationship to the anti-doping rule violation. Except in the case of a Minor, for any violation of Article 5.2.1, the Athlete must also establish how the Prohibited Substance entered his or her system.

 

[Comment: For Cannabinoids, an Athlete may establish No Significant Fault or Negligence by clearly demonstrating that the context of the Use was unrelated to sport performance.]

 

Out-of-Competition: Any period which is not In-Competition. Participant: Any Athlete or Athlete Support Personnel. Person: A natural Person or an organisation or other entity.

 

Possession: The actual, physical possession, or the constructive possession (which shall be found only if the Person has exclusive control or intends to exercise control over the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method or the premises in which a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method exists); provided, however, that if the person does not have exclusive control over the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method or the premises in which a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method exists, constructive possession shall only be found if the person knew about the presence of the Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method and intended to exercise control over it. Provided, however, there shall be no anti-doping rule violation based solely on possession if, prior to receiving notification of any kind that the Person has committed an anti- doping rule violation, the Person has taken concrete action demonstrating that the Person never intended to have possession and has renounced possession by explicitly declaring it to an Anti-Doping Organisation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition, the purchase (including by any electronic or other means) of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method constitutes possession by the Person who makes the purchase.

 

[Comment:Under this definition, steroids found in an Athlete's car would constitute a violation unless the Athlete establishes that someone else used the car; in that event, the Anti-Doping Organisation must establish that, even though the Athlete did not have exclusive control over the car, the Athlete knew about the steroids and intended to have control over the steroids. Similarly, in the example of steroids found in a home medicine cabinet under the joint control of an Athlete and spouse, the Anti-Doping Organisation must establish that the Athlete knew the steroids were in the cabinet and that the Athlete intended to exercise control over the steroids. The act of purchasing a Prohibited Substance alone constitutes Possession, even where, for example, the product does not arrive, is received by someone else, or is sent to a third party address.]

 

Prohibited List: The List identifying the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods.

 

Prohibited Method: Any method so described on the Prohibited List.

 

Prohibited Substance: Any substance, or class of substances, so described on the Prohibited List.

 

Provisional Hearing: For purposes of Article 5.7.9, an expedited abbreviated hearing occurring prior to a hearing under Article 5.8 that provides the Athlete with notice and an opportunity to be heard in either written or oral form.

 

[Comment: A Provisional Hearing is only a preliminary proceeding which may not involve a full review of the facts of the case. Following a Provisional Hearing, the Athlete remains entitled to a subsequent full hearing on the merits of the case. By contrast, an “expedited hearing,” as that term is used in Article 5.7.9, is a full hearing on the merits conducted on an expedited time schedule.]

 

Provisional Suspension: See Consequences of anti-doping rule violations above.

 

Publicly Disclose or Publicly Report: See Consequences of anti-doping rule violations.

 

Regional Anti-Doping Organisation:A regional entity designated by member countries to coordinate and manage delegated areas of their national anti-doping programs, which may include the adoption and implementation of anti-doping rules, the planning and collection of Samples, the management of results, the review of TUEs, the conduct of hearings, and the conduct of educational programs at a regional level.

 

Registered Testing Pool. The pool of highest-priority Athletes established separately at the international level by International Federations and at the national level by National Anti- Doping Organisation who are subject to focused In-Competition and Out-of-Competition Testing as part of that International Federation's or National Anti-Doping Organisation's test distribution plan and therefore are required to provide whereabouts information as provided in

 

Article 5.6 of the Code and the International Standard for Testing and Investigations.

 

Sample or Specimen: Any biological material collected for the purposes of Doping Control.

 

[Comment: It has sometimes been claimed that the collection of blood Samples violates the tenets of certain religious or cultural groups. It has been determined that there is no basis for any such claim.]

 

Signatories: Those entities signing the Code and agreeing to comply with the Code, as provided in Article 23 of the Code.

 

Specified Substances: See Article 5.4.2.2.

 

Strict Liability: The rule which provides that under Article 5.2.1 and Article 5.2.2, it is not necessary that intent, Fault, negligence, or knowing Use on the Athlete’s part be demonstrated by the Anti-Doping Organisation in order to establish an anti-doping rule violation.

 

Substantial Assistance: For purposes of Article 5.10.6.1, a Person providing Substantial Assistance must: (1) fully disclose in a signed written statement all information he or she possesses in relation to anti-doping rule violations, and (2) fully cooperate with the investigation and adjudication of any case related to that information, including, for example, presenting testimony at a hearing if requested to do so by an Anti-Doping Organisation or hearing panel. Further, the information provided must be credible and must comprise an important part of any case which is initiated or, if no case is initiated, must have provided a sufficient basis on which a case could have been brought.

 

Table Tennis Team: A group of 2 or more table tennis players associated as a unit for competing according to the table tennis rules for team events.

 

Tampering: Altering for an improper purpose or in an improper way; bringing improper influence to bear; interfering improperly; obstructing, misleading or engaging in any fraudulent conduct to alter results or prevent normal procedures from occurring.

 

Target Testing:Selection of specific Athletes for Testing based on criteria set forth in the

 

International Standard for Testing and Investigations.

 

Testing: The parts of the Doping Control process involving test distribution planning, Sample collection, Sample handling, and Sample transport to the laboratory.

 

Trafficking: Selling, giving, transporting, sending, delivering or distributing (or Possessing for any such purpose) a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method (either physically or by any electronic or other means) by an Athlete, Athlete Support Personnel or any other Person subject to the jurisdiction of an Anti-Doping Organisation to any third party; provided, however, this definition shall not include the actions of “bona fide” medical personnel involving a Prohibited Substance used for genuine and legal therapeutic purposes or other acceptable justification, and shall not include actions involving Prohibited Substances which are not prohibited in Out-of-Competition Testing unless the circumstances as a whole demonstrate such Prohibited Substances are not intended for genuine and legal therapeutic purposes or are intended to enhance sport performance.

 

TUE: Therapeutic Use Exemption as described in Article 5.4.4.

 

UNESCO Convention: The International Convention against Doping in Sport adopted by the 33rd session of the UNESCO General Conference on 19 October 2005 including any and all amendments adopted by the States Parties to the Convention and the Conference of Parties to the International Convention against Doping in Sport.

 

Use: The utilisation, application, ingestion, injection or consumption by any means whatsoever of any Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method.

 

WADA. The World Anti-Doping Agency.

 

APPENDIX 2 - EXAMPLES OF THE APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 5.10

 

EXAMPLE 1

 

Facts: An Adverse Analytical Finding results from the presence of an anabolic steroid in an In- Competition test (Article 5.2.1); the Athlete promptly admits the anti-doping rule violation; the Athlete establishes No Significant Fault or Negligence; and the Athlete provides Substantial Assistance.

 

Application of Consequences:

 

1.                        The starting point would be Article 5.10.2. Because the Athlete is deemed to have No Significant Fault that would be sufficient corroborating evidence (Articles 5.10.2.1.1 and 5.10.2.3) that the anti-doping rule violation was not intentional, the period of Ineligibility would thus be two years, not four years (Article 5.10.2.2).

 

2.                        In a second step, the panel would analyze whether the Fault-related reductions (Articles 5.10.4 and 5.10.5) apply. Based on No Significant Fault or Negligence (Article 5.10.5.2) since the anabolic steroid is not a Specified Substance, the applicable range of sanctions would be reduced to a range of two years to one year (minimum one-half of the two year sanction). The panel would then determine the applicable period of Ineligibility within this range based on the Athlete’s degree of Fault. (Assume for purposes of illustration in this example that the panel would otherwise impose a period of Ineligibility of 16 months.)

 

3.                        In a third step, the panel would assess the possibility for suspension or reduction under Article 5.10.6 (reductions not related to Fault). In this case, only Article 5.10.6.1 (Substantial Assistance) applies. (Article 5.10.6.3, Prompt Admission, is not applicable because the period of Ineligibility is already below the two-year minimum set forth in Article 5.10.6.3.) Based on Substantial Assistance, the period of Ineligibility could be suspended by three-quarters of 16 months.* The minimum period of Ineligibility would thus be four months. (Assume for purposes of illustration in this example that the panel suspends ten months and the period of Ineligibility would thus be six months.)

 

4.                        Under Article 5.10.11, the period of Ineligibility, in principle, starts on the date of the final hearing decision.However, because the Athlete promptly admitted the anti-doping rule violation, the period of Ineligibility could start as early as the date of Sample collection, but in any event the Athlete would have to serve at least one-half of the Ineligibility period (i.e., three months) after the date of the hearing decision (Article 5.10.11.2).

 

5.                        Since the Adverse Analytical Finding was committed in a Competition, the panel would have to automatically Disqualify the result obtained in that Competition (Article 5.9).

 

6.                        According to Article 5.10.8, all results obtained by the Athlete subsequent to the date of the Sample collection until the start of the period of Ineligibility would also be Disqualified unless fairness requires otherwise.

 

7.                        The information referred to in Article 5.14.3.2 must be Publicly Disclosed, unless the Athlete is a Minor, since this is a mandatory part of each sanction (Article 5.10.13).

 

8.                        The Athlete is not allowed to participate in any capacity in a Competition or other sport- related activity under the authority of any Signatory or its affiliates during the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility (Article 5.10.12.1). However, the Athlete may return to train with a Team or to use the facilities of a club or other member organisation of a Signatory or its affiliates during the shorter of: (a) the last two months of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility, or (b) the last one-quarter of the period of Ineligibility imposed (Article 5.10.12.2). Thus, the Athlete would be allowed to return to training one and one-half months before the end of the period of Ineligibility.

 

EXAMPLE 2

 

Facts: An Adverse Analytical Finding results from the presence of a stimulant which is a Specified Substance in an In-Competition Test (Article 5.2.1); the Anti-Doping Organisation is able to establish that the Athlete committed the anti-doping rule violation intentionally; the Athlete is not able to establish that the Prohibited Substance was used Out-of-Competition in a context unrelated to sport performance; the Athlete does not promptly admit the anti-doping rule violation as alleged; the Athlete does provide Substantial Assistance.

 

Application of Consequences:

 

1.                        The starting point would be Article 5.10.2. Because the Anti-Doping Organisation can establish that the anti-doping rule violation was committed intentionally and the Athlete is unable to establish that the substance was permitted Out-of-Competition and the use was unrelated to the Athlete’s sport performance (Article 5.10.2.3), the period of Ineligibility would be four years (Article 5.10.2.1.2).

 

2.                        Because the violation was intentional, there is no room for a reduction based on Fault (no application of Article 5.10.4 and 5.10.5). Based on Substantial Assistance, the sanction could be suspended by up to three-quarters of the four years.* The minimum period of Ineligibility would thus be one year.

 

3.                        Under Article 5.10.11, the period of Ineligibility would start on the date of the final hearing decision.

 

4.                        Since the Adverse Analytical Finding was committed in a Competition, the panel would automatically Disqualify the result obtained in the Competition.

 

5.                        According to Article 5.10.8, all results obtained by the Athlete subsequent to the date of Sample collection until the start of the period of Ineligibility would also be Disqualified unless fairness requires otherwise.

 

6.                        The information referred to in Article 5.14.3.2 must be Publicly Disclosed, unless the Athlete is a Minor, since this is a mandatory part of each sanction (Article 5.10.13).

 

7.                        The Athlete is not allowed to participate in any capacity in a Competition or other sport- related activity under the authority of any Signatory or its affiliates during the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility (Article 5.10.12.1). However, the Athlete may return to train with a Team or to use the facilities of a club or other member organisation of a Signatory or its affiliates during the shorter of: (a) the last two months of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility, or (b) the last one-quarter of the period of Ineligibility imposed (Article 5.10.12.2). Thus, the Athlete would be allowed to return to training two months before the end of the period of Ineligibility.

 

EXAMPLE 3

 

Facts: An Adverse Analytical Finding results from the presence of an anabolic steroid in an Out-of-Competition Test (Article 5.2.1); the Athlete establishes that he had No Significant Fault or Negligence; the Athlete also establishes that the Adverse Analytical Finding was caused by a Contaminated Product.

 

Application of Consequences:

 

1.                        The starting point would be Article 5.10.2. Because the Athlete can establish through corroborating evidence that he did not commit the anti-doping rule violation intentionally— he had No Significant Fault in using a Contaminated Product (Article 5.10.2.1.1 and 5.10.2.3), the period of Ineligibility would be two years (Article 5.10.2.2).

 

2.                        In a second step, the panel would analyze the Fault-related possibilities for reductions (Articles 5.10.4 and 5.10.5).Since the Athlete can establish that the anti-doping rule violation was caused by a Contaminated Product and that he acted with No Significant Fault or Negligence based on Article 5.10.5.1.2, the applicable range for the period of Ineligibility would be reduced to a range of two years to a reprimand. The panel would determine the period of Ineligibility within this range, based on the Athlete’s degree of Fault. (Assume for purposes of illustration in this example that the panel would otherwise impose a period of Ineligibility of four months.)

 

3.                        According to Article 5.10.8, all results obtained by the Athlete subsequent to the date of Sample collection until the start of the period of Ineligibility would be Disqualified unless fairness requires otherwise.

 

4.                        The information referred to in Article 5.14.3.2 must be Publicly Disclosed, unless the Athlete is a Minor, since this is a mandatory part of each sanction (Article 5.10.13).

 

5.                        The Athlete is not allowed to participate in any capacity in a Competition or other sport- related activity under the authority of any Signatory or its affiliates during the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility (Article 5.10.12.1).However, the Athlete may return to train with a Team or to use the facilities of a club or other member organisation of a Signatory or its affiliates during the shorter of: (a) the last two months of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility, or (b) the last one-quarter of the period of Ineligibility imposed (Article 5.10.12.2). Thus, the Athlete would be allowed to return to training one month before the end of the period ofIneligibility.

 

EXAMPLE 4

 

Facts: An Athlete who has never had an Adverse Analytical Finding or been confronted with an anti-doping rule violation spontaneously admits that he used an anabolic steroid to enhance his performance. The Athlete also provides Substantial Assistance.

 

Application of Consequences:

 

1.                        Since the violation was intentional, Article 5.10.2.1 would be applicable and the basic period of Ineligibility imposed would be four years.

 

2.                        There is no room for Fault-related reductions of the period of Ineligibility (no application of Articles 5.10.4 and 5.10.5).

 

3.                        Based on the Athlete’s spontaneous admission (Article 5.10.6.2) alone, the period of Ineligibility could be reduced by up to one-half of the four years. Based on the Athlete’s Substantial Assistance (Article 5.10.6.1) alone, the period of Ineligibility could be suspended up to three-quarters of the four years.* Under Article 5.10.6.4, in considering the spontaneous admission and Substantial Assistance together, the most the sanction could be reduced or suspended would be up to three-quarters of the four years. The minimum period of Ineligibility would be one year.

 

4.                        The period of Ineligibility, in principle, starts on the day of the final hearing decision (Article 5.10.11). If the spontaneous admission is factored into the reduction of the period of Ineligibility, an early start of the period of Ineligibility under Article 5.10.11.2 would not be permitted. The provision seeks to prevent an Athlete from benefitting twice from the same set of circumstances. However, if the period of Ineligibility was suspended solely on the basis of Substantial Assistance, Article 5.10.11.2 may still be applied, and the period of Ineligibility started as early as the Athlete’s last use of the anabolic steroid.

 

5.                        According to Article 10.8, all results obtained by the Athlete subsequent to the date of the anti-doping rule violation until the start of the period of Ineligibility would be Disqualified unless fairness requires otherwise.

 

6.                        The information referred to in Article 5.14.3.2 must be Publicly Disclosed, unless the Athlete is a Minor, since this is a mandatory part of each sanction (Article 5.10.13).

 

7.                        The Athlete is not allowed to participate in any capacity in a Competition or other sport- related activity under the authority of any Signatory or its affiliates during the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility (Article 5.10.12.1). However, the Athlete may return to train with a Team or to use the facilities of a club or other member organisation of a Signatory or its affiliates during the shorter of: (a) the last two months of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility, or (b) the last one-quarter of the period of Ineligibility imposed (Article 5.10.12.2). Thus, the Athlete would be allowed to return to training two months before the end of the period of Ineligibility.

 

EXAMPLE 5

 

Facts:

 

An Athlete Support Personnel helps to circumvent a period of Ineligibility imposed on an Athlete by entering him into a Competition under a false name. The Athlete Support Personnel comes forward with this anti-doping rule violation (Article 5.2.9) spontaneously before being notified of an anti-doping rule violation by an Anti-Doping Organisation.

 

Application of Consequences:

 

1.                                                         According to Article 5.10.3.4, the period of Ineligibility would be from two up to four years, depending on the seriousness of the violation. (Assume for purposes of illustration in this example that the panel would otherwise impose a period of Ineligibility of three years.)

 

2.                        There is no room for Fault-related reductions since intent is an element of the anti-doping rule violation in Article 5.2.9 (see comment to Article 5.10.5.2).

 

3.                        According to Article 5.10.6.2, provided that the admission is the only reliable evidence, the period of Ineligibility may be reduced down to one-half. (Assume for purposes of illustration in this example that the panel would impose a period of Ineligibility of 18 months.)

 

4.                        The information referred to in Article 5.14.3.2 must be Publicly Disclosed unless the Athlete Support Personnel is a Minor, since this is a mandatory part of each sanction (Article 5.10.13).

 

EXAMPLE 6

 

Facts: An Athlete was sanctioned for a first anti-doping rule violation with a period of Ineligibility of 14 months, of which four months were suspended because of Substantial Assistance. Now, the Athlete commits a second anti-doping rule violation resulting from the presence of a stimulant which is not a Specified Substance in an In-Competition Test (Article

 

5.2.1); the Athlete establishes No Significant Fault or Negligence; and the Athlete provided Substantial Assistance. If this were a first violation, the panel would sanction the Athlete with a period of Ineligibility of 16 months and suspend six months for Substantial Assistance.

 

Application of Consequences:

 

1.                                                         Article 5.10.7 is applicable to the second anti-doping rule violation because Article 5.10.7.4.1 and Article 5.10.7.5 apply.

 

2.                        Under Article 5.10.7.1, the period of Ineligibility would be the greater of:

 

(a)           six months;

 

(b)         one-half of the period of Ineligibility imposed for the first anti-doping rule violation without taking into account any reduction under Article 5.10.6 (in this example, that would equal one-half of 14 months, which is seven months); or

 

(c)         two times the period of Ineligibility otherwise applicable to the second anti-doping rule violation treated as if it were a first violation, without taking into account any reduction under Article 5.10.6 (in this example, that would equal two times 16 months, which is 32 months).

 

Thus, the period of Ineligibility for the second violation would be the greater of (a), (b) and (c), which is a period of Ineligibility of 32 months.

 

3.                        In a next step, the panel would assess the possibility for suspension or reduction under Article 5.10.6 (non-Fault-related reductions). In the case of the second violation, only Article 5.10.6.1 (Substantial Assistance) applies. Based on Substantial Assistance, the period of Ineligibility could be suspended by three-quarters of 32 months.

* The minimum period of Ineligibility would thus be eight months. (Assume for purposes of illustration in this example that the panel suspends eight months of the period of Ineligibility for Substantial Assistance, thus reducing the period of Ineligibility imposed to two years.)

 

4.                        Since the Adverse Analytical Finding was committed in a Competition, the panel would automatically Disqualify the result obtained in the Competition.

 

5.                        According to Article 5.10.8, all results obtained by the Athlete subsequent to the date of Sample collection until the start of the period of Ineligibility would also be Disqualified unless fairness requires otherwise.

 

6.                        The information referred to in Article 5.14.3.2 must be Publicly Disclosed, unless the Athlete is a Minor, since this is a mandatory part of each sanction (Article 5.10.13).

 

7.                        The Athlete is not allowed to participate in any capacity in a Competition or other sport- related activity under the authority of any Signatory or its affiliates during the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility (Article 5.10.12.1). However, the Athlete may return to train with a Team or to use the facilities of a club or other member organisation of a Signatory or its affiliates during the shorter of: (a) the last two months of the Athlete’s period of Ineligibility, or (b) the last one-quarter of the period of Ineligibility imposed (Article 5.10.12.2). Thus, the Athlete would be allowed to return to training two months before the end of the period of Ineligibility

 

*Upon the approval of WADA in exceptional circumstances, the maximum suspension of the period of Ineligibility for Substantial Assistance may be greater than three-quarters, and reporting and publication may be delayed.

 


6               CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Code of Ethics is based on the IOC Code of Ethics and aims to preserve the highest possible ethical values that govern the ITTF, its Officers and the entire ITTF Family.

 

PREAMBLE

 

All members (National Associations), affiliated organisations (Continental Federations) as well as all officials, players, players’ entourages and persons involved in the ITTF’s operations (hereinafter “the Table Tennis parties”) restate their commitment to the Olympic Charter and in particular its Fundamental Principles and reaffirm their loyalty to the Olympic ideal inspired by Pierre de Coubertin.

 

The Table Tennis parties undertake to disseminate the culture of ethics and integrity within their respective areas of competence and to serve as role models.

 

Scope of application

 

The Table Tennis parties undertake to comply and ensure compliance with the Code of Ethics in the following circumstances:

 

                             the ITTF, its administration, each of its members (National Associations), affiliated organisations (Continental Federations) and their officials, at all times and in all circumstances;

 

                             all participants in ITTF Sanctioned Events;

 

                             all members and their officials taking part in any type of candidature procedures of the ITTF, throughout the procedure in question; and

 

                             the Organising Committees for the ITTF events and their officials, throughout the existence of each such Committee.

 

The members undertake to adopt, for their internal activities, a code of ethics based on the principles and rules of the Code of Ethics and the IOC Code of Ethics, or in a written declaration to adopt the Code of Ethics.

 

6.1                      FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES

 

6.1.1                   Respect of the Olympic spirit, which requires mutual understanding with a spirit of friendship, solidarity and fair play;

 

6.1.2                   Respect of the principle of the universality and political neutrality of the Olympic Movement;

 

6.1.3                   Maintaining harmonious relations with state authorities, while respecting the principle of autonomy as set out in the Olympic Charter;

 

6.1.4                   Respect for international conventions on protecting human rights insofar as they ensure in particular:

 

6.1.4.1                respect for human dignity;

 

6.1.4.2                rejection of discrimination of any kind on whatever grounds, be it race, colour, sex, sexual orientation, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;

 

6.1.4.3                rejection of all forms of harassment, be it physical, professional or sexual, and any physical or mental injuries;

 

6.1.5                   Ensuring the participants’ conditions of safety, well-being and medical care favourable to their physical and mental equilibrium.

 

6.2                      INTEGRITY OF CONDUCT

 

6.2.1                   The Table Tennis parties must use due care and diligence in fulfilling their mission. At all times, they must act with the highest degree of integrity, and particularly when taking decisions, they must act with impartiality, objectivity, independence and professionalism.

 

They must refrain from any act involving fraud or corruption. They must not act in a manner likely to tarnish the reputation of the ITTF.

 

6.2.2                   The Table Tennis parties or their representatives must not, directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or offer any form of remuneration or commission, nor any concealed benefit or service of any nature, connected with the ITTF Sanctioned Events, except by contractual agreements with the Organizing Committees of these events.

 

6.2.3                   Only tokens of consideration or friendship of nominal value, in accordance with prevailing local customs, may be given or accepted by the Table Tennis parties.

 

Such tokens may not lead to the impartiality and integrity of the Table Tennis parties being called into question.

 

Any other form of token, object or benefit constitutes a gift which may not be accepted by an individual, but must be passed on to the organisation of which the beneficiary is a member.

 

6.2.4                   For hospitality shown to the Table Tennis parties, as well as those accompanying them, standards consistent with acceptable past practices must be respected.

 

6.2.5                   The Table Tennis parties must refrain from placing themselves in any conflict of interests, and must respect the Rules Concerning Conflicts of Interests Affecting the Behaviour of Table Tennis parties. Namely: "A situation of a potential conflict of interests arises when the opinion or decision of a person, acting alone or within an organisation, in the framework of the activities of the physical or legal persons defined in article 1 above, may be reasonably considered as liable to be influenced by relations that the aforementioned person has, has had or is on the point of having with another person or organisation that would be affected by the person’s opinion or decision."

 

6.3                      INTEGRITY OF COMPETITIONS

 

6.3.1                   The Table Tennis parties shall commit to combat all forms of cheating and shall continue to undertake all the necessary measures to ensure the integrity of sports competitions.

 

6.3.2                   The Table Tennis parties must respect the provisions of the World Anti-Doping Code and of the Olympic Movement Code on the Prevention of the Manipulation of Competitions.

 

6.3.3                   All forms of participation in, or support for betting related to the ITTF Sanctioned Events, by participants or involved table tennis parties are prohibited.

 

6.3.4                   Participants in the ITTF Sanctioned Events must not, by any manner whatsoever, manipulate the course or result of a competition, or any part thereof, in a manner contrary to sporting ethics, infringe the principle of fair play or show unsporting conduct.

 

6.4                      GOOD GOVERNANCE AND RESOURCES

 

6.4.1                   The Basic Universal Principles of Good Governance of the Olympic and Sports Movement, in particular transparency, responsibility and accountability, must be respected by all Table Tennis parties.

 

6.4.2                   The income and expenditure of the Table Tennis parties must be recorded in their accounts in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An independent auditor may check these accounts.

 

6.4.3                   In cases where the ITTF gives financial support to Table Tennis parties:

 

6.4.3.1                The use of these ITTF resources for table tennis purposes must be clearly demonstrated in the accounts; Note: Where the IOC provides targeted financial support to ITTF, Olympic resources must be used for Olympic purposes only.

 

6.4.3.2                The accounts of the Table Tennis parties may be subjected to auditing by an expert designated by the Finance Committee.

 

6.4.4                   The Table Tennis parties recognise the significant contribution that broadcasters, sponsors, partners and other supporters make to the development and prestige of Table Tennis throughout the world.

 

In order to preserve the integrity and neutrality of the various candidature procedures, the support and promotion of any of the candidatures by broadcasters, sponsors, partners and other supporters must be in a form consistent with the rules of sport and the principles defined in the Olympic Charter and the present Code.

 

The broadcasters, sponsors, partners and other supporters must not interfere in the running of the ITTF nor its events.

 

6.5                      CANDIDATURES

 

6.5.1                   The Table Tennis parties shall respect the integrity of any candidature procedure initiated by the ITTF, in order to allow equal access to the promotion of each candidature and the refusal of any risk of conflict of interests.

 

6.5.2                   The Table Tennis parties will respect the requirements of the various procedures published by the ITTF, particularly regarding the selection of World Title hosts, as well as the Regulations for World Title events.

 

6.6                      CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.6.1                   The principle of confidentiality shall be strictly respected by the Ethics Commission in all its activities.

 

It must also be strictly respected by any person concerned by the activities of the Ethics Commission.

 

6.7                      REPORTING OBLIGATION

 

6.7.1                   The Table Tennis parties shall inform the Ethics Commission Officer, in the strictest confidentiality and by using the appropriate mechanisms of any information related to a violation of the Code of Ethics, with a view to possible referral to the Ethics Commission.

 

Any disclosure of information must not be for personal gain or benefit, nor be undertaken maliciously to damage the reputation of any person or organisation.

 

6.8                      IMPLEMENTATION

 

6.8.1                   The Ethics Commission may set out the provisions for the implementation of the present Code in a set of Implementing Provisions, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

6.8.2                   The Ethics Commission Officer is available to the Ethics Commission to disseminate and implement the present Code.

 

6.8.3                   Directions Concerning the election of the President

 

6.8.3.1                The Ethics Commission, considering that

 

6.8.3.1.1             it is in the interest of the ITTF and the candidates for the presidency of this institution that, during the campaign (for which each candidate chooses the ways and methods that he/she intends to use), respect for the “universal fundamental ethical principles”, one of the foundations of Olympism, should prevail;

 

6.8.3.1.2             it is essential that, during this campaign, equality be observed between the candidates and an atmosphere of mutual respect prevail amongst them;

 

6.8.3.1.3             without calling into question the confidence that the candidates enjoy, the drafting and publication of directions derives from the need to ensure a degree of harmonisation in their conduct and to prevent any excesses, which their supporters might in good faith be led to commit;

 

6.8.3.2                General conduct of candidates

 

6.8.3.2.1             General conduct

 

Each candidate may promote his/her candidature, subject to respecting the provisions of the present directions.

 

The promotion of a candidature shall be conducted with dignity and moderation.

 

The conduct of the candidates shall comply with the provisions of the Code of Ethics.

 

6.8.3.3                                        Relations with member associations

 

6.8.3.3.1             Candidature documentation

 

Candidates may present to the national associations their plans and views as the future President, in the form of a written document, whatever the means used to distribute it.

 

A copy shall be submitted to the Ethics Commission officer.

 

6.8.3.3.2             Promotion

 

The promotion of a candidature for the presidency may include any form of publicity, including the use of new media or social networks.

 

6.8.3.3.3             Trips

 

Candidates shall limit the number of trips that they make specifically with a view to promoting their candidature in order to avoid excessive expenditure, a factor of inequality amongst the candidates.

 

6.8.3.3.4             Gifts - Benefits

 

Candidates may in no case and under no pretext give presents, offer donations or gifts or grant advantages of whatever nature.

 

6.8.3.3.5             Promises

 

No candidate may enter into any promise or undertaking to be performed, whatever the timing of such performance, for the direct or indirect benefit of an Member Association, a group of Member Associations, an organisation, region or partner.

 

6.8.3.3.6             Visits

 

Visits to Member Associations organised specifically in connection with a candidature shall be reported to the Ethics Commission Officer.

 

6.8.3.4                                        Relations with other candidates

 

6.8.3.4.1             Respect due to candidates

 

Each candidate shall, in the framework of promoting his/her candidature, respect the other candidates, the Member Associations and the ITTF itself.

 

6.8.3.4.2             Prejudice to a candidature

 

A candidate may produce no spoken word, written text or representation of any nature likely to harm the image of another candidate or cause his/her prejudice.

 

6.8.3.4.3             Understandings

 

No understanding, coalition or collusion between candidates with the intent to influence the result of the vote is allowed.

 

6.8.3.5                   Relations with the ITTF administration

 

6.8.3.5.1             General relations

 

The ITTF administration shall maintain a strict duty of neutrality at all times.

 

The members of the administration shall limit their relations with the candidates strictly to the content of their mission.

 

6.8.3.5.2             Support

 

No support or service in relation to a candidature may be requested from any member of the ITTF administration, from a department or other section of such administration.

 

6.8.3.5.3             Concealed Promotion

 

Concealed promotion in the form of technical meetings or other events is prohibited.

 

These may be added to the official calendar of events only with the approval of the Ethics Commission.

 

6.8.3.6                                        Breaches of the directions

 

6.8.3.6.1             Competent body

 

Any interested party shall bring any breach of these Directions to the attention of the Ethics Commission, which will undertake an inquiry.

 

6.8.3.6.2             Sanctions

 

6.8.3.6.2.1          If there is proof of a breach of these Directions, the EthicCommission may make to the candidate in question:

 

6.8.3.6.2.1.1        observations, which could be made public,

 

6.8.3.6.2.1.2        or issue a warning, which will be automatically made public on the ITTF website.

 

6.8.3.6.2.2           In the event of a serious breach of these Directions, the case shall be referred to the Executive Committee for possible sanctions.

 

6.8.3.6.3             Specific provisions

 

Prior to examination, by the Nominations Committee, of a candidature for election as President, a candidate must declare any risks of conflicts of interests to the Ethics Commission Officer. The attention of the candidate may be drawn to any potential conflicts of interests identified. This does not exempt the candidate concerned from making subsequent declarations pursuant to the Rules Concerning Conflict of Interests.

 

6.8.4                   Rules Concerning Conflicts of Interests Affecting the Behaviour of Table Tennis parties

 

6.8.4.1                These rules apply to the Table Tennis parties as defined by the Code of Ethics preamble.

 

6.8.4.2                Any persons within the ITTF shall be prohibited from participating in any interaction which could influence an outcome or decision relative to any specific matter, if

 

6.8.4.2.1             Such persons are interested personally or financially in the outcome of the matter or represent or previously in the selfsame matter represented any person who is thus interested

 

6.8.4.2.2             Such persons’ husband or wife, any person related by blood or marriage in the direct line of ascent or descent or any other closely

 

attached person, is particularly interested personally or financially in the outcome of the matter or represents any person who is thus interested.

 

6.8.4.2.3             Such persons take part in the management of or otherwise are closely related to any company, partnership, association or other private legal entity particularly interested in the outcome of the matter.

 

6.8.4.2.4             Circumstances other than those referred in 1, 2 and 3 of this subsection are likely to lead to any doubt about such persons’ impartiality.

 

6.8.4.3                No persons as referred to in 6.8.4.2.1, 6.8.4.2.2 and 6.8.4.2.3 shall be prohibited from acting,

 

6.8.4.3.1             if as a consequence of the nature or strength of their interest, of the nature of the matter, or of their functions in connection with consideration of the matter, no risk may be assumed to exist that the decision to be made may be affected by extraneous considerations.

 

6.8.4.3.2             relative to any specific matter shall be allowed to decide, to take part in deciding, or otherwise to assist in the consideration of the matter in question.

 

6.8.4.4                Any person as referred to above who has notice of circumstances as referred to in that subsection 6.8.4.2.1, 6.8.4.2.2 and 6.8.4.2.3 shall as soon as possible advise the Ethics Commission.

 

6.8.4.5                Disqualification shall be decided by the Ethics Commission.

 

6.8.4.6                Specific provisions

 

6.8.4.6.1             The person concerned shall not himself take part in considering or deciding his own status.

 

6.8.4.6.2             Any disqualification shall not prevent the person from participating in elections.

 

6.8.5                   Basic Universal Principles of Good Governance of the Olympics and Sports Movement (adopted directly from the IOC Code)

 

6.8.5.1                Vision, mission and strategy

 

6.8.5.1.1             The vision and overall goals of the organisations have to be clearly defined and communicated.

 

6.8.5.1.2             The mission should include:

 

6.8.5.1.2.1           development and promotion of sport through non-profit organisations

 

6.8.5.1.2.2           promotion of the values of sport,

 

6.8.5.1.2.3           organisation of competitions,

 

6.8.5.1.2.4           ensuring a fair sporting contest at all times,

 

6.8.5.1.2.5           protection of the members and particularly the athletes,

 

6.8.5.1.2.6           solidarity,

 

6.8.5.1.2.7           respect for the environment.

 

6.8.5.1.3             The strategy is to be aligned with the vision and regularly adapted to the environment. The strategy of sporting organisations should be elaborated at the highest level of the organisation.

 

6.8.5.2.1Structures, regulations and democratic process

 

6.8.5.2.1             All sports organisations in the Olympic and Sports Movement should be based on the concept of membership within entities established in accordance with applicable laws.

 

The sports organisations should include as members legal or physical persons who constitute the organisation and contribute to form the will of the organisation.

 

The stakeholders of the organisation encompass all members who make up the organisation as well as all external entities who are involved and have a link, relation with or interest in the organisation.

 

6.8.5.2.2             All regulations of each organisation and governing body, including but not limited to, statute on institutions and other procedural regulations, should be clear, transparent, disclosed, publicised and made readily available.

 

Clear regulations allow understanding, predictability and facilitate good governance.

 

The procedure to modify or amend the regulations should also be clear and transparent.

 

6.8.5.2.3             Governing bodies

 

The size of the governing bodies should be adequate and consistent with the size of the sports organisations.

 

The tasks and responsibilities of the governing bodies should be clearly defined in the applicable regulations and should be adapted and reviewed as necessary.

 

Governing bodies should be entitled to create standing or ad hoc committees with specific responsibilities, in order to help them in their tasks.

 

The organisation should set out and adopt reliable and appropriate criteria for the election or appointment of members of the governing bodies so as to ensure a high level of competence, quality and good governance.

 

6.8.5.2.4             Representative governing bodies

 

Members of the organisation should be represented within the governing bodies, particularly women and athletes.

 

Special care should be taken for protection and representation of minority groups.

 

6.8.5.2.5             Democratic processes, such as elections, should be governed by clear, transparent and fair rules.

 

6.8.5.2.6             Attributions of the respective bodies

 

A clear allocation of responsibilities between the different bodies such as general assembly, executive body, committees or disciplinary bodies, should be determined.

 

There should be a balance of power between the bodies responsible for the management, supervision and control of the sport organisations: principle of checks and balances.

 

6.8.5.2.7             Decision-making

 

All members of the sports organisations shall have the right to express their opinion on the issues on the agenda through appropriate channels.

 

Members shall have the right to vote and be able to exercise that right in appropriate form as defined in the regulations of the governing body.

 

Decision-making bodies should be fully aware of all relevant information before taking a decision.

 

Bodies of the organisation should meet on a regular basis taking into consideration their specific duties and obligations (e.g. the holding of an annual General Assembly is recommended).

 

6.8.5.2.8             Conflicts of interests

 

As a general principle, members of any decision-making body should be independent in their decisions. No-one with a personal or business interest in the issue under discussion should be involved in the decision.

 

Adequate procedures should be established in order to avoid any conflicts of interests.

 

6.8.5.2.9             Election or renewal of office-bearers on a regular basis

 

The duration of the terms of office should be pre-determined in order to allow election/renewal of office-bearers on a regular basis. Access for new candidates should be encouraged.

 

6.8.5.2.10           Decisions and appeals

 

Any member affected by a decision of a disciplinary nature taken by any sports organisation should be offered the possibility to submit an appeal to an independent body within the sports jurisdictions.

 

When decisions are taken against a member, special attention should be paid to the appropriate balance between transparency and protection of privacy.

 

6.8.5.3                                        Highest level of competence, integrity and ethical standards

 

6.8.5.3.1             Competence of the members of the executive body

 

Members of the executive body should be chosen on the basis of their ability, competence, quality, leadership capacity, integrity and experience.

 

The use of outside experts in specific fields should be considered when necessary.

 

6.8.5.3.2             Power of signature

 

Good governance implies proper financial monitoring.

 

In order to avoid any abuse of powers of representation (in particular signing), adequate rules should be set up, approved and monitored at the highest level.

 

Precise, clear and transparent regulations should be established and applied, and effective controlling systems and checks and balances should be put in place.

 

As a general rule, individual signature should be avoided for binding obligations of an organisation.

 

6.8.5.3.3             Internal management, communication and coordination

 

Good internal communication reinforces the efficiency of sporting organisations.

 

Good information flow inside sporting organisations ensures good understanding by membership of activities undertaken and allows managers to make timely and informed decisions.

 

Good working conditions and atmosphere as well as motivation and incentive policies are essential for the smooth functioning of the organisation.

 

6.8.5.3.4             Risk management

 

A clear and adequate risk-management process should be put in place:

 

6.8.5.3.4.1          identification of potential risks for the sports organisations,

 

6.8.5.3.4.2          evaluation of risks,

 

6.8.5.3.4.3           control of risks,

 

6.8.5.3.4.4           monitoring of risks,

 

6.8.5.3.4.5           disclosure/transparency.

 

6.8.5.3.5             Appointment of the members of the management

 

Leadership is above management.

 

The majority of the members of management should be professional.

 

Candidates should have professional competency and an impeccable professional history.

 

The selection process should be based on objective criteria and should be set out clearly.

 

6.8.5.3.6             Code of Ethics and ethical issues

 

Develop, adapt and implement ethical principles and rules. Ethical rules should refer to and be inspired by the IOC Code of Ethics.

 

Monitor the implementation of ethical principles and rules.

 

6.8.5.4                                        Accountability, transparency and control

 

6.8.5.4.1             All bodies, whether elected or appointed, shall be accountable to the members of the organisation and, in certain cases, to their stakeholders.

 

In particular, the executive body shall be accountable to the General Assembly of the organisation. Management shall be accountable to the executive body.

 

All employees shall be accountable to management.

 

6.8.5.4.2             Processes and mechanisms

 

Adequate standards and processes for accountability should be in place and available to all organisations, and consistently applied and monitored.

 

Clear and measurable objectives and targets must be set for the organisation, its boards, management and staff, including also appropriate tools for assessment.

 

6.8.5.4.3             Transparency and communication Financial information should be disclosed gradually and in appropriate form to members, stakeholders and the public. Disclosure of financial information should be done on an annual basis.

 

The financial statements of sports organisations should be presented in a consistent way in order to be easily understood.

 

6.8.5.4.4             Financial matters applicable laws, rules, procedures and standards

 

Accounts should be established in accordance with the applicable laws and True and fair viewprinciple.

 

The application of internationally recognised standards should be strongly encouraged in all sports organisations and required for an international body.

 

For all organisations, annual financial statements are to be audited by independent and qualified auditors.

 

Accountability and financial reports should be produced on a regular basis.

 

Information about remuneration and financial arrangements of the governing bodiesmembers should be part of the annual accounts.

 

Clear rules regarding remuneration of the members of governing bodies and managers should be enforced. Remuneration procedures should be transparent and predictable.

 

6.8.5.4.5             Internal control system

 

Internal control of the financial processes and operations should be established within the sports organisations.

 

The adoption of a compliance system, document retention system and information security system should be encouraged.

 

The structure of the internal control system should depend on the size and importance of the organisation. Audit committees should be appointed for large sports organisations.

 

6.8.5.4.6             Education and training

 

There should be an induction programme for all new members of staff, volunteer officers and all board members.

 

On-going education and training of executives, volunteers and employees should be integral to operations.

 

The promotion of self-education and regular training within the sport organisations should be encouraged.

 

6.8.5.5                                        Solidarity and development

 

6.8.5.5.1             Distribution of resources

 

As a principle, financial resources which are proceeds of sport should be allocated to sport and in particular to its development after covering all necessary sports-related costs.

 

Financial revenues should be distributed in a fair and efficient manner. A fair distribution of the financial revenues contributes to having balanced and attractive competitions. A clear and transparent policy for the allocation of the financial revenues is essential.

 

6.8.5.5.2             Equity

 

Resources should be distributed equitably. The equity in sport should be reinforced.

 

The right to participate in competitions should be encouraged and secured for those at an appropriate level for the athletes concerned.

 

The opportunity to organise large sports events should be open. The criteria for choosing venues for events should be fair and transparent.

 

6.8.5.5.3             Development

 

The development of partnership relations between different sports organisations in developing countries should be encouraged. The expansion of sports facilities in developing countries should be promoted.

 

6.8.5.6                                        Athletesinvolvement, participation and care

 

6.8.5.6.1             Right to participate and involvement of the athletes in the Olympic and Sports Movement and governing bodies

 

The right of athletes to participate in sports competitions at an appropriate level should be protected. Sports organisations must refrain from any discrimination.

 

The voice of the athletes should be heard in sporting organisations.

 

6.8.5.6.2             Protection of athletes

 

Measures should be taken to prohibit exploitation of young athletes.

 

Athletes should be protected from unscrupulous recruiters and agents.

 

Cooperation with the government of the countries concerned should be developed.

 

Codes of conduct should be signed by all sport organisations.

 

6.8.5.6.3             Health

 

Sports organisation shall adopt rules for the protection of the athleteshealth and to limit the risk of endangering the athleteshealth (medical supervision, number of days of competition, pollution, etc.).

 

6.8.5.6.4             Fight against doping

 

Sports organisations shall fight against doping and uphold anti- doping policy.

 

Zero tolerance in the fight against doping should be encouraged in all sports organisations at all levels.

 

Sports organisations shall protect the athletes from doping in particular through prevention and education.

 

6.8.5.6.5             Insurance

 

Insurance in case of death or serious injury is to be recommended for all athletes and should be mandatory for young junior athletes.

 

Whenever and wherever possible, athletes should be provided with social security coverage.

 

Special insurance policies should be available for professional athletes.

 

The organisers of sports events should obtain adequate insurance coverage.

 

6.8.5.6.6             Fairness and fair play

 

Fairness and fair play are central elements of the competition. Fair play is the spirit of sport. The values of sport and friendship shall be promoted.

 

6.8.5.6.7             Athleteseducation and career management Educational programmes, developing in particular “Sport and Studiesprogrammes, should be encouraged.

 

Career management programmes should be promoted. Training professional athletes for new professional opportunities after their sports careers should be encouraged.

 

6.8.5.7                                       Harmonious relations with governments while preserving autonomy

 

6.8.5.7.1             Cooperation, coordination and consultation

 

Sporting organisations should coordinate their actions with governments.

 

Cooperation with governments is an essential element in the framework of sporting activities.

 

Cooperation, coordination and consultation are the best way for sporting organisations to preserve their autonomy.

 

6.8.5.7.2             Complementary mission

 

Governments, constituents of the Olympic Movement, other sports organisations and stakeholders have a complementary mission and should work together towards the same goals.

 

6.8.5.7.3             Maintain and preserve the autonomy of sport

 

The right balance between governments, the Olympic Movement and sporting organisations should be ensured.

 

6.9                      Code on the Prevention of the Manipulation of Competitions

 

The integrity of sport depends on the outcome of sporting events and competitions being based entirely on the competing merits of the participants involved. Any form of corruption that might undermine public confidence in the integrity of a sporting contest is fundamentally contrary to the spirit of sport and must be eradicated at all costs.

 

The ITTF has adopted these rules as a means of safeguarding the integrity of the sport of table tennis by (i) prohibiting any conduct that may impact improperly on the outcome of its events and competitions and (ii) establishing a mechanism of enforcement and sanction for those who, through their corrupt conduct, place the integrity of the sport at risk.

 

The ITTF is committed to taking all practical steps within its power to prevent corrupt practices undermining the integrity of the sport of table tennis. This commitment shall include:

 

(a)         raising awareness of these rules at all levels, including using existing and/or suitably adapted educational programmes and tools to provide information and educational materials to the widest possible target audience;

 

(a)                      establishing the best means of monitoring sports betting at International Competitions under the jurisdiction of the ITTF, including monitoring any irregular betting patterns that may occur;

 

(c)         establishing the best means for the receipt of third party information on a confidential basis, for example, by establishing an information ‘hot-line’;

 

(d)         establishing and, where appropriate, making use of effective channels for the exchange of intelligence and information related to the investigation and/or prosecution of violations under these rules;

 

(e)         co-operating with competent national and international authorities where information in its possession may also amount to or evidence infringements of other applicable laws or regulations; and

 

(f)          exchanging information with partners in the Olympic and Paralympic Movement (through ASOIF, SportAccord, IOC, IPC or otherwise) on acknowledged areas of best practice in relation to combating corruption in sport.

 

National Associations and Continental Federations should put in place similar rules and regulations to safeguard the integrity of competitions held under their respective jurisdictions.

 

Notice under these rules to a participant who is under the jurisdiction of a National Association may be accomplished by delivery of the notice to the National Association concerned. The National Association shall be responsible for making immediate contact with the participant to whom the notice is applicable.

 

6.9.1                   APPLICATION AND SCOPE

 

6.9.1.1                These rules shall apply to all participants who participate or assist in an international competition and each participant shall be automatically bound by, and be required to comply with, these rules by virtue of such participation or assistance.

 

6.9.1.2                It is the personal responsibility of every participant to make himself or herself aware of these rules including, without limitation, what conduct constitutes a violation of the rules and to comply with those requirements. Participants should also be aware that conduct prohibited under these rules may also constitute a criminal offence and/or a breach of other applicable laws and regulations. Participants must comply with all applicable laws and regulations at all times.

 

6.9.1.3                Each participant submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any hearing panel convened under these rules to hear and determine charges brought by the ITTF and to the exclusive jurisdiction of CAS to determine any appeal from a hearing panel decision.

 

6.9.1.4                Each participant shall be bound by these rules until a date 6 months following his or her last participation or assistance in a competition. Each participant shall continue to be bound by these rules in respect of his or her participation or assistance in competitions taking place prior to that date.

 

6.9.2                   RULE VIOLATIONS

 

The following conduct shall constitute a Violation of these Rules (in each case whether effected directly or indirectly):

 

6.9.2.1                Betting

 

6.9.2.1.1             Participation in, support for, or promotion of, any form of betting related to an event or competition including betting with another person on the result, progress, outcome, conduct or any other aspect of such an event or competition. This rule applies to any form of betting related to an event or competition in which the participant is directly participating or that is otherwise taking place in the participant’s sport or that is taking place in another sport at an international competition hosted by a major event organisation in which the participant is participating.

 

6.9.2.1.1             Inducing, instructing, facilitating or encouraging a participant to commit a violation of 6.9.2.1.

 

6.9.2.2                Manipulation of Results

 

6.9.2.2.1             Fixing or contriving in any way or otherwise improperly influencing, or being a party to fix or contrive in any way or otherwise improperly influence, the result, progress, outcome, conduct or any other aspect of an event or competition.

 

6.9.2.2.2             Ensuring or seeking to ensure the occurrence of a particular incident in an event or competition which occurrence is to the participant’s knowledge the subject of a bet and for which he or she or another person expects to receive or has received a benefit.

 

6.9.2.2.3             Failing in return for a benefit (or the legitimate expectation of a benefit, irrespective of whether such benefit is in fact given or received) to perform to the best of one’s abilities in an event or competition.

 

6.9.2.2.4             Inducing, instructing, facilitating or encouraging a participant to commit a violation of 6.9.2.2.

 

6.9.2.3                Corrupt Conduct

 

6.9.2.3.1             Accepting, offering, agreeing to accept or offer, any bribe or other benefit (or the legitimate expectation of a benefit, irrespective of whether such benefit is in fact given or received) to fix or contrive in any way or otherwise to influence improperly the result, progress, outcome, conduct or any other aspect of an event or competition.

 

6.9.2.3.2             Providing, offering, giving, requesting or receiving any gift or benefit (or the legitimate expectation of a benefit, irrespective of whether such benefit is in fact given or received) in circumstances that the participant might reasonably have expected could bring him or her or the sport into disrepute.

 

6.9.2.3.3             Inducing, instructing, facilitating or encouraging a participant to commit a violation of 6.9.2.3

 

6.9.2.4                Misuse of Inside Information

 

6.8.5.2.4.4.1        Using inside information for betting purposes or otherwise in relation to betting.

 

6.8.5.2.4.4.2        Disclosing inside information to any person with or without benefit where the participant might reasonably be expected to know that its disclosure in such circumstances could be used in relation to betting.

 

6.8.5.2.4.4.3        Inducing, instructing, facilitating or encouraging a participant to commit a violation set out in 6.9.2.4.

 

6.9.2.5                Other Violations

 

6.9.2.5.1             Any attempt by a participant, or any agreement by a participant with any other person, to engage in conduct that would culminate in the commission of any violation of this Rule shall be treated as if a violation had been committed, whether or not such attempt or agreement in fact resulted in such violation. However, there shall be no violation under this rule where the participant renounces his or her attempt or agreement prior to it being discovered by a third party not involved in the attempt or agreement.

 

6.9.2.5.2             Knowingly assisting, covering up or otherwise being complicit in any acts or omissions of the type described in 6.2 committed by a participant.

 

6.9.2.5.3             Failing to disclose to the ITTF or other competent authority (without undue delay) full details of any approaches or invitations received by the participant to engage in conduct or incidents that would amount to a violation of this rule.

 

6.9.2.5.4             Failing to disclose to the ITTF or other competent authority (without undue delay) full details of any incident, fact or matter that comes to the attention of the participant that may evidence a violation under this rule by a third party, including (without limitation) approaches or invitations that have been received by any other party to engage in conduct that would amount to a violation of this rule;

 

6.9.2.5.5             Failing without compelling justification to cooperate with any reasonable investigation carried out by the ITTF or other competent authority in relation to a possible breach of this rule, including failing to provide any information and/or documentation requested by the ITTF or by the competent competition authority that may be relevant to such investigation.

 

6.9.2.6                The following are not relevant to the determination of a violation of these rules:

 

6.9.2.6.1             Whether or not the participant was participating, or a participant assisted by another participant was participating, in the specific event or competition;

 

6.9.2.6.2             The nature or outcome of any bet at issue;

 

6.9.2.6.3             The outcome of the event or competition on which the bet was made;

 

6.9.2.6.4             Whether or not the participant’s efforts or performance (if any) in any event or competition at issue were (or could be expected to be) affected by the acts or omissions in question;

 

6.9.2.6.5             Whether or not the results in the event or competition at issue were (or could be expected to be) affected by the acts or omissions in question.

 

6.9.3                   BURDEN AND STANDARD OF PROOF

 

6.9.3.1                The ITTF or other prosecuting authority shall have the burden of proving that a violation has occurred under these rules. The standard of proof shall be whether the ITTF or other prosecuting authority has proved a violation to the comfortable satisfaction of the hearing panel, a standard which is greater than the mere balance of probability but less than proof beyond a reasonable doubt.

 

6.9.3.2                Where these rules place the burden of proof on the participant alleged to have committed a violation to prove facts or circumstances, the standard of proof shall be by a preponderance of the evidence.

 

6.9.3.3                The hearing panel shall not be bound by judicial rules governing the admissibility of evidence. Facts related to violations of rule 6.2 may be established by any reliable means, including but not limited to, admissions, evidence of third parties, witness statements, expert reports, documentary evidence and other analytical data or information.

 

6.9.3.4                The hearing panel shall have discretion to accept any facts established by a decision of a court or professional disciplinary tribunal of any competent jurisdiction which is not subject to a pending appeal as irrefutable evidence against the participant to whom the decision relates unless the participant establishes that the decision violated the principles of natural justice.

 

6.9.3.5                The hearing panel shall be entitled to draw an inference adverse against any participant who is accused of committing a violation if that participant fails to appear in front of the hearing panel if requested to do so a reasonable time in advance of the hearing, or fails to comply with any information request that has been submitted in accordance with these rules.

 

6.9.4                   INVESTIGATING A BREACH

 

6.9.4.1                Any allegation or suspicion of a violation 6.2 shall be reported to the ITTF for investigation and possible charge in accordance with this rule. The ITTF may conduct an investigation into the activities of any participant that it believes may have committed a violation of these rules and may appoint one or more persons for this purpose. Such investigation may be conducted in conjunction with relevant competent national or international authorities (including criminal, administrative, professional and/or judicial authorities) and all participants must co-operate fully with such investigations. The ITTF shall have discretion, where it deems it appropriate, to stay its own investigation pending the outcome of investigations conducted by other competent authorities.

 

6.9.4.2                As part of any such investigation, if the ITTF reasonably suspects that a participant has committed a violation of these rules, it may make a written demand to such participant for information that is related to the alleged violation and/or require the attendance of such participant for interview, or a combination of the two. Any interview shall be at a time and place to be determined by the ITTF and the relevant participant shall be given reasonable notice in writing of the requirement to attend. Interviews shall be recorded and the participant shall be entitled to have legal counsel and an interpreter present.

 

6.9.4.3                By participation in a competition, each participant shall be deemed to have agreed for the purposes of applicable data protection laws and other laws, and for all other purposes, to have consented to the collection, processing, disclosure or any other use of information relating to his or her activities (including without limitation personal information) to the extent permitted under these rules and shall confirm such agreement in writing upon demand.

 

6.9.5                   ISSUING A NOTICE OF CHARGE

 

6.9.5.1                Where following an investigation the ITTF determines that there is a case for the participant to answer under 6.9.2, the ITTF shall issue the participant with a written notice of charge setting out the following:

 

6.9.5.1.1             The specific violation(s) that the participant is alleged to have committed;

 

6.9.5.1.2             The facts upon which such allegation(s) are based;

 

6.9.5.1.3             The range of sanctions applicable under the rules for such violations;

 

6.9.5.1.4             Details relating to the participant’s response to the notice of charge within a specified deadline; and

 

6.9.5.1.5             The participant’s right to have the matter determined by a hearing.

 

6.9.5.2                The notice of charge shall also specify that, if the participant wishes to exercise his or her right to a hearing, he or she must submit a written request for a hearing so that it is received by the ITTF as soon as possible but in any event within 14 days of receipt of the notice of charge.The request must state how the participant responds to the charge and must explain (in summary form) the basis for such response.

 

6.9.5.3                If the participant fails to file a written request for a hearing by the specified deadline, he or she shall be deemed to have:

 

6.9.5.3.1             waived his or her right to a hearing;

 

6.9.5.3.2             admitted that he or she has committed the violation(s) specified in the notice of charge; and

 

6.9.5.3.3             acceded to the range of applicable sanctions specified in the notice of charge.

 

6.9.5.4                Where the participant requests a hearing in accordance with 6.1, the matter shall proceed to a hearing in accordance with 6.3. Where the participant is deemed to have waived his or her right to a hearing and to have admitted the violation(s) in accordance with 6.2, any hearing held at the ITTF’s discretion shall be limited to determining the applicable sanctions only.

 

6.9.5.5                In any case where the ITTF decides to charge a participant with a violation under these rules, the ITTF shall have discretion, in circumstances where it considers that the integrity of the sport could otherwise be seriously undermined, to provisionally suspend the participant pending the relevant tribunal’s determination of whether the participant has committed a violation. A provisional suspension shall be effective from the date of notification to the participant in accordance with these rules. Alternatively, the participant may accept a voluntary suspension from competition provided that it is confirmed in writing to the ITTF. A voluntary suspension shall be effective only from the date of receipt of the participant’s written confirmation of such to the ITTF.

 

6.9.5.6                A decision to impose a provisional suspension on a participant shall not be subject to appeal.

 

6.9.5.7                If a participant retires whilst a disciplinary procedure under these rules is underway, the ITTF shall retain jurisdiction to complete the relevant procedure. If the participant retires before any disciplinary procedure has begun, the ITTF shall nevertheless have jurisdiction to conduct the relevant procedure.

 

6.9.6                   RIGHT TO A FAIR HEARING

 

6.9.6.1                Where the ITTF alleges that a participant has committed a violation of these rules and the participant denies the allegation and/or disputes the sanctions to be imposed for such violation, then the matter shall be referred to a hearing before the hearing panel.

 

6.9.6.2                The hearing panel shall be appointed by the ITTF in accordance with the principles set out in 6.9.6.3 below, the members of the hearing panel shall have had no prior involvement with the case and shall not, unless otherwise agreed between the parties, be from the same country as the participant alleged to have violated these rules.

 

6.9.6.3                The hearing process shall respect the following principles: a timely hearing, a fair and impartial hearing panel, the right to be represented by counsel (at the participant’s expense), the right to respond to the asserted anti- corruption rule violation and range of resulting sanction; the right of each party to present evidence, including the right to call and question witnesses (subject to the hearing panel’s discretion to accept evidence by telephone or written submission), the participant’s right to an interpreter at the hearing (with the hearing panel to determine the identity and responsibility for the cost of the interpreter) and a timely, written reasoned decision specifically including an explanation of the reason(s) for the sanction imposed.

 

6.9.6.4                Once the parties have made their submissions, the hearing panel shall determine whether a violation has been committed.Where the hearing panel determines that a violation has been committed and these rules specify a range of possible sanctions for such violation, the hearing panel shall also fix the appropriate sanction within that range after considering any submissions on the subject that the parties may wish to make.

 

6.9.6.5                The hearing panel shall issue a decision in writing, with reasons, as soon as possible after the conclusion of the hearing. The decision will set out and explain:

 

6.9.6.5.1             the hearing panel’s findings as to whether any violation has been committed;

 

6.9.6.5.2             the hearing panel’s findings as to what sanctions, if any, are to be imposed;

 

6.9.6.5.3             the date that any period of ineligibility shall commence; and

 

6.9.6.5.4             the rights of appeal described in 6.9.8.

 

6.9.7                   SANCTIONS

 

6.9.7.1                A violation of 6.9.2 by an athlete occurring during or in connection with an event in which the athlete is participating shall lead to disqualification of the athlete and the annulment of all the athlete’s results obtained in that event with all consequences, including forfeiture of all titles, medals, computer ranking points and prize and appearance money.

 

6.9.7.2                If a member of a doubles pair or a team is found to have committed a violation under 6.9.2, the doubles pair or the team shall be automatically disqualified from the event in question and any title, medal, computer ranking points and prize shall be withdrawn.

 

6.9.7.3                Ineligibility and Financial Sanctions

 

6.9.7.3.1             The hearing panel shall have discretion to impose a period of ineligibility on participants in accordance with the bands set out in 6.9.7.3.2. In imposing any period of ineligibility, the hearing panel shall be entitled to consider whether any aggravating and/or mitigating factors should be taken into account.

 

6.9.7.3.2             The respective period of ineligibility for a violation set out in:

 

Rule 6.9.2.1 (betting), shall be a minimum of two [2] years and a maximum of four [4] years;

 

Rule 6.9.2.2 (manipulation of results), shall be a minimum of two [2] years and a maximum of four [4] years;

 

Rule 6.9.2.3 (corrupt conduct), shall be a minimum of two [2] years and a maximum of four [4] years;

 

Rule 6.9.2.4 (misuse of inside information), shall be a minimum of two [2] years and a maximum of four [4] years;

 

Rule 6.9.2.5 (other violations) shall be a minimum of two [2] years and a maximum of four [4] years.

 

6.9.7.3.3             The period of ineligibility shall commence on the date the decision of the hearing panel is published and shall end on date stated in the published decision. The hearing panel may at its sole discretion reduce the period of ineligibility imposed by any period of provisional suspension already served by the participant prior to the decision being reached.

 

6.9.7.3.4             No participant shall participate in any capacity in any event or competition during his or her period of ineligibility as imposed by the hearing panel.

 

6.9.7.3.5             If a participant violates any prohibition on participation imposed in accordance with 6.9.7.3.2, such participant shall be disqualified immediately from the relevant event or competition and the period of ineligibility originally imposed in accordance with these rules shall recommence from the date of such violation.

 

6.9.7.3.6             These rules shall continue to apply to any ineligible participant and any violation committed during a period of ineligibility shall be treated as a distinct violation and separate proceedings shall be brought against the participant in accordance with these rules.

 

6.9.7.3.7             In addition to the imposition of a period of ineligibility as set out above, the hearing panel shall have discretion to impose a fine of up to a maximum amount of the value of any benefit received by the participant out of, or in relation to, the violation(s) of 6.9.2.

 

6.9.7.4                Aggravating and Mitigating Factors

 

6.9.7.4.1             In order to determine the appropriate sanction to be imposed in each case the hearing panel shall assess the relative seriousness of the violation, including identifying all relevant factors that it deems to aggravate or mitigate the nature of the violation committed.

 

6.9.7.4.2             Aggravating factors which may be considered by the hearing panel shall include (without limitation and where applicable):

 

6.9.7.4.2.1           failure to co-operate by the participant with any investigation or requests for information;

 

6.9.7.4.2.2           any previous violations by the participant;

 

6.9.7.4.2.3           the participant receiving or being due to receive a significant Benefit in connection with the violation;

 

6.9.7.4.2.4           the violation having or having the potential to affect the course or result of an event or competition;

 

6.9.7.4.2.5           the participant displaying a lack of remorse (including, for example, refusing to take part in anti-corruption educational programs organised by the ITTF); and

 

6.9.7.4.2.6           any other aggravating factor the hearing panel deems relevant.

 

6.9.7.4.3             Mitigating factors which may be considered by the hearing panel shall include (without limitation and where applicable):

 

6.9.7.4.3.1           co-operation by the participant with any investigation or requests for information;

 

6.9.7.4.3.2           a timely admission of guilt by the participant;

 

6.9.7.4.3.3           the participant's clean disciplinary record;

 

6.9.7.4.3.4           the youth or inexperience of the participant;

 

6.9.7.4.3.5           the violation not having affected or not having the potential to affect the course or result of an event or competition;

 

6.9.7.4.3.6           the participant displaying remorse (including, for example, agreeing to take part in anti-corruption educational programs organised by the ITTF; and

 

6.9.7.4.3.7           any other mitigating factor the hearing panel deems relevant.

 

6.9.7.5                Reinstatement

 

6.9.7.5.1             Once the period of the participant’s ineligibility has expired, he or she will become automatically re-eligible to participate provided that he or she has

 

6.9.7.5.1.1           completed to the ITTF’s reasonable satisfaction any official betting and anti-corruption education or rehabilitation programme that might be imposed on him or her

 

6.9.7.5.1.2           has satisfied, in full, any fine imposed under this rule and/or award of costs made against him or her by any tribunal and

 

6.9.7.5.1.3           has agreed to subject himself/herself to any reasonable and proportionate monitoring of his or her future activities as the ITTF may reasonably consider necessary given the nature and scope of the violation that he or she has committed.

 

6.9.8       APPEALS

 

6.9.8.1                The following decisions made under these rules may be appealed either by the ITTF or the participant who is the subject of the decision (as applicable) exclusively to CAS:

 

6.9.8.1.1             A decision that a charge of breach of 6.9.2 should be dismissed on procedural or jurisdictional grounds;

 

6.9.8.1.2             A decision that a violation of 6.9.2 has been committed;

 

6.9.8.1.3             A decision that a violation of 6.9.2 has not been committed;

 

6.9.8.1.4             A decision to impose a sanction, including a sanction that is not in accordance with these rules;

 

6.9.8.1.5             A decision not to impose a sanction;

 

6.9.8.1.6             Any other decision that is considered to be erroneous or procedurally unsound.

 

6.9.8.2                The time for filing an appeal to CAS shall be twenty-one days (21) from the date of receipt of the decision by the appealing party.

 

6.9.8.3                Any decision and any sanctions imposed shall remain in effect while subject to the appeal process, unless CAS directs otherwise.

 

6.9.8.4                The decision of CAS shall be final and binding on all parties and on all National Associations and Continental Federations and there shall be no right of appeal from the CAS decision. No claim may be brought in any other court, tribunal or via any other dispute resolution procedure or mechanism.

 

6.9.9                   RECOGNITION OF DECISIONS

 

6.9.9.1                It shall be a condition of membership and affiliation of the ITTF that all National Associations and Continental Federations shall comply with, recognise and take all necessary and reasonable steps within their powers to enforce and give effect to these rules and to all decisions and sanctions imposed hereunder.

 

6.9.9.2                Final decisions of a major event organisation in relation to a participant that are within the major event organisation’s jurisdiction and based on the same or similar illegal betting and anti-corruption rules as these rules shall be recognised and respected by the ITTF upon receipt of notice of the same. Any disciplinary process, so far as determining a participant’s sanction beyond the sanction imposed by the major event organisation is concerned, shall be determined by the ITTF in accordance with these rules.

 

6.9.10                 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS

 

6.9.10.1              No action may be commenced under these rules against a participant for a violation of these rules unless such action is commenced within eight (8) years from the date on which the violation occurred.

 

6.9.10.2              Subject to 6.9.10.1 above, the ITTF may temporarily suspend any investigations under the rules to avoid prejudice to and/or to give precedence to, investigations conducted by the relevant authorities into the same or related matters.

 

6.9.11                 AMENDMENTS AND INTERPRETATION

 

6.9.11.1              Betting and anti-corruption rules are, by their nature, competition rules governing the conditions under which the sport of table tennis is to be held. They are not intended to be subjected to or limited by the requirements and legal standards applicable to criminal proceedings or employment matters. The policies and standards set out in these rules as a basis for the fight against corruption in the sport of table tennis represent a broad consensus of those with an interest in fair sport and should be respected by all courts and not by reference to existing law or statutes.

 

6.9.11.2              The headings and sub-headings in these rules are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of the substance of these rules or to affect in any way the language of the provisions to which they refer.

 

6.9.11.3              The definitions in Appendix 1 shall be considered an integral part of these rules.

 

6.9.11.4              If any rule or provision of these rules is held to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal for any reason, it shall be deemed to be deleted and the rules shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

 

6.10                    Extension of the Code of EthicsApplicability

 

The organisations cited in chapter 1 (Constitution) may decide to apply the Code of Ethics to themselves and/or to their members (natural or legal persons).

 

6.11                    Ethics Commission

 

6.11.1                 Composition and organisation

 

6.11.1.1              The Ethics Commission is independent; it is composed of three members among whom there must be:

 

6.11.1.1.1            a member of the Executive Committee

 

6.11.1.1.2            a member of the Athletes Commission

 

6.11.1.1.3            the Chair of the Rules Committee, who will act as Chair of the Ethic Commission

 

6.11.1.1.4            and one officer, a staff member as secretary to the Commission who shall have speaking rights but no voting rights

 

6.11.1.2              The members, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors upon recommendation of the nomination committee.

 

6.11.1.3              The Ethics Commission meets when convened by its Chair, at least once a year.

 

6.11.1.4              The required quorum for any recommendation decision is constituted if all three members are present. Each member will do whatever they can to be present at the meetings and participate in them. Teleconference meetings may be held.

 

6.11.1.5              The administrative organisation of the Ethics Commission, and support to it, are overseen by the Ethics Commission Officer.

 

6.11.2                 Terms of reference of the commission

 

6.11.2.1              In the framework of the competence as defined in Rule 22.1 of the Olympic Charter, the terms of reference of the Ethics Commission are:

 

6.11.2.1.1            to define and update a framework of ethical principles, including a Code of Ethics, based upon the values and principles enshrined in the Olympic Charter, of which the said Code forms an integral part;

 

6.11.2.1.2            to investigate complaints raised in relation to the non-respect of such ethical principles, including breaches of the Code of Ethics and, if necessary, propose sanctions to the Executive Committee.

 

6.11.2.2              The Ethics Commission presents an annual report on its activities to the AGM. This report will be published.

 

6.11.3                 Conflict of interest

 

6.11.3.1              Members of the Ethics Commission shall not take any measure nor exercise any influence in relation to a matter where any conflict of interests or any other conflict exists or is perceived to exist.

 

Consequently a reserve pool of members (one each from the Executive Committee, the Athletes Commission, and the Rules Committee) shall be appointed by the Board of Directors based upon recommendations by the Nominations Committee.

 

6.11.4                 Terms of appointment of commission members

 

6.11.4.1              The duration of the term of appointment of an Ethics Commission member is four years. Such term is renewable.

 

6.11.4.2              The term of an Ethics Commission member takes effect on the day of his/her election by the Board of Directors (BoD).

 

6.11.4.3              In the event of death, resignation or inability of a member to perform his or her functions, the member shall be replaced. In such a case, or cases of urgency, the Executive Committee may designate a replacement member for the remaining period until the next BoD meeting.

 

6.11.4.4              In the event of a breach of the present Regulations, an Ethics Commission member may be removed from office only by a specific vote by the BoD, the member concerned being heard by the Executive Committee.

 

6.11.5                 Transitional provisions

 

6.11.5.1              During the 2017 World Championships in Düsseldorf, the inaugural members of the Ethics Commission shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

6.11.6                 General provisions

 

6.11.6.1              These Rules apply to all cases brought before the Ethics Commission.

 

6.11.6.2              The proceedings opened through application of these Rules of Procedure are confidential. All the parties concerned undertake not to divulge to third parties any of the facts or other information linked to the proceedings.

 

6.11.7                 Procedure for analysing complaints, denunciations or acts

 

6.11.7.1              All complaints or denunciations received by the Ethics Commission, and all acts brought to its attention which might constitute a breach of the ethical principles of the Olympic Charter, the Code of Ethics or its implementing provisions are analysed by the Ethics Commission.

 

Such analysis will address the likelihood of a breach of the ethical principles of the Olympic Charter, the Code of Ethics or its implementing provisions, and the jurisdiction of the Ethics Commission.

 

6.11.7.2              A complainant may request that his/her identity not be revealed and that all precautions be taken so that his/her identity is protected.

 

6.11.7.3              The Ethics Commission Officer informs the person who is the subject of a complaint or denunciation. Such person may submit their first observations if they deem it necessary to do so.

 

If the subject of the complaint or denunciation is a corporate body, the Ethics Commission Officer will inform its representative, who may submit their first observations if they deem it necessary to do so.

 

6.11.7.4              With a view to facilitating the analysis of the likelihood of a breach and to writing a referral report for the Ethics Commission, the Ethics Commission Officer may:

 

6.11.7.4.1            consult all the relevant documents;

 

6.11.7.4.2            ask to be provided with all the relevant documents and the written observations of the person concerned, in particular with regard to the evidence;

 

6.11.7.4.3            seek the advice of any relevant expertise;

 

6.11.7.4.4            travel to the place concerned if this may facilitate an understanding of the facts; and

 

6.11.7.4.5            hear the person concerned. In such cases, the interview will be recorded and a copy of the recording given to the person concerned.

 

6.11.7.5              If the likelihood of a breach of the ethical principles of the Olympic Charter, the Code of Ethics or its implementing provisions and of the competence of the Ethics Commission is established, the Ethics Commission Officer will officially forward the complaint to the Chair of the Ethics Commission with the complete file, including the referral report.

 

6.11.7.6In the event that the likelihood of a breach of the ethical principles of the Olympic Charter, the Code of Ethics or its implementing provisions and of the competence of the Ethics Commission is not established, the Ethics Commission Officer will record this accordingly in a specific report. This specific report will be an agenda item at each meeting of the Ethics Commission.

 

The person behind the complaint or denunciation will be informed of this decision, and may ask the Chair of the Ethics Commission to re-examine the file if the analysis by the Ethics Commission Officer has not determined that the file should be referred to the Ethics Commission.

 

6.11.8                 Referral and procedure before the Ethics Commission

 

6.11.8.1              Referral to the Ethics Commission is made in writing by the Ethics Commission Officer, based on the referral report, and including the complete file.

 

The Ethics Commission Officer may assist the Chair of the Ethics Commission, at his/her request, with any additional information and/or support.

 

6.11.8.2              The Ethics Commission takes note of the referral report, the complete file and the various written observations made by the person concerned.

 

6.11.8.3              The Chair of the Ethics Commission may appoint one of the Commission members as a rapporteur. The Chair may delegate to the rapporteur all or part of the measures provided under article 14 below, in particular hearing the person concerned. The rapporteur then presents their report to the Ethics Commission.

 

6.11.8.4              The person concerned may exercise his/her right to be heard by the Ethics Commission or its rapporteur, either through written observations or orally, during an interview for which the circumstances will be decided by the Commission or its rapporteur. Such interviews will be recorded and a copy of the recording given to the person concerned.

 

6.11.8.5              When conducting an investigation, the Ethics Commission or its rapporteur may take any other appropriate measures, including:

 

6.11.8.5.1            asking for written information or documents from the parties concerned;

 

6.11.8.5.2            deciding to hear witnesses at its own discretion or at the request of the parties concerned;

 

6.11.8.5.3            travelling to the place concerned, or sending one of its members, or delegating a person to go there if it deems that such action may clarify the proceedings under way;

 

6.11.8.5.4            appointing one or more experts tasked with assisting it on one or more points, and establishing the scope of their terms of reference and remuneration within the limits of its operating budget.

 

The person concerned will have to fully cooperate with the Ethics Commission or the rapporteur, in particular by communicating any information or document judged necessary by the Commission for the investigation and formulation of its recommendations. Any lack of cooperation will be taken into account when assessing the situation.

 

6.11.8.6              The Ethics Commission freely assesses the evidence.

 

The Ethics Commission may take a decision regarding any provisional measures, as provided by article 6.11.8.9 below.

 

Regarding the measures or sanctions against the person concerned, the Ethics Commission makes recommendation to the ITTF Executive Committee which takes a decision, pursuant to Rule 22 of the Olympic Charter and as provided by article 6.11.9.1 below.

 

6.11.8.7              The Ethics Commission deliberates in camera and takes the decisions of provisional measures or the recommendations of measures or sanctions it deems appropriate.

 

The Commissions deliberations are led by the Chair. The Chair may ask the Ethics Commission Officer to attend the deliberations as an observer. The Chair may also ask the CEO to answer questions on the referral report.

 

The Commissions decisions of provisional measures and/or recommendations are taken by a simple majority of the members present. The required quorum is constituted if all three members are present.

 

Voting takes place by secret ballot if the Chair of the Commission so decides, or if a majority of the members present request it. Voting by proxy is not allowed.

 

If necessary, the members may take part in the deliberations via telephone or video conference. In certain circumstances, the Commission members may be consulted by circulating the documents.

 

All deliberations and votes are confidential.

 

6.11.8.8              Within the framework of the Olympic Charter, the Ethics Commission may, during an investigation and after having heard the person concerned, take a decision regarding provisional measures, in particular with regard to provisional suspension of all or part of the rights, prerogatives and functions deriving from such person or organisations membership or status.

 

This decision of provisional measures, including the reasons, takes the form of a written decision signed by the Chair of the Commission.

 

The Ethics Commission Officer informs the person concerned of any decisions and the reasons regarding provisional measures and shall forward to the President the decision on provisional measures for the Executive Committees information.

 

The decision on provisional measures may be made public.

 

The provisional measure will be taken into consideration by the Ethics Commission when assessing the recommendations for the measures or sanctions to be made to the Executive Committee.

 

6.11.8.9              The Ethics Commission recommends to the Executive Committee the measures or sanctions provided under Rule 59 of the Olympic Charter or any other appropriate measures, in particular those provided by one of the implementing provisions of the Code of Ethics.

 

Such recommendation takes the form of a written decision signed by the Chair of the Commission.

 

The Ethics Commission Officer forwards the Ethics Commissions final recommendations to the President for referral to the Executive Committee.

 

The recommendations remain confidential.

 

At the same time, the Ethics Commission Officer informs the person concerned of such transmission, and, if the Ethics Commission recommends any sanction or measure, of the evidence against them and the reasons given by the Ethics Commission.

 

6.11.9                 Procedure before the Executive Committee following a recommendation by the Ethics Commission

 

6.11.9.1              The person concerned is invited to exercise their right to be heard by the Executive Committee, if they so wish, in the form of written observations, which must be submitted by the deadline established by the ITTF.

 

6.11.9.2              The Executive Committee will decide on the basis of the Ethics Commission’s recommendations and the written observations from the person concerned.

 

If necessary, the President may ask the Chair of the Ethics Commission or the Ethics Commission Officer for any explanations.

 

Before a decision by the Executive Committee, the President may return the file to the Ethics Commission Officer or the Ethics Commission if new elements emerge.

 

6.11.9.3              The decision by the Executive Committee is immediately notified to the person concerned.

 

6.11.9.4              The Ethics Commission’s recommendations may be published on the web site after notification of the decision by the Executive Committee to the person concerned. Any appeal process would be external, at the Court of Arbitration for Sport.

 

6.12                    Scope

 

The present Directives become effective as of July 1, 2017.


 

APPENDIX

 

DEFINITIONS

 

"Athlete" means any athlete who participates or is selected to participate in an event or competition;

 

"Athlete Support Personnel" means any coach, trainer, manager, athlete representative, agent, team staff member, official, medical or para-medical personnel, family member or any other person employed by or working with an athlete or the athletes National Association participating in a competition.

 

"Benefit" means the direct or indirect receipt or provision (as relevant) of money or money's worth (other than prize money and/or contractual payments to be made under endorsement, sponsorship or other contracts);

 

"Bet" means a wager of money or any other form of financial speculation;

 

"Betting" means making, accepting, or laying a bet and shall include, without limitation, activities commonly referred to as sports betting such as fixed and running odds, totalisator/toto games, live betting, betting exchange, spread betting and other games offered by sports betting operators;

 

"CAS" means the Court of Arbitration for Sport in Lausanne, Switzerland;

 

"Competition" means an event or series of events conducted over one or more days under one ruling body (e.g., World Championships).

 

"Event" means a single, race, match or contest.

 

"Hearing Panel" means the panel appointed by the ITTF to perform the functions assigned to it in these rules.

 

"Inside Information" means any information relating to any competition or event that a participant possesses by virtue of his or her position within the sport. Such information includes, but is not limited to, factual information regarding the competitors, the conditions, tactical considerations or any other aspect of the competition or event, but does not include such information that is already published or a matter of public record, readily acquired by an interested member of the public or disclosed according to the rules and regulations governing the relevant competition or event;

 

"International Competition" means any competition mentioned in clause 3.1.2.3 of the ITTF Handbook.

 

"ITTF Sanctioned Events" means all events so designated by the Executive Committee and published on the calendar from time to time.

 

"National Association" means the member of the ITTF to which a participant under these rules is affiliated directly or through a club or another body affiliated to the member.

 

"Major Event Organisation" means any international multi-sport organisation that acts as the ruling body for any continental, regional or other international competition.

 

"Participant" means any athlete, athlete support personnel, umpire, referee, delegate, commissioner, jury of appeal member, competition official, National Association team or delegation member and any other accredited person;

 

"Person" shall include natural persons, bodies corporate and unincorporated associations and partnerships (whether or not any of them have separate legal personality);

 

"Sanction" means any sanction that the hearing panel has the right to impose in accordance with 6.7; and

 

"Violation" means a violation of these Rules as set out in 6.9.2.

 


7               ANTI-HARASSMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES

 

As an international body, the ITTF brings together members from different cultures, backgrounds and experiences. Harassment is perceived differently in different cultures. However, the ITTF is committed to providing a safe and supportive environment based on respect and members must be sensitive to the different cultures and behavioral norms that make up the ITTF community.

 

The ITTF recognises that not all persons experiencing harassment will make a formal complaint, but this does not reduce the need to create a supportive environment in which all can achieve their full potential.

 

The term complainantrefers to the person who experiences harassment. The term “respondentrefers to the person against whom a complaint is made.

 

7.1                      POLICY STATEMENT

 

7.1.1                   The ITTF is committed to providing an environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity. Each individual has the right to participate and work in an environment which promotes equal opportunities and prohibits discriminatory practices. The ITTF hereby restates its commitment to the Olympic Charter and in particular its Fundamental Principles.

 

7.1.1.1                Harassment is a form of discrimination. Harassment is prohibited by human rights legislation and is considered unlawful in many States of the world.

 

7.1.1.2                The ITTF is committed to providing a sport environment free of harassment on any basis without exception.

 

7.2                      APPLICATION OF THE POLICY

 

7.2.1                   This policy applies to all members (Associations and continental federations) as well as all officials, players, playersentourage and persons involved in the ITTFs operations.

 

7.2.2                   This policy applies to harassment which may occur during the course of all ITTF business, activities, and events. It also applies to harassment between individuals associated with the ITTF but outside the ITTF business, activities, and events when such harassment adversely affects relationships within the ITTF work and sport environment.

 

7.2.3                   Notwithstanding this policy, every person who experiences harassment has the right to pursue legal recourse, even when steps are being taken under this policy.

 

7.3                      DEFINITIONS

 

7.3.1                   Psychological and/or physical harassment takes many forms but can generally be defined as, persistent comment, conduct, or gesture directed toward an individual or group of individuals, which is insulting, intimidating, humiliating, malicious, degrading, offensive or abusive. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of interfering with an individual’s performance, damaging his or her reputation, dignity and morale and can creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment.

 

7.3.2                   For the purposes of this policy, any form of harassment is defined as unwelcome, often persistent, attention. It may include particularly, but not limited to, discrimination or harassment on the basis of gender, religious background, race:

 

7.3.2.1                Written or verbal abuse or threats

 

7.3.2.2                Inappropriately oriented comments

 

7.3.2.3                Jokes, lewd comments or innuendoes

 

7.3.2.4                Taunts about body, dress, marital status or sexuality

 

7.3.2.5                Shouting and/or bullying

 

7.3.2.6                Ridiculing or undermining performance or self-respect

 

7.3.2.7                Sexual, homophobic, racial or other discriminatory graffiti

 

7.3.2.8                Practical jokes

 

7.3.2.9                Intimidating remarks, invitations or familiarity

 

7.3.2.10              Physical contact, fondling, pinching or kissing

 

7.3.2.11              Vandalism

 

7.3.2.12              Offensive phone calls or photos

 

7.4                      CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.4.1                   The ITTF understands that it can be difficult to come forward with a complaint of harassment and that it can be equally difficult to be wrongly accused or convicted of harassment. The ITTF recognises the interests of all parties concerned in keeping the matter confidential.

 

7.4.2                   Therefore, the ITTF shall not disclose to outside parties the name of the complainant, the circumstances giving rise to a complaint, or the name of the respondent unless such disclosure is required by a disciplinary, legal or other remedial process.

 

7.5                      PANEL OF HARASSMENT OFFICERS

 

7.5.1                   The ITTF shall appoint at least two persons, who are themselves officials or employees of the organisation, to serve as harassment officers under this policy, provided that no member of the Executive Committee is appointed.

 

7.5.2                   The role of harassment officers is to serve in a neutral, unbiased, independent capacity and to receive complaints, assist in informal resolution of complaints, maintain records and investigate and advise on the steps to be taken in case of formal written complaints. In carrying out their duties under this policy, harassment officers shall be directly responsible to the Executive Committee.

 

7.5.3                   The ITTF shall ensure that harassment officers receive appropriate training and support for carrying out their responsibilities under this policy.

 

7.6                      COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

 

7.6.1                   A person who experiences harassment is encouraged to seek the initial advice of the competition manager or a harassment officer.

 

7.6.2                   The competition manager or harassment officer, as the case may be, shall inform the complainant of:

 

7.6.2.1                the options for pursuing an informal resolution of his or her complaint which are:

 

7.6.2.1.1             mediation where the harassment officer (or officers) will deal directly with the respondent in order to find a suitable solution.

 

7.6.2.1.2             arbitration where the harassment officer (or officers) will hear the complainant and the respondent and facilitate a suitable solution.

 

7.6.2.1.3             the right to lay a formal written complaint under this policy when an informal resolution is inappropriate or not possible.

 

7.6.3                   If a formal complaint is laid, the harassment officer (officers), within 15 days of receiving the formal written complaint, shall submit a report to the Executive Committee with the recommendation of further action/s to be taken.

 

7.7                      DISCIPLINARY ACTION

 

7.7.1                   Any person against whom a complaint of harassment is substantiated may be severely disciplined based on the findings and recommendations made by the harassment officers.

 

7.7.2                   For the purposes of this policy, retaliation against an individual will not be tolerated for having:

 

7.7.2.1                filed a complaint under this policy; or

 

7.7.2.2                participated in any procedure under this policy; or

 

7.7.2.3                been associated with a person who filed a complaint or participated in any procedure under this policy.

 

7.7.3                   False accusations will be viewed very seriously and disciplinary action will be recommended against individuals who bring such false charges.

 

7.7.4                   The Executive Committee can impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions from warnings, to fines, to suspension and expulsion when a complaint of harassment has been substantiated. The same disciplinary sanctions can be imposed if a false accusation has been substantiated.

 

7.8                      APPEALS

 

7.8.1                   Both the complainant and respondent shall have the right to appeal the decision. A notice of intention to appeal, along with grounds for the appeal, must be provided to the Executive Committee within 14 days of the complainant or respondent receiving the formal notification of the outcome of the case.

 

7.8.2                   The Executive Committee shall forward the appeal to the Court of Arbitration of Sport.

 

7.9                      REPORTING TO HARASSMENT OFFICERS

 

7.9.1                   Every member of the ITTF has a responsibility to play a part in ensuring that the sport environment is free from harassment.

 

7.9.2                   The ITTF encourages all incidents of harassment to be reported, regardless of who the offender may be.

 

7.10                    RESPONSIBILITY

 

7.10.1                 The Executive Committee is responsible for the implementation of this policy.

 

In addition, the Executive Committee is responsible for:

 

7.10.1.1              discouraging and preventing harassment within the ITTF;

 

7.10.1.2              investigating formal complaints of harassment in a sensitive, responsible, and timely manner;

 

7.10.1.3              imposing appropriate disciplinary or corrective measures when a complaint of harassment has been substantiated based on the findings of the harassment officers, regardless of the position or authority of the offender;

 

7.10.1.4              providing advice to persons who experience harassment;

 

7.10.1.5              doing its utmost to support and assist any employee or member of the ITTF who experiences harassment by someone who is not an employee or member of the ITTF;

 

7.10.1.6              making all individuals involved in the ITTF aware of the problem of all forms of harassment, and of the procedures contained in this policy;

 

7.10.1.7              informing both complainants and respondents of the procedures contained in this policy and of their rights under this policy and the law;

 

7.10.1.8              regularly reviewing the terms of this policy to ensure that they adequately meet the organisations legal obligations and public policy objectives;

 

7.10.1.9              appointing officers and providing the training and resources they need to fulfil their responsibilities under this policy;

 

7.10.1.10             rehabilitate publicly, persons who have been victims of harassment or who have been victims of a false accusation.

 


DIRECTIVES FOR MATCH OFFICIALS AT WORLD TITLE COMPETITIONS AND ITTF SANCTIONED EVENTS

 

Definitions

 

World Title competitions include – but are not limited to – the table tennis competition at the Quadrennial Summer Olympic, World Olympic Qualifications and Youth Olympic Games, the Quadrennial Summer Paralympic Games, the World Team Championships, the World Individual Championships, the World Junior Championships, the World Para Table Tennis Championships, the Mens World Cup, the Womens World Cup, the World Team Cup, and other events so designated by the ITTF Executive Committee.

 

ITTF Sanctioned events include all events so designated by the ITTF Executive

 

Committee and published on the ITTF calendar from time to time.

 

Host Host Organising Committee, Host Association, Host Governing Body.

 

URC The ITTF Umpiresand RefereesCommittee; the Chair of the ITTF Umpiresand RefereesCommittee; any of the designated officials of the ITTF Umpires’ and RefereesCommittee.

 

IR ITTF certified International Referee.

 

IR(A) ITTF International Referee Advanced – very competent referees identified by URC who have undertaken, or are undertaking, a suitable training and evaluation program. Any reference to IR also includes IR(A).

 

IR(C) ITTF Certified International Referee – an individual who has passed the referee examination, but with insufficient English ability; can officiate as a referee or deputy referee in countries where their language is spoken.

 

NR National Referee – an individual who has successfully completed their Association internal referee certification program, or the ITTF certified National Referees Course.

 

IU - ITTF certified International Umpire.

 

BB IU ITTF International Umpire who has attended an Advanced Umpire Training course, passed an Advanced Rules Exam and received the required number of positive evaluations from accredited URC evaluators.

 

NU National Umpire – an individual who has successfully completed their Association’s highest internal umpire certification program, or the ITTF certified National Umpires Course.

 

Match officials include referees, umpires, evaluators, course conductors and umpirescoordinator.

 

Number of Referees

 

Number of Referees = Referee plus 2 deputy referees for one playing hall of 16 tables or less. For each additional hall or if a playing hall has more than 16 tables then an additional deputy referee is necessary. These numbers may need to be increased for World Championships, especially for qualification days where local IRs or NRs may be used. For events with 4 or fewer tables only 1 deputy referee is required.

 

If considered warranted 4 referees could be used for one hall of less than 16 tables, especially if the event lasts 4 days or longer.

 

Number of Umpires

 

World Title Competitions: minimum number of Umpires = Number of tables x 4 + 4.

 

For World Championships where many tables are in use for the first 2 or 3 days local umpires may be used just for those days.

 

ITTF Sanctioned Events:

 

World Tour Super Series: minimum number of Umpires = Number of tables x 3,5 + 4. Other ITTF sanctioned events = Number of tables x 3 + 4.

 

If this recommended number cannot be met, early round matches may only have one umpire officiating but Directives regarding breaks and length of time on duty must be complied with. In events where racket testing is undertaken, the racket control centre must be included as an additional table for the purpose of determining the number of umpires required for the event.

 

Nomination, Acceptance and Declination of Match Officials

 

All Referee and Umpire nominations must also be accepted – or declined – by the Association of the nominee.

 

Age will not be a consideration in the selections of Referees and Umpires.

 

Referees & Deputy Referees

 

Umpires & Assistant Umpires

To achieve ITTF objectives, special consideration should be given to the selection of women for the positions of referee and umpire at all world, Olympic and Paralympic events.

 

The URC has the discretion to waive certain requirements for ITTF sanctioned junior events and the PTT Division may waive certain requirements for PTT events.

 

The URC, in consultation with the Competition Program, has the discretion to override any of these Directives in exceptional circumstances.

 


CODE OF CONDUCT ON SPORTS BETTING FOR PLAYERS AND OFFICIALS

 

This Code of Conduct sets out the guiding principles for all table tennis players and officials (technical, team and administrative) on the issues surrounding the integrity of sport and betting.

 

Guiding Principles

 

1.                        Be Smart: know the rules

 

2.                        Be Safe: never bet on table tennis

 

3.                        Be Careful: never share sensitive information

 

4.                        Be Clean: never fix an event

 

5.                        Be Open: tell someone if you are approached

 

1.              Be Smart: know the rules

 

Find out the sports betting integrity rules of the ITTF and your national federation, team, club, AthletesCommission, competition and your countrys laws, before the start of each season so that you are aware of the ITTFs most recent position regarding betting. Many sports and countries either have or are developing regulations on sports betting and you need to be aware of these – even if you do not bet. If you break the rules, you will be caught and risk severe punishment including a potential lifetime ban from table tennis and even being subject to a criminal investigation.

 

1.    Be Safe: never bet on table tennis

 

Never bet on yourself, your opponent or table tennis. If you, or anyone in your entourage (coach, family members, etc), bet on you, your opponent or table tennis, you risk being severely sanctioned. It is best to play safe and never bet on any events within table tennis including:

 

                             never betting or gambling on your own matches or any competitions (including betting on yourself or your team to win, lose or draw as well as any of the different side-bets);

 

                             never instructing, encouraging or facilitating any other party to bet on table tennis;

 

                             never ensuring the occurrence of a particular incident, which is the subject of a bet and for which you expect to receive or have received any reward;

 

                             never giving or receiving any gift, payment or other benefit in circumstances that might reasonably be expected to bring you or table tennis into disrepute.

 

3.                        Be Careful: never share sensitive information

 

As a player or official you will have access to information that is not available to the general public, such as knowing that a star player is injured or that the coach is putting out a weakened side. This is considered sensitive, privileged or inside information. This information could be sought by people who would then use that knowledge to secure an unfair advantage and make a financial gain.

 

There is nothing wrong with you having sensitive information; it is what you do with it that matters. Most players know that they should not discuss important information with anyone outside of their club or coaching staff (with or without reward) where the player might reasonably be expected to know that its disclosure could be used in relation to betting. The same applies to officials.

 

4.                        Be Clean: never fix an event

 

Play and officiate fairly, honestly and never fix an event or part of an event. Whatever the reason, do not make any attempt to influence adversely the natural course of a table tennis event or part of an event. Sporting competitions must always be an honest test of skill and ability and the results must remain uncertain. Fixing an event, or part of an event goes against the rules and ethics of sport and when caught, you may receive a criminal prosecution and a lifetime ban from table tennis.

 

Do not put yourself at risk by following these simple principles:

 

                             Always perform to the best of your abilities (play to your potential and umpire fairly).

 

       Never accept to fix a match. Say no immediately. Do not let yourself be manipulated - unscrupulous individuals might try to develop a relationship with you built on favours or fears that they will then try to exploit for their benefit in possibly fixing an event. This can include the offer of gifts, money or other support.

 

       Avoid addictions or running up debts as this may be a trigger for unscrupulous individuals to target you to fix competitions. Get help before things get out of control.

 

5.                        Be Open: tell someone if you are approached

 

If you hear something suspicious or if anyone approaches you to ask about fixing any part of a match then you should tell the AthletesCommission, the ITTF (competition manager or referee), the Umpires and Referees Committee (if you are a technical official) or someone you trust straight away. If someone offers you money or favours for sensitive information then you should also tell the ITTF or AthletesCommission. Any threats or suspicions of corrupt behaviour must always be reported. The police and national laws are there to protect you. Your club, your Federation or your AthletesCommission will help. If in doubt as to who to contact, email: ittf@ittf.com.

 

 

Annex 1 (changes from 2017 version)

 

Paragraphs which have been introduced or significantly amended as a result of decisions made at the 2017 Annual General Meeting or the 2017 Board of Directors Meeting, are shown as shaded. Deletions are shown as strikethrough.

 

1.12.8.1            shall not be eligible as President or Executive Vice-President a member of the

 

Executive Committee;

 

2.8.3                   In doubles, when at least one player of a pair is in a wheelchair due to a physical disability, the server shall first make a service, the receiver shall then make a return but thereafter either player of the disabled pair may make returns. However, no part of a players wheelchair nor a foot of a standing player of this pair shall protrude beyond the imaginary extension of the centre line of the table. If it does, the umpire shall award the point to the opposing pair.

 

2.10.1.15            as provided under the order of play (2.8.3).

 

2.10.1.15            if, where an opposing doubles pair includes at least one player in a wheelchair, any part of the wheelchair or a foot of a standing player crosses an imaginary extension of the centre line of the table

 

3.2.5.1                Inside the playing area, advertisements shall be displayed only on equipment or fittings listed in 3.2.3.2 or on players and umpires clothing or on players numbers and there shall be no special additional displays.

 

3.2.5.1.1             Advertisements or markings in or next to the playing area, on playing clothing or numbers and on umpires clothing, shall not be for tobacco goods, alcoholic drinks, harmful drugs or illegal products and they shall be without negative discrimination or connotation on the grounds of race, xenophobia, gender, religion, disabilities or other forms of discrimination.

 

3.2.5.12              There shall be no advertisements on players' clothing or numbers for tobacco goods, alcoholic drinks or harmful drugs.

 

3.2.5.5                There may be up to 4 advertisements on the floor of the playing area, 1 at each end, each contained within an area of 5m2, and 1 at each side of the table, each contained within an area of 2.5m²; they shall not be less than 1m from the surrounds and those at the ends shall not be more than 2m from the surrounds.

 

3.2.5.5                There may be up to 4 advertisements on the floor of the playing area; such markings

 

3.2.5.5.1             may be placed 1 at each end, each contained within an area of 5m2, and 1 at each side of the table, each contained within an area of 2.5m²;

 

3.2.5.5.2             shall not be less than 1m from the surrounds and those at the ends shall not be more than 2m from the surrounds.

 

3.2.5.5.3             shall be of the same uniform colour different from the colour of the ball in use, unless other colours have been agreed in advance with the ITTF;

 

3.2.5.5.4             shall not alter significantly the surface friction of the flooring;

 

3.2.5.5.5             shall consist only of a logo, wordmark or other icons, and shall not include any background.

 

3.2.5.6                There may be 1 permanent advertisement of the manufacturers or suppliers name or logo and 1 temporary advertisement on each half of each side of the tabletop and 1 on each end, and each contained within a total length of 60cm. The temporary advertisements shall be clearly separated from any permanent advertisements; they shall not be for other table tennis equipment suppliers and there shall be no advertisement, logo, name of table or name of the manufacturer or supplier of the table on the undercarriage, except if the table manufacturer or supplier is the title sponsor of the tournament.

 

3.2.5.6                Advertisements on the table shall comply with the following requirements:

 

3.2.5.6.1             There may be 1 permanent advertisement of the manufacturers or suppliers name or logo on each half of each side of the table top and on each end.

 

3.2.5.6.2             There may be 1 temporary advertisement, which also can be of the manufacturer's or supplier's name or logo, on each half of each side of the table top and on each end.

 

3.2.5.6.3             Each permanent and each temporary advertisement shall be contained within a total length of 60cm.

 

3.2.5.6.4             Temporary advertisements shall be clearly separated from any permanent advertisements.

 

3.2.5.6.5             Advertisements shall not be for other table tennis equipment suppliers.

 

3.2.5.6.6             There shall be no advertisement, name of table, name or logo of the manufacturer or supplier of the table on the undercarriage, except if the table manufacturer or supplier is the title sponsor of the tournament.

 

4.1.2.2.4             up to 3 members of the Doping Control Supervisors Panel appointed by the Sports Science and Medical Committee;

 

4.1.9.6                Each Association shall be entitled to enter 3 men and 3 women players in each singles event, with one additional player ranked in the top 100 and one additional player ranked in the top 20 of the ITTF world ranking list issued in January of the year of the Championships to a maximum of 5 men and 5 women. The maximum entry for each association is 2 men’s doubles, 2 women’s doubles and 2 mixed doubles; all players may be different. The maximum entry for each association is 4 players for men’s doubles, 4 players for women’s doubles and 2 men and 2 women for mixed doubles; all players may be different, however, each association can only enter a maximum of 2 combined pairs (players from different associations) per doubles event.

 

4.2.9.2                The system of play and the system of qualification in the team and individual events, in groups and stages, shall be decided by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Junior Commissioner, Technical Commissioner and the Competition Program, and shall be notified to all Associations not later than 6 calendar months before the start of the Championships.

 

4.1.2.2.10           up to 7 members of the ITTF staff including 1 assisting the Doping Control Supervisors Panel.

 

4.2.2.2.5             up to 2 members of the Doping Control Supervisors Panel appointed by the Sports Science Committee;

 

(on Chapter 5 – Scope – Definition of IL Athletes for Para Table Tennis)

 

The first 8 Men and Women in each Class following Athletes in the Para Table Tennis rating, available on http://www.ipttc.org/rating/.:

 

Men        Women

 

Class 1-5 (Sitting)    Top 80      Top 30

 

Class 6-10 (Standing)       Top 90      Top 30

 

Class 11 (Mentally impaired)    Top 15      Top 10

 

(on Chapter 6)

 

6                         Code of Ethics has replaced the former Regulations Against Illegal

 

Betting and Corruption, which are now part of the Code of Ethics.

 


Annex 2 (changes from 2018 v1)

 

Paragraphs which have been introduced or significantly amended as a result of decisions made at the 2018 Annual General Meeting or the 2018 Board of Directors Meeting with immediate effect are shown as shaded. Deletions are shown as strikethrough.

 

3.2.5.5                There may be up to 4 6 advertisements on the floor of the playing area; such markings

 

3.2.5.5.1             may be placed 1 2 at each end, each contained within an area of 5m2, and 1 at each side of the table, each contained within an area of 2.5m²;

 

3.2.5.5.2             shall not be less than 1m from the surrounds at the end shall not be less than 3m from the tables end line next to the marking; and those at the ends shall not be more than 2m from the surrounds;

 

4.1.3.2                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.1.3.3                Such player shall not represent the new Association before:

 

4.1.3.3.13           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.1.3.3.25           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.1.3.3.37           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.1.3.3.49           years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.1.3.4                Players being 21 years of age or older will not be registered with the ITTF and will not be eligible to represent a new association at World Championships.

 

4.1.3.4                A Player having participated already in World Championships shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.2.3.4                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.2.3.5                Such player shall not represent the new Association before 3 years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association.

 

4.2.3.6                Players being 15 years of age or older at the date of registration cannot represent their new Association at World Junior Championships except that

 

4.2.3.7                A player having participated already in World Junior Championships shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.3.6.1                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.3.6.2                Such player shall not represent the new Association before:

 

4.3.6.2.13           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.3.6.2.25           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.3.6.2.37           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.3.6.2.49           years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.3.6.3                Players being 21 years of age or older will not be registered with the ITTF and will not be eligible to represent a new association at the World Cup.

 

4.3.6.3                A player having participated already in the World Cup shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.4.6.1                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.4.6.2                Such player shall not represent the new Association before

 

4.4.6.2.13           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.4.6.2.25           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.4.6.2.37           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.4.6.2.49           years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.4.6.3                A player having participated already in the World Team Cup shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.4.6.3                Players being 21 years of age or older will not be registered with the ITTF and will not be eligible to represent a new association at the World Team Cup.

 

4.5.1.3.3             A player who has represented one country in the Olympic Games, in continental or regional games or in world or regional championships recognised by the ITTF and who has changed his or her nationality or acquired a new nationality, may participate in the Olympic Games to represent his or her new country provided that at least 3 years have passed since the player last represented his or her former country.

 

In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the NOC of the new association in the Olympic Games shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.5.1.3.4             The 3-years-period mentioned in 4.5.1.3.3 may be reduced or even cancelled, with the agreement of the NOCs concerned and the ITTF Executive Committee, by the IOC Executive Board, which takes into account the circumstances of each case.

 

A player shall not represent the new NOC before:

 

4.5.1.3.4.13        years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.5.1.3.4.25        years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.5.1.3.4.37        years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.5.1.3.4.49        years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.5.1.3.5             If an associated state, province or overseas department, a country or colony acquires independence, if a country becomes incorporated within another country by reason of a change of border, or if a new NOC is recognised by the IOC, a player may continue to represent the country to which he or she belongs or belonged. However, he or she may, if he or she prefers, choose to represent his or her country or be entered in the Olympic Games by his or her new NOC if one exists. This particular choice may be made only once.

 

4.5.1.4                A player having participated already in the Olympic Games shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.5.1.5A             ll disputes relating to the determination of the country which a player may represent in the Olympic Games and in particular issue specific requirements relating to nationality, citizenship, domicile or residence of the player, including the duration of any waiting period, shall be resolved by the IOC Executive Board.

 

4.6.1.3.3             A player who has represented one country in the Paralympic Games, in continental or regional games or in world or regional championships recognised by the ITTF and who has changed his or her nationality or acquired a new nationality, may participate in the Paralympic Games to represent his or her new country provided that at least 3 years have passed since the player last represented his or her former country.

 

In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the NPC of the new association shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.6.1.3.4             The 3-year-period mentioned in 4.5.1.3.3 may be reduced or even cancelled, with the agreement of the NPCs concerned and the ITTF Executive Committee, and subject to confirmation by the Chief Executive Officer of the IPC, taking into account the circumstances of each case.

 

A player shall not represent the new NPC before:

 

4.6.1.3.4.13        years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.6.1.3.4.25        years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.6.1.3.4.37        years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.6.1.3.4.49        years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.6.1.3.5             If an associated state, province or overseas department, a country or colony acquires independence, if a country becomes incorporated within another country by reason of a change of border, or if a new NPC is recognised by the IPC, a player may continue to represent the country to which he or she belongs or belonged. However, he or she may, if he or she prefers, choose to represent his or her country or be entered in the Paralympic Games by his or her new NPC if one exists. This particular choice may be made only once.

 

4.6.1.4                A player having participated already in the Paralympic Games shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

4.7.3.1                Only players who meet the tournament credit, a minimum requirement for participation in events leading to qualification for the PTT Championships, and whose selection is confirmed by the PTT Division and the Association may enter the PTT Championships.

 

4.7.3.2                In addition to provisions of 3.8, players who have acquired a new nationality and wish to represent the association corresponding to the new nationality shall register with ITTF through this new Association. A player is considered as registered either from the date of ITTF player registration confirmation or from the date the player is granted his or her new nationality, whichever is earlier.

 

4.7.3.3                Such player shall not represent the new Association before:

 

4.7.3.3.13          years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 15 when registered, but only 1 year after the date of registration if the player has never represented another association;

 

4.7.3.3.25           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 18 but at least 15 years of age when registered;

 

4.7.3.3.37           years after the date of registration, if the player is under the age of 21 but at least 18 years of age when registered.

 

4.7.3.3.49           years after the date of registration, if the player is at least 21 years old when registered.

 

4.7.3.4                A player having participated already in the World Para Table Tennis Championships shall retain his or her eligibility.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

A.THE CLASSIFICATION PROCESS

 

PREAMBLE   p 3

 

1                         Definitionsp 3

 

1.1                      Sport Class

 

1.2                      Sport Class Status

 

1.3                      Eligibility to compete

 

2                         Roles and responsibilitiesp 5

 

2.1                      The International Paralympic Committee (IPC)      

 

2.2                      The ITTF as International Federation      

 

2.3                      The National Federations and National Paralympic Committees  

 

2.4                      Major competition organisations

 

3                         The athlete classification pathwayp 6

 

3.1                      re-competition tasks

 

3.2                      Athlete’s preparation for evaluation

 

3.3                      Athlete assessment 

 

3.3.1                   The physical assessment

 

3.3.2                   The technical assessment

 

3.3.3                   The observation assessment

 

3.4                      Intentional misrepresentation of skills and/or abilities

 

4.                        Protestsp 9

 

5.                        Appealsp12

 

6                         Re-evaluation requestsp12

 

B.          CLASSIFICATION TRAINING AND ORGANISATION

 

1                         Classification Personnelp15

 

2                         Classifier Certificationp15

 

3                         Assessing and maintaining Competencies p16

 

4                         Notification of Certification     p18

 

5                         Responsibilities and duties of Classification Personnelp18

 

6                         Classifiers’ Code of Conduct   p19

 

7                         Consequences of non-compliance with the Classifiers’ Code of Conduct   p20

 

C.              CLASSIFICATION FORMS

 

1                         Protest formp22

 

2                         Re-Evaluation form p24

 

3                         Appeal formp25

 

D.          SPORT CLASS ALLOCATION CRITERIA    p26

 

E.          GLOSSARYp32

 

With acknowledgement to the International Paralympic Committee for its assistance in developing this Code.

 

A.                       THE CLASSIFICATION PROCESS

 

PREAMBLE

 

The governance for table tennis rests with the International Table Tennis Federation (ITTF) which, on

 

1 July 2007, accepted the transfer of governance for table tennis for persons with a disability from the International Paralympic Committee. The ITTF is the recognised governing body for table tennis and is responsible for all rules and regulations pertaining to table tennis, including classification.

 

The ITTF, at is bi-annual annual general meeting, appoints members to serve on its Para Table Tennis Division. The PTT Division is directly responsible for overseeing the operations of Para Table Tennis, under the auspices of the ITTF, and recommends all aspects relating to classification to the ITTF for approval.

 

Classification provides a structure for competition and takes place at club, national, regional and international levels. The process undertaken is to ensure that an athlete’s impairment is relevant to sport performance and that the athlete competes equitably with other athletes. Classification is an on- going process whereby all athletes are under regular observation by classifiers to ensure consistency and fairness for all athletes.

 

Classification has two important roles:

 

-                             To determine eligibility to compete for athletes with disability

 

-                             To group athletes equitably for competition purposes

 

Every athlete wishing to compete in a competition must be allocated a Sport Class and a Sport Class Status in accordance with the ITTF Classification Code and Classification Rules. No two athletes will be exactly the same and so each athlete’s Sport Class is considered on the basis of his or her individual assessment. As a result, the description of the Sport Class Allocation Criteria is used as a guideline.

 

This IPC Classification Code details policies and procedures that should be common to all sports and sets principles to be applied by all sports within the Paralympic Movement. This Code should be read in conjunction with the classification manual. The ITTF is a signatory to the IPC Classification Code. The following ITTF Classification Process is therefore established in compliance with the IPC Classification Code.

 

1                         DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                      Sport Class

 

A Sport Class is a category defined by the ITTF in which athletes are grouped by reference to

 

functional ability, resulting from their impairment. Ineligibility for competition is considered as a Sport Class.

 

1.2                      Sport Class Status

 

The designation of a Sport Class Status identifies athletes who:

 

1.2.1                   Have not previously been classified

 

1.2.2                   Require a review of their Sport Class

 

1.2.3                   Do not require evaluation for a specific competition as they have already been classified.

 

The following Sport Class Status types are used by the ITTF:

 

New (N)

 

Sport Class Status N is assigned to an athlete who has not been previously evaluated by an

 

International Classification Panel and has not had an entry Sport Class verified by the ITTF. Such athletes may have been allocated a Sport Class by their Association for entry purposes. Sport Class Status N athletes must complete evaluation at international competitions.

 

Review (R)

 

Sport Class Status R is assigned to an athlete who has been previously evaluated by an

 

International Classification Panel but for reasons determined by the ITTF requires a review of his or her Sport Class. The athlete’s current Sport Class is valid but the athlete is subject to re- evaluation and the Sport Class may be changed before or during competition. Sport Class Status R athletes must complete evaluation at international competitions.

 

Sport Class Status R is also assigned to athletes:

 

·                            Requiring further observation during competition to confirm their Sport Class

 

·                            Who have a fluctuating impairment

 

·                            Whose Sports Class is subject to a Protest or Re-Evaluation request.

 

Permanent (P)

 

Sport Class Status P is assigned to an athlete if he or she has been previously evaluated by an

 

International Classification Panel and the Panel has determined that the athlete’s Sport Class will not change. The ITTF recognises that the athlete’s assigned Sport Class is valid and will not be altered before or during competition once a Sports Class Status P is assigned to the athlete. Sports Class Status P athletes therefore do not have to complete evaluation at international competitions except if a re-evaluation of their Sport Class has been requested by the Association or Medical Officer due to a change in the medical status of the athlete.

 

Confirmed (C)

 

Sport Class Status C is the same Sports Class Status as P above but is used only for the

 

Paralympic Games and no re-evaluation is possible at the Paralympic Games unless the athlete has been given a Sport Class Status R prior to the Paralympic Games.

 

1.3                      Eligibility to compete

 

The ITTF eligibility criteria define how an athlete may be considered eligible to compete.

 

These criteria are based on the specific functions which are required to compete equitably with other athletes with a disability. An athlete who meets the ITTF eligibility criteria is not automatically considered as being eligible to compete in another sport as those criteria are defined by that specific sport.

 

To be eligible to compete, an athlete must have an impairment that leads to a permanent and verifiable functional limitation that has an impact on sport performance. If an athlete has an activity limitation resulting from an impairment that is not permanent and/or does not limit his or her ability to compete equitably in table tennis with athletes without impairment, the athlete is considered ineligible to compete.

 

If an athlete fails to meet the ITTF eligibility criteria, he or she will be declared ineligible for competition. However, the fact that an athlete is deemed ineligible for competition does not question the presence of his or her genuine impairment.

 

The eligibility is specified in the classification manual under the description of classes and includes spinal cord lesion, amputees, cerebral palsy, les autres and intellectual disability.

 

2                         ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

2.1                      International Paralympic Committee (IPC)

 

The IPC Classification Committee is responsible for recommending policies, guidelines and procedures with respect to the IPC Classification Code.

 

The IPC’s Medical and Scientific Director is responsible for the administration of the provisions of the IPC Classification Code.

 

The IPC:

 

2.1.1                   develops, maintains and monitors implementation of the Code, International Standards and Models of Best Practice

 

2.1.2                   requires, as a condition of membership, that all IPC Members, including the ITTF, complies with the Code

 

2.1.3                   imposes appropriate sanctions on organisations which do not comply with the Code (which may include suspending membership and rights to participate in the Paralympic Games).

 

2.2                      International Table Tennis Federation (ITTF)

 

The ITTF, as the International Sport Federation, has the following roles and responsibilities to:

 

2.2.1                   develop, implement and regularly review the classification process, including eligibility criteria, in compliance with the Code

 

2.2.2                   appoint a Medical Officer

 

2.2.3                   appoint classifiers for appropriate composition of classification panels for competitions, including the appointment of the Chief Classifier

 

2.2.4                   promote classification research in order to develop and maintain descriptions for Sport Classes

 

2.2.5                   inform all concerned parties (IPC, classifiers, athletes, Associations) of any changes made to the classification process or eligibility criteria and to publish these updates on the ITTF website

 

2.2.6                   detail protest procedures

 

2.2.7                   detail re-evaluation procedures

 

2.2.8                   organise classification training and certification

 

2.2.9                   determine the criteria to become a classifier, the levels of classifier, the content of seminars and the methods of maintaining certification

 

2.2.10                 publish and regularly update a classifier database

 

2.2.11                 publish and regularly update the Classification Master List

 

2.2.12                 review regularly the compliance with the Code and address issues of non-compliance

 

2.2.13                 publish any sanctions imposed on athletes, athlete support personnel or classifiers.

 

2.3                      National Associations (NAs) and National Paralympic Committees (NPCs)

 

It is the responsibility of Associations to ensure that athletes are classified at a national level before competing at an international competition. This may be done in close cooperation with the NPC.

 

It is the right of an Association to submit a protest through its Representative. Similarly re- evaluations may only be requested by the Association Representative of the athlete who is requiring a new classification.

 

During the classification process, it is also the Association’s responsibility to ensure that athletes provide supporting medical documentation written in English, when presenting for an evaluation.

 

2.4                      Major competition organisers

 

It is the responsibility of major competition organisers to comply with the ITTF Classification Code as well as the ITTF rules and ITTF PTT regulations.

 

3                         THE ATHLETE CLASSIFICATION PATHWAY

 

The table hereafter details how the athlete evaluation proceeds pursuant to the ITTF classification process:

 

3.1                      Pre-Competition Tasks

 

Inclusion of classification rules in the agreement with the LOC Appointment of classification panel and the Chief Classifier Identification of athletes for evaluation Collection of supporting classification documentation Preparation and distribution of the classification evaluation schedule Organisation of the classification evaluation logistics

 

3.2                      Athlete presentation for evaluation

 

Athlete presentation

 

Verification of accreditation, collation of documentation and health check

 

Classification process briefing

 

Completion of consent forms

 

3.3                      Athlete Assessment

 

Physical assessment

 

Technical assessment

 

Observation assessment (training and competition sessions) If applicable, ineligibility re-evaluation

 

Assignment of initial sport class and sport class status

 

3.4                      Notification of the outcome to relevant parties

 

3.1                      Pre-competition tasks

 

3.1.1                   The Classification Rules must be included in the agreement with the Local Organising Committee (LOC). The ITTF stipulates the facilities and support infrastructure required as part of its agreement with the LOC

 

3.1.2                   The Classification Secretary, in consultation with the Medical Officer, appoints a Chief Classifier and classifiers for the competition and informs the LOC of the Chief Classifier’s contact details at least three (3) months prior to the event

 

3.1.3                   The Classification Secretary identifies athletes for evaluation (Sport Class Status N and R) against the Classification Master List once all entries have been collated by the LOC and adds Sport Class Status N athletes to the Player Classification Form

 

3.1.4                   The Classification Secretary will collect supporting classification documentation and submit to the Chief Classifier for Sport Class Status R and P athletes and will inform Sport Class Status N athletes to bring supporting documentation with them to the evaluation to assist the classification panel in its deliberations including, but not limited to, medical reports in English and X-rays

 

3.1.5                   The Classification Secretary will prepare the classification evaluation schedule in consultation with the LOC for the LOC to distribute to Associations well in advance of the competition. Athletes with Sport Class Status N and R are included on the classification evaluation schedule. In major events, a minimum of two (2) clear days is recommended for the classification evaluation period

 

3.1.6                   The Classification Secretary will liaise with the LOC to organise the classification evaluation logistics and inform the classification panel of arrangements. Logistics include:

 

3.1.6.1                Identification of classifiers for the competition

 

3.1.6.2                Facilities and venue for athlete evaluation, including appropriate equipment and technology support for physical and technical evaluation, administration, support personnel

 

3.1.6.3                Accommodation, meals and daily allowance

 

3.1.6.4                Travel arrangements to and from the host city

 

3.1.6.5                Transportation during the event

 

A minimum of four (4) weeks should be allowed to give the Chief Classifier and

 

Classification Secretary adequate time before the competition to perform these tasks.

 

3.2                      The Athlete’s preparation for evaluation

 

Athletes should allow at least one (1) hour for classification evaluation encompassing the

 

physical, technical evaluations as well as the initial observation of the athlete. Athletes must present themselves to classification evaluation as if they were going to compete. This means they must wear sport dress and shoes, bring their full sport equipment, wheelchair to be used during play, all devices, additions, supporting structures, strapping, belts, orthotics, prosthetics used during play as well as their passport.Should this not happen, it may be considered as Non-Cooperation during Classification with consequences set out below.

 

The athlete may be accompanied by an interpreter and not more than one (1) representative of the athlete’s Association. The Chief Classifier or a designated representative will meet the athlete and his or her accompanying support staff in a reception area to:

 

3.2.1                   Identify the athlete and check the data in PCF (surname, name, date of birth, country with the data in the athlete’s passport or other relevant ID)

 

3.2.2                   Verify the accreditation of the athlete and any accompanying support staff (if not done by a representative of the LOC)

 

3.2.3                   Check that the athlete has met all of the clothing and equipment requirements for his or her evaluation

 

3.2.4                   Collect the documentation that the athlete was requested to bring.

 

A classification panel member may additionally request information on the health of an athlete prior to evaluation. Failure to provide this information may be deemed to constitute Non-Cooperation during evaluation. If an athlete has a health condition that causes pain that limits or prohibits full effort during evaluation, continuing with the evaluation may not be appropriate at that time. The Chief Classifier may, time permitting, re-schedule the evaluation.

 

Prior to the athlete evaluation, a classification panel member will answer any questions the athlete and his or her accompanying support staff may have regarding the procedures involved in the classification process. The athlete is encouraged to ask further questions at any time during the classification evaluation.

 

Athletes must consent to evaluation by signing a classification consent form, including an indemnity clause, to indicate their willingness to be classified and confirm their agreement to provide full effort and cooperation throughout the classification process.

 

If an athlete fails to attend the evaluation as scheduled, he or she will not be allocated a Sport Class or a Sport Class Status and will not be permitted to compete at that competition. However, should the Chief Classifier be satisfied that a reasonable explanation exists for the athlete’s failure to attend the evaluation, the athlete may be given a second and final chance to attend the evaluation.

 

If an athlete is found not to have cooperated during the evaluation, the ITTF will not permit him or her to undergo any further evaluation for a minimum of three months (or such greater period of time as deemed appropriate by the ITTF Executive Committee on the recommendation of the PTT Division), starting from the date upon which the athlete failed to cooperate.

 

3.3                      The Athlete’s evaluation

 

The athlete’s evaluation may include, but is not limited to:

 

3.3.1                   physical assessment: the classification panel conducts a physical assessment of the athlete in accordance with the ITTF methods of assessment. This includes, but is not limited to, the examination of physical aspects like form, length, missing limb or part of a limb, general movement, speed, range of movement, muscle tone, strength, balance, coordination, endurance, sensorial or other abilities or intellectual abilities.

 

3.3.2                   technical assessment: the classification panel conducts a technical assessment of the athlete in accordance with the ITTF methods of assessment. This includes, but is not limited to, the evaluation in a non-competitive environment of the specific tasks and activities that are part of the sport of table tennis.

 

3.3.3                   observation assessment: the classification panel may apply certain conditions to the athlete in order to observe how he or she performs the activity under simulated sport conditions. The classification panel may observe the athlete performing specific table tennis skills during training, warm-up and/or the competition. Video footage and/or photography may be used by the classification panel for any classification purpose connected to the competition. At all times, the classification panel will use its best endeavours not to interfere with the athlete’s focus on competition.

 

The physical and the technical assessments take place during the evaluation period. The observation assessment takes place during the classification evaluation period (in case of official training sessions) and/or during the competition.

 

The athlete will be allocated a Sport Class together with a Sport Class Status after the evaluation, if possible, or should further observation be necessary, after the observation assessment. As soon as possible after the evaluation session, the athlete, his or her accompanying support staff, the technical delegate and referee will be informed of the outcome of the evaluation in terms of Sport Class and Sport Class Status (name of athlete, initial Sport Class, new or permanent class).The Chief Classifier will provide the athlete with an International Classification Card, a copy of which will be kept by the Classification Secretary.

 

3.4                      Intentional misrepresentation of skills and/or abilities

 

An athlete who, in the opinion of the classification panel, intentionally misrepresents skills

 

and/or abilities shall be considered to have violated the ITTF Classification Process.

 

If an athlete intentionally misrepresents skills and/or abilities, he or she will not be allocated a

 

Sport Class or a Sport Class Status, and will not be permitted to compete at that competition.

 

In addition, the ITTF will:

 

3.4.1                   not allow the athlete to undergo any further evaluation for that sport for a minimum of two (2) years from the date upon which the athlete intentionally misrepresented skills and/or abilities

 

3.4.2                   remove any Sport Class or Sport Class Status allocated to the athlete from the Classification Master List

 

3.4.3                   designate the athlete as IM (intentional misrepresentation) in the Classification Master List

 

3.4.4                   forward this finding to IPC with the recommendation that the IPC, IFs and IPSFs not allow the athlete to undergo any evaluation for any sport for a period of two (2) years from the date upon which the athlete intentionally misrepresented skills and/or abilities.

 

If an athlete, on a second separate occasion, intentionally misrepresents skills and/or abilities, he or she will receive a lifetime ban from ITTF sanctioned competitions and will be subject to other sanctions as deemed appropriate by the ITTF Executive Committee. Further, this will be reported to the IPC with the recommendation that, in relation to the Paralympic Games or any other sanctioned competition, the IPC similarly not allow the athlete to compete.

 

The ITTF will enforce sanctions against any athlete support personnel who assist or encourage an athlete to fail to attend athlete evaluation, not to cooperate, intentionally to misrepresent skills and/or abilities or to disrupt the evaluation process in any way. Those who are involved in advising athletes intentionally to misrepresent skills and/or abilities will be subject to sanctions which are at least as severe as the sanctions enforced on the athlete.

 

4                         PROTESTS

 

The term “protest” refers to the procedure by which a formal objection to an athlete’s Sport Class is made immediately after the athlete has been evaluated. Protests are therefore only submitted during competitions as reflected in the table below:

 

 

* see 4.3 below

4.1                      The procedure followed if a protest is received after the first classification of an athlete is:

 

4.1.1                   a protest may only be submitted by the Chef de Mission or Team Leader, the Head

 

Coach or the representative of the athlete’s Association (or NPC)

 

4.1.2                   a protest must be submitted within 30 minutes maximum after a Sport Class has been allocated and the player informed

 

4.1.3                   the protest must be submitted to the Chief Classifier at the competition

 

4.1.4                   the protest must be written in English and on the official protest form (found on the ITTF website) with all relevant documents attached

 

4.1.5                   the protest will be addressed if it is submitted:

 

4.1.5.1                during the Regional Championships: during those Championships by another classification panel

 

4.1.5.2                at another competition: the protest form will be sent to the Classification Secretary and the player will be retested during the next competition he or she enters

 

4.1.6                   the protest must be accompanied by a protest fee of €50,00 handed to the Chief Classifier so the protest can be processed before the athlete’s next match subject to 4.1.5 above

 

4.1.7                   members of the protest panel shall have no direct involvement in the evaluation which led to the most recent allocation of the athlete’s Sport Class, unless the most recent evaluation took place more than 18 months prior to the protest being submitted

 

4.1.8                   the protest panel may seek medical, sport or scientific expertise in reviewing an athlete’s Sport Class

 

4.1.9                   the decision of the protest panel will be announced to the player and the Association Representative and given in writing on the protest form and:

 

4.4.1.1                if the protest panel approves a change in the Sport Class, the protest fees will be refunded (i.e. the protest is supported by the classifiers)

 

4.4.1.2                if the protest panel does not change the Sport Class, the protest fees will not be refunded (i.e. the protest is not supported by the classifiers)

 

4.1.10                 in each case, regardless of the outcome, the decision of the protest panel will be the final decision and no further protest will be accepted

 

4.1.11                 the identity of an athlete may not be disclosed before the completion of a protest against his or her Sport Class.

 

4.2                      The procedure followed if a protest is received from an Association against an athlete of another country is:

 

4.2.1                   a protest may only be submitted by the Chef de Mission or Team Leader, the Head Coach or the representative of the athlete’s Association

 

4.2.2                   the protest must be submitted at any time once a Sport Class is allocated to a player

 

4.2.3                   the protest must be submitted to the Classification Secretary by e-mail at any time, or to the Chief Classifier during competition

 

4.2.4                   the protest form must be written in English on the official protest form (found on the ITTF website) with all relevant and necessary documents attached

 

4.2.5                   the protest will be addressed if it is submitted:

 

4.2.5.1                during the Regional Championships: during those Championships by another classification panel

 

4.2.5.2                at another competition: the protest form will be sent to the Classification Secretary who will inform the Association representative of two (2) or three (3) tournaments where and when the protest may be addressed by classifiers different from the first panel and the player will be retested during the next selected competition he or she enters

 

4.2.6                   the protest must be accompanied by a protest fee of €150,00 handed to the Chief Classifier so the protest can be processed before the athlete’s next match subject to

 

4.2.5                   above

 

4.2.7                   if the completed protest form and the protest fees are not submitted to the Chief Classifier, the protest will not be addressed

 

4.2.8                   members of the protest panel shall have no direct involvement in the evaluation which led to the most recent allocation of the athlete’s Sport Class, unless the most recent evaluation took place more than 18 months prior to the protest being submitted

 

4.2.9                   the protest panel may seek medical, sport or scientific expertise in reviewing an athlete’s Sport Class

 

4.2.10                 the decision of the protest panel will be announced to the player and Association representative and given in writing on the protest form and:

 

4.2.10.1              if the protest panel approves a change in the Sport Class, the protest fees will be refunded (i.e. the protest is supported by the classifiers)

 

4.2.10.2              if the protest panel does not change the Sport Class, the protest fees will not be refunded (i.e. the protest is not supported by the classifiers)

 

4.2.11                 in each case, regardless of the outcome, the decision of the protest panel will be final and no further protest will be accepted.

 

4.3                      Exceptional circumstances may exist if a Chief Classifier believes that an athlete’s Permanent Sport Class no longer reflects the athlete’s ability to compete equitably within that Sport Class. Such exceptional circumstances may result from:

 

4.3.1                   A change in the degree of impairment of an athlete

 

4.3.2                   An athlete demonstrating significantly less or greater ability prior to or during competition which does not reflect the athlete’s current Sport Class

 

4.3.3                   An error made by a Classification Panel, which has led to the athlete being allocated a Sport Class which is not in keeping with the athlete’s ability

 

4.3.4                   Sport Class allocation criteria having changed since the athlete’s most recent evaluation.

 

A Protest made in exceptional circumstances shall follow the same process detailed above.

 

Any change in Sports Class or Sports Class Status resulting from a protest will not take effect earlier than 24 hours before the draw of any event at a Factor 20 or 50 competition at which protest was upheld. The tournament jury (the technical delegate, referee and Chief Classifier) has the right to change the time limit to less than 24 hours in special circumstances. In world championships (Factor 80) and Paralympic Games (Factor 100), all classification changes made before or during the tournament will not take effect until the next tournament.

 

The table below describes the protest pathway:

 

Step 1. Pre-Competition Tasks

 

Communicate details on the Protest Procedures to all relevant Associations

 

Distribute the template of the Protest Form

 

Identify the means (who, when, to whom) by which Protests should be submitted

 

Step 2. Protest Submission

 

Protest Form completed by the athlete’s Association

 

Protest Form signed and submitted by the appropriate person

 

Submission of all relevant documents and information in annex to the Protest Form

 

Payment of the Protest Fee

 

All documents submitted to the Chief Classifier for the relevant competition

 

Step 3. Protest Submission Review by the Chief Classifier

 

Chief Classifier reviews all documentation and information submitted with the Protest Form

 

Step 5. Preparation of Protest Resolution by the Chief Classifier

 

Appointment of a protest panel

 

Advise all relevant parties about when, where and how the protest will be handled

 

Step 6. Protest Resolution by the protest panel Review of all documentation and information Protest evaluation conducted

 

Allocation of the athlete to a new and non-protestable Sport Class or dismiss the protest and confirm Sport

 

Class

 

Chief Classifier informed of the decision of protest panel, confirms the outcome to relevant parties in writing

 

5                         APPEAL

 

An appeal may be submitted by an Association specifying the classification procedures which were allegedly not followed. The procedure to be followed is:

 

5.1                      an appeal may only be submitted by the Chef de Mission or Team Leader or the representative of the athlete’s Association

 

5.2                      an appeal must be submitted within one (1) hour after the classification evaluation where a Sport Class has been allocated and the player informed

 

5.3                      the appeal must be submitted to the technical delegate at the competition

 

5.4                      the appeal must be written in English and on the official appeal form (found on the ITTF website) with all relevant documents attached

 

5.5                      the appeal must be accompanied by a fee of €150,00 handed to the technical delegate so the appeal can be processed immediately

 

5.6                      if the completed appeal form and the fee are not submitted within one (1) hour to the technical delegate, the appeal will lapse

 

5.7                      the jury (technical delegate, Chief Classifier and referee) will consider the appeal

 

5.8                      the jury may seek any necessary expertise in reviewing the appeal

 

5.9                      the decision of the jury will be announced to the player and Association representative and given in writing on the appeal form and:

 

5.9.1                   if the jury upholds the appeal, the appeal fee will be refunded and the athlete put for review at the next possible tournament

 

5.9.2                   if the jury rejects the appeal, the fee will not be refunded and the Sport Class allocated will be confirmed

 

5.10                    in each case, regardless of the outcome, the decision of the jury will be final and no further appeal will be accepted.

 

6                         RE-EVALUATION REQUEST

 

The term “re-evaluation” refers to the procedure by which an Association, or an international classifier, undertakes, several weeks, months or years after a Sport Class has been allocated to an athlete in requesting the re-evaluation of that athlete.

 

This re-evaluation request can be initiated by an international classifier who actually sees the athlete’s performance and ability during a competition and considers that these no longer reflect his or her appropriate Sport Class.

 

An athlete, through his or her Association representative, may request a re-evaluation as result of a change in the degree of his or her impairment or following changes made to the ITTF Sport Class Allocation Criteria.

 

6.1                      In the event of a re-evaluation request being submitted, the following procedures apply:

 

6.1.1                   a re-evaluation request may only be submitted by the Chef de Mission or Team Leader, the Head Coach or the representative of the athlete’s Association

 

6.1.2                   the re-evaluation request may be submitted at any time but at least two (2) weeks before the start of a competition but no sooner than twelve (12) months after a Sport Class has been allocated to the athlete

 

6.1.3                   a re-evaluation request must be submitted to Classification Secretary by e-mail at least two (2) weeks before the start of the competition at which the re-evaluation will take place

 

6.1.4                   the re-evaluation request must be written in English on the official re-evaluation request form (found on the ITTF website) with all relevant documents attached; however, with the consent of the Classification Secretary, relevant documents may be submitted to the Chief Classifier at the competition where the re-evaluation will take place

 

6.1.5                   if the Sport Class was allocated at:

 

6.1.5.1                a Regional Championships, the re-evaluation can be addressed only during the next Regional Championships or world championships or, should the athlete not participate in one of these events, at another tournament at the discretion of the Medical Officer

 

6.1.5.2                a lower factor tournament, the re-evaluation can be addressed at the next relevant Fa20 tournament, regional or world championships

 

6.1.6                   the re-evaluation request must be accompanied by a re-evaluation fee of €50,00 handed to the Chief Classifier at the event where the re-evaluation will take place accompanied by all relevant documentation or paid beforehand into the ITTF account; however, if any of the documentation submitted is not in English, a re-evaluation fee of €150,00 must be paid to the Chief Classifier or the Classification Secretary

 

6.1.7                   embers of the re-evaluation panel shall have had no direct involvement in the evaluation which led to the most recent allocation of the athlete’s Sport Class, unless the most recent evaluation took place more than 18 months prior to the protest being submitted

 

6.1.8                   the re-evaluation panel may seek medical, sport or scientific expertise in reviewing an athlete’s Sport Class

 

6.1.9                   the decision of the re-evaluation panel will be announced to the player and the Association representative and given in writing on the re-evaluation request form and:

 

6.1.9.1                if the re-evaluation panel approves a change in the Sport Class, the re- evaluation fees will be refunded (i.e. the re-evaluation is supported by the classifiers)

 

6.1.9.2                if the re-evaluation panel does not change the Sport Class, the re-evaluation fees will not be refunded (i.e. the re-evaluation is not supported by the classifiers)

 

6.1.10                 in each case, regardless of the outcome, the decision of the re-evaluation panel will be final decision and no protest against this decision will be accepted

 

6.2                      A Chief Classifier can at anytime inform the Classification Secretary of the need to re- evaluate the Sport Class of an athlete in which case, no medical support documents written in English or re-evaluation fees are required.

 

Any change in Sports Class or Sports Class Status resulting from a re-evaluation request will not take effect earlier than 24 hours before the draw of any event at a Factor 20 or 50 competition at which re-evaluation was upheld. The tournament jury has the right to change the time limit to less than 24 hours in special circumstances. In world championships (Factor 80) and Paralympic Games (Factor 100), all classification changes made before or during the tournament will not take effect until the next tournament.

 

Re-evaluations will only be considered at the Paralympic Games if the procedures established by the IPC are followed.

 

B.         CLASSIFICATION TRAINING AND ORGANISATION

 

PREAMBLE

 

The purpose of Classifier Training and Certification is to detail the accepted procedures for the management of classifier training and certification. The ITTF classification training and organisation has been established in compliance with the IPC’s International Standard.

 

1                         CLASSIFICATION PERSONNEL

 

Classifiers are officials trained and certified by the ITTF in order to be able to determine an athlete’s Sport Class and Sport Class Status. Classifiers do not allocate international Sport Class and Sport Class Status as individuals; they work as members of a classification panel.

 

An ITTF classification panel must include a minimum of two classifiers; one with medical and the other with technical expertise. Classifiers must have a wide range of expertise, including medical knowledge and table tennis expertise and technical qualifications. Specific qualification criteria have therefore been determined by the ITTF for its future classifiers. These prerequisites mainly concern professional qualifications and/or experience in table tennis, which they must be able to prove.

 

ITTF classification panels include classifiers with:

 

1.1                      medical and/or health-related professional training (for example doctors, physiotherapists, occupational therapists) and

 

1.2                      table tennis expertise and technical qualifications and/or expertise (for example sport scientists, coaches, former athletes, physical educators).

 

2                         CLASSIFIER CERTIFICATION

 

Classifier certification establishes that an individual has met the competencies and is proficient to practise as a classifier in table tennis. The ITTF has determined three (3) levels of certification viz. A, B and C:

 

2.1                      Trainee Classifier – Level A (after one (1) seminar)

 

An individual who, after successfully completing his or her first classification seminar, is in the process of formal training but who is not yet certified as a classifier and may therefore not be appointed a member of a classification panel at an international competition. This individual is unable to allocate an international Sport Class.

 

2.2                      National Classifier - Level B (after second seminar)

 

An individual who, after successfully completing his or her second classification seminar, has been certified as a classifier can be a member of a classification panel at a national competition. This individual may participate in the assignment of Sport Class, as a member of the classification panel, under supervision of more experienced classifiers.

 

2.3                      International Classifier – Level C (after third seminar)

 

An individual who, after successfully completing his or her third seminar, has demonstrated the appropriate level of theoretical knowledge and practical experience as a table tennis classifier, and is able to allocate a Sport Class and Sport Class Status and show sound and appropriate knowledge of all procedures required during the classification process, including protests and reviews.

 

2.4                      Senior international classifier

 

An active and experienced international classifier who is able to participate in the most complex matters of classification at a theoretical and practical level, including the basic tasks of developing the classification system, may be accredited as a senior international classifier by the Medical Committee on recommendation of the Medical Officer. A senior international classifier may also be able to act as a lecturer in educating classifiers.

 

2.5                      Classifier – Lecturer

 

An experienced international classifier with a very good theoretical and practical knowledge of either the medical or technical aspects of classification, with a demonstrated ability to participate in the educational process of classifiers may be appointed as a lecturer by the Medical Committee on the recommendation of the Medical Officer.

 

3                         ASSESSING AND MAINTAINING COMPETENCIES

 

The methods of obtaining certification include theoretical education, practical education and training combined with mentorship which are provided through classification seminars. Thus, the methods of obtaining certification include theoretical education, practical education and training and mentorship.

 

In order to become a classifier, over and above section 2 above, the candidate must:

 

3.1                      Participate in the education process to become a classifier by following the classification seminar at regular intervals in order to be promoted from level A to C

 

3.2                      Be assessed as competent by the lecturer, Medical Officer or Chief Classifier against the modules of the classification seminar:

 

3.2.1                   theory modules covering medical and technical aspects

 

3.2.2                   practical component covering medical and technical aspects

 

3.2.3                   table tennis practice

 

3.3                      Improve their skills and understanding between classification seminars in both theory through individual study and practice by developing table tennis skills and testing

 

There are three (3) levels of seminar from Level A to Level B and Level C.

 

The content of the seminars covers a theoretical education module (dealing with medical and technical issues), a practical education and training module (including table tennis practice) complemented by a gradual structure from the basic knowledge required in Level A to the advanced in Level C, supported by appropriate teaching material. The content of each level of seminar, the duration of its modules and the seminar as a whole is specified by the Medical Committee.

 

There must be a minimum interval of one (1) year between completing the Level A seminar and obtaining certification as a Level A classifier and registering for the Level B seminar during which time the Trainee Classifier must prove involvement in table tennis activities and disability sports at a national level.

 

After participating in a Level B seminar, passing the test and being certified a Level B classifier, he or she may only register for a Level C seminar after a minimum of two (2) years during which the National Classifier must demonstrate active involvement in table tennis activities at a national level.

 

Level A classification seminars may be organised after the approval of a competent regional board.

 

Level B and C classification seminars may be organised only at an international level if both a medical and technical lecturer are available.

 

Information about classification seminars for the subsequent year including, time, place and level is approved by the Medical Committee and published together with competition programme for the next year.

 

The assessment of classification competencies at Level A is done by a person appointed at a regional level. The assessment at Level B and C is done by the Medical Officer or nominee.

 

Assessment procedures to measure proficiency in the specific competencies assessed include, but are not limited to:

 

-            at level A on a regional level, personal contact through the seminar as well as a test for both theory and practical modules showing a good understanding of the level of the seminar, demonstrate knowledge of the observation process and confirm their competence through practical implementation of classification in their home countries; using the manual as teaching material, show an understanding of content of manual, good knowledge of the medical or technical part (depending on their background) and basic understanding in the other part (medical or technical)

 

-            at level B by the Medical Officer or nominee through personal contact and by using a mentor system showing advanced knowledge in the medical or technical part plus satisfactory knowledge in the other medical or technical part (depending on their background), show ability to do (does not mean will work alone) classification in all aspects and to allocate a Sports Class

 

-            at level C by the Medical Officer or nominee through personal contact and by using a mentor system showing advanced knowledge in both the medical or technical aspects of classification in the theoretical and practical aspects, be able to work alone and to manage all administrative and procedural aspects of the classification process

 

-            the Medical Committee performing an annual assessment of all unofficial national classifications done by level A and B classifiers for their national athletes before the athlete first enters an international competition as a new (N) player

 

Methods of maintaining certification may include, but are not limited to:

 

-                             active participation in the classification process at a national and international level

 

-                             refresher courses for classifiers Level B after the required interval between seminars

 

-            refresher and upgrade courses for Level C classifiers after a period of inactivity in the classification process internationally

 

-            an annual assessment by the Medical Committee of all unofficial national classifications done by level A and B classifiers for their national athletes before the athlete first enters an international competition as a new (N) player

 

-            an annual assessment done by the Medical Committee of the quality of all international classifications done by all classifiers from an administrative and practical perspective

 

If an ITTF Classifier has not maintained his or her certification by not taking part in refresher courses for five (5) years, and would like to become an active classifier again, he or she must follow the full classification seminar again.

 

4                         NOTIFICATION OF CERTIFICATION

 

The Medical Officer is the head of the classification training organisation. He or she appoints senior lecturers or other lecturers who can certify successful candidates who have attended the required number of classification seminars.

 

Once a classifier has met the requirements of the ITTF after participating successfully in classification seminars and has reached the appropriate level of competence, the Medical Officer issues a certificate to acknowledge the classifier’s classification credentials. The certification information provided is then copied and communicated to the Association.

 

The ITTF publishes and regularly updates an online list of its classifiers.

 

5                         RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF CLASSIFICATION PERSONNEL

 

The ITTF appoints a Medical Officer who is responsible for all administration, coordination and implementation of classification for a two (2) year period.

 

5.1                      The duties of the Medical Officer include to:

 

5.1.1                   Examine the current status of classification on a regular basis

 

5.1.2                   Lead the design, planning and recommendation of programmes and policies of the ITTF for medical and classification matters

 

5.1.3                   Administer and coordinate classification activities, including serving as a member of the PTT Division

 

5.1.4                   Appoint classifiers in line with the appropriate composition of classification panels for competitions, including appointing Chief Classifiers

 

5.1.5                   Organise and conduct the ITTF classifier training and certification

 

5.1.6                   Ensure the classification database is maintained and regularly updated by a person appointed to do so and that classification records are accurate

 

5.1.7                   Assess the classifier database to track classifier activity and certification

 

5.1.8                   Ensure the classification master list is maintained and regularly updated by an authorised person

 

5.1.9                   Inform classifiers of any changes in the classification process and request feedback on issues which affect table tennis and the classification process

 

5.1.10                 Liaise with all relevant external parties, such as the IPC Classification Committee, IPC Medical and Scientific Department and Organising Committees.

 

The Chief Classifier is appointed for a specific competition as a head of the classification panel. This position also may be filled by the Medical Officer.

 

5.2                      The duties of the Chief Classifier include to:

 

5.2.1                   Administer and coordinate classification for a specific competition pre, during and after the classification evaluation and competition period, ensuring effective liaison with the organising committee, Medical Officer, Classification Secretary, technical delegate, referee and other competent persons to support preparations for a successful competition

 

5.2.2                   Liaise with Organising Committees and teams before a competition to identify and notify athletes who require evaluation for Sport Class and Sport Class Status

 

5.2.3                   Supervise classifiers to ensure that classification rules are applied appropriately during the competition

 

5.2.4                   Supervise classifiers and trainee classifiers in their duties as members of classification panels, and monitor their level of classification competencies and proficiencies

 

5.2.5                   During competition, supervise all administrative matters concerning classification, and after the competition, deliver the completed PCF, copies of International Classification Cards and all other documents to the Classification Secretary.

 

Classifiers are appointed as members of the classification panel for a specific competition.No classifier, including the Medical Officer and Chief Classifier, may undertake responsibilities as a member of a national team at the competition.

 

5.3                      The duties of a classifier include to:

 

5.3.1                   Work as a member of the classification panel to allocate an athlete’s Sport Class and a Sport Class Status

 

5.3.2                   Work as a member of a protest panel, if so requested by the Chief Classifier

 

5.3.3                   Work as a member of a re-evaluation panel, if so requested by the Chief Classifier

 

5.3.4                   Attend classification meetings at competitions

 

5.3.5                   Assist in classifier training and certification (for example being involved in organising and teaching at classification seminars) as may be requested by the Medical Officer, Chief Classifier or the Classifier appointed to be in charge of classification training process at the competition.

 

5.4                      The duties of the trainee classifier include to:

 

5.4.1                   Participate actively and observe to learn the classification rules and to develop competencies and proficiencies for Certification

 

5.4.2                   Attend classification meetings at competitions.

 

5.4.3                   Undertake no responsibilities as a member of a national team at the competition where classification training takes place to allow full participation in the classification training.

 

All classifiers are also responsible for promoting awareness of classification in their countries of origin as well as when at a competition. Similarly, all classifiers are expected to contribute to the further development of the classification process.

 

6                         CLASSIFICATION CODE OF CONDUCT

 

The role of classifiers is to act as impartial evaluators in determining an athlete’s Sport Class and Sport Class Status. The integrity of classification in the ITTF and Paralympic Movement rests on the professional conduct and behaviour of each individual classifier.

 

The Code of Conduct, applicable to all classifiers, includes that classifiers:

 

6.1                      Recognise the need to preserve and encourage confidence in the integrity of classification rules and the classification personnel. This confidence must be inherent within all those involved in the ITTF and Paralympic Movement and within the general public

 

6.2                      Implement transparent and agreed standards of practice and provide a meaningful set of guidelines for professional conduct of classification personnel

 

6.3                      Provide to others (including, but not limited to athletes, athlete support personnel, administrators, organising committees, media and the public) the criteria by which to assess the professional conduct of classification personnel

 

6.4                      Value and respect the athletes and athlete support personnel

 

6.5                      Treat athletes and athlete support personnel with understanding, patience and dignity

 

6.6                      Be courteous, objective, honest and impartial in performing their classification duties for all athletes, regardless of team affiliation or national origin

 

6.7                      Accept responsibility for all actions and decisions taken and be open to discussion and interaction with athletes and athlete support personnel

 

6.8                      Perform classification duties and related responsibilities while not being under the influence of alcohol or illegal substances

 

6.9                      Maintain confidentiality of athlete information whenever possible

 

6.10                    Respect the ITTF classification process, accurately and honestly representing their qualifications and abilities when applying for training and certification and when accepting classification appointments to competitions

 

6.11                    Understand the theory and practical aspects of the classification process and make them widely known to and understood by athletes and athlete support personnel

 

6.12                    Seek self-improvement continuously through study of table tennis, the classification process, mentoring lesser-experienced classifiers and developing trainee classifiers

 

6.13                    Perform duties without yielding to any economic, political, sporting or human pressure

 

6.14                    Recognise that anything that may lead to a Conflict of Interest, either real or apparent, must be avoided or declared to the Chief Classifier

 

6.15                    Disclose any relationship with a team, athlete or athlete support personnel that would otherwise constitute a Conflict of Interest

 

6.16                    Respect their colleagues

 

6.17                    Treat all discussions with colleagues as confidential information

 

6.18                    Explain and justify decisions without showing anger or resentment

 

6.19                    Treat other classifiers with professional dignity and courtesy, recognizing that it is inappropriate and unacceptable to criticise other classifiers, Games officials or technical advisors in public

 

6.20                    Respect publicly and privately the decisions and decision making process of fellow classifiers, Games officials and technical advisors

 

6.21                    Share theoretical, technical and practical knowledge and skills with less experienced classifiers and assist with the training and development of classifiers.

 

7                         CONSEQUENCES OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE OF CONDUCT

 

The ITTF may take disciplinary action against classifiers if a violation of the Classification Code of Conduct occurs.

 

Should any allegation of misconduct related to classification be reported to an official involved in a competition (organiser, ITTF or team official), this must in turn be reported to the Chief Classifier. This must be investigated fully, considering all information available, and reported to the Chairperson of the ITTF PTT Division. Depending on the recommendations made, further action or counselling may be necessary.

 

Should the allegation involve the Chief Classifier, this must be reported to the technical delegate who will investigate fully, considering all information available and report to the Chairperson of the PTT Division.

 

In either case, should further action be necessary, a disciplinary hearing will be convened either telephonically or at the next available competition opportunity.

 

Classifiers must acknowledge and accept that disciplinary action against them may include a variety of sanctions from verbal or written reprimand to revoking their certification as an ITTF classifier for any period of time.

 

 

 

D.SPORT CLASS ALLOCATION CRITERIA

 

CLASSIFICATION FOR SITTING CLASSES 1 TO 5

 

NOTE: the explanation and clarification of the examples in the classification manual and set out below can only be done by the ITTF-PTT Classification Committee and each part in italics is merely an example for that class and should be confirmed by the classification panel after observing the player in action. This is done on the basis that no two athletes are exactly the same.

 

The minimal disability in sitting classes is assessed for class 5 as follows:

 

·                           The class 5 player is not able to stand and/or walk without two crutches

 

·                           Is not able to step sideways

 

·                           Stands with hyperlordosis and hip posterior tilt if not using crutches

 

·                           When sitting, the athlete is not able to make bend fully to the side (e.g. to pick up a ball from the ground beside the wheelchair) at normal speed and raise again with normal speed

 

·                           There also is reduction of speed in forward/backward movement

 

·                           Neurological level of the spinal cord lesion is at S1-2

 

·                           All athletes with polio or other causes must be comparable to the impairments mentioned above

 

·                           All athletes with more functions than mentioned above play in the standing classes

 

Class 1:

 

No sitting balance with severe reduction of function in the playing arm

 

·                           Very weak grip, weak wrist flexion, no elbow extension because of no functional triceps

 

·                           Neck and shoulder functions are normal

 

·                           Elbow extension results of a swinging action in the shoulder in case of the forehand stroke. In case of a backhand stroke it results from external rotation combined with anteflexionin the shoulder and relaxation of the biceps

 

·                           The non-playing arm takes care for the trunk position (balance function)

 

Examples for illustrative purposes only:

 

o           Spinal cord lesion at C5 or higher

 

o           Severe loss of function after polio. Loss of shoulder function may be compensated by some trunk

 

function especially rotation

 

o           Cerebral palsy with poor balance and reduction of arm co-ordination

 

o           Each other condition that fits in this profile

 

Class 2:

 

No sitting balance with reduction of function in the playing arm

 

·                           No normal strength of hand function

 

·                           Elbow extension is sufficient and functional (strength 4-5)

 

·                           The non-playing arm keeps the trunk in position

 

Examples for illustrative purposes only:

 

o           Spinal cord lesion C5 - C7 included

 

o           Polio with weak hand and no trunk function

 

o           CP with less severe reductions than in class 1

 

o           Each other condition that fits in this profile

 

Class 3:

 

No sitting balance, although the upper part of the trunk may show activity Normal arms, although some slight motor losses can be found in the playing hand without significant effect on table tennis skills

 

The non-playing arm keeps the trunk in position

 

Examples for illustrative purposes only:

 

o           Spinal cord lesion C8 - T9 included

 

o           Polio without trunk balance and normal arm function. Some loss of function in the playing arm

 

and-or loss of support of the non-playing arm may be compensated by preserved trunk function

 

o           CP with some reduced trunk functions and almost normal arm function concerning speed of movement and co-ordination

 

o           Each other condition that fits to this profile

 

Class 4:

 

Existing sitting balance although not optimal because of non-existing anchorage (stabilisation) of the pelvis

 

The amount of balance depends on the amount of intact abdominal and back muscles

 

If the higher regions of the abdominal-back muscles are intact only weak rotation is possible

 

More functional muscles result in forward bending with a hollow back (lordosis) and with even more muscle function sideward bending is possible with a hollow curvature of the side

 

Examples for illustrative purposes only:

 

o           Spinal cord lesion T8 - L2 included

 

o           Comparable function in polio or orthopedic conditions

 

o           CP with better function than class 3

 

Class 5:

 

Normal function of trunk muscles

 

Sufficient activity of the pelvic-leg muscles giving pelvic anchorage and a bigger surface of the sitting support

 

Bending forward and sideward is done by a non-hollow back (normal curve)

 

Examples for illustrative purposes only:

 

o           SCL L1 - S2 included

 

o           Any other impairment fitting in this functional profile

 

CLASSIFICATION FOR STANDING CLASSES 6 TO 10

 

The minimal disability in standing classes is assessed for class 10 as follows:

 

·                            They include only very mild impairments in one extremity, be that the upper or lower or back (including neck)

 

·                            If, in the lower extremity and back, the disability usually reduces the normal function related to table tennis:

 

o           In the back (trunk), the impairment affects proper rotation which is visibly apparent and influences play

 

o           The impairment of the lower extremity may mildly affect the balance and displacement and rotation of the hips

 

·                            If, in the upper extremity, it may be divided into the playing arm or non playing arm:

 

o           In playing arm, there should be a very mild impairment

 

o           In the non playing arm, there may be a severe to moderate impairment

 

·                            The impairment of the playing arm may very mildly affect reach, speed of the swing and strength of the grip during forehand and/or backhand strokes

 

·                            The impairment of the non playing arm very mildly affects the compensatory and reinforcement motions

 

Examples for illustrative purposes only:

 

Lower extremity

 

o           One stiff ankle

 

o           Amputation of one third of one foot

 

o           Hip instability (hip subluxation)

 

o           Moderate to mild stiffness of the joints

 

o           Loss of ten points in muscle strength in one leg

 

Trunk

 

o           Stiffness (ankylosing spondylitis)

 

o           Extreme curvatures of the back (kyphosis, scoliosis, kyphoscoliosis, hyperlordosis)

 

o           Muscular dystonia

 

o           Fusion

 

Playing arm

 

o           Finger amputation/dysmelia with functional grip (more than 4 phalanges loss, thumb not taken in consideration)

 

o           Stiff wrist with functional grip

 

o           Weakness of the hand or a joint of the arm

 

Non playing arm

 

o           Amputation below the elbow with a stump length less than the half of the forearm or comparable malformations (dysmelia)

 

o           Paralysis of the arm with some residual functions (brachial plexus lesion).

 

The classes are described in italics.

 

Class 6:

 

Severe impairments of legs and arms

 

·                           severe Cerebral Palsy (CP) – hemiplegia with playing arm included

 

·                           severe CP – diplegia playing arm included

 

·                           severe CP – athetoid (involuntary slow movements)

 

-                             abnormal strokes

 

-                             poor balance

 

-                             poor movements

 

·                           amputation on playing arm and leg(s) or both arms and leg(s) or similar dysmelia

 

·                           double above knee amputation (double AK)

 

·                           arthrogryposis playing arm and leg(s) or both arms and leg(s)

 

·                           muscular dystrophy of limbs and trunk or other neuromuscular disability of comparable impairment profile

 

·                           incomplete spinal cord injury of comparable profile

 

·                           a player with the handle of the racket in his or her mouth

 

·                           any disability with comparable functional profile

 

Class 7:

 

Very severe impairments of legs (poor static and dynamic balance)

 

·                           severe polio of both legs

 

·                           single AK plus single BK (below knee amputation)

 

·                           incomplete spinal cord injury of comparable profile

 

·                           a player with hip disarticulation or above knee amputation without any support who plays on one leg

 

·                           single AK with short non-functional stump (20%) with or without a prosthesis

or

 

Severe to moderate impairments of playing arm

 

·                           single AE (above elbow amputation) of playing arm or both arms

 

·                           single BE (below elbow amputation) 1/3 of forearm (the forearm = the length of the ulna)

 

·                           arthrogryphosis of arm(s)

 

·                           dysmelia of comparable profile

 

or

 

Combination of arms and legs impairments less severe than in class 6

 

Moderate CP hemiplegia or diplegia playing arm included

 

·                           mild impairment in playing arm and moderate impairment in legs

 

·                           moderate impairment in playing arm and mild impairment in legs

 

or

 

Any disability with comparable functional profile

 

Class 8:

 

Moderate impairments of the legs

 

·                           one non-functional leg

 

-                             polio on one leg

 

-                             single AK

 

-                             stiff hip and stiff knee (together)

 

-                             hip luxation with visible shortening

 

·                           two moderate legs

 

-                             polio

 

-                             double BK

 

-                             incomplete Spinal Cord Injury (SCI), spina bifida level S1

 

-                             two stiff knees consider class 7 or 8

 

or

 

Moderate impairments of playing arm (considering that elbow and shoulder control is very important)

 

·                            single BE with long stump more than 1/3 but without functional wrist joint

 

·                           stiff elbow concerning flexion-extension and pronation-supination

 

·                           severe reduced shoulder motion (almost stiff) or

 

Moderate CP hemiplegia or diplegia with good playing arm

 

·                            playing arm almost normal with moderate problems of leg(s) movements or

 

Any disability with comparable functional profile

 

Class 9:

 

Mild impairments of the leg(s)

 

·                           polio of leg(s) but with good movements

 

·                           single BK

 

·                           stiff hip

 

·                           stiff knee

 

·                           severe reduction of the Range Of Motion (ROM) of the hip

 

·                           severe reduction of the ROM of the knee

 

·                           incomplete spina bifida or

 

Mild impairments of playing arm

 

·                           amputation through the hand or fingers amputation without functional grip

 

·                           stiff wrist and fingers without functional grip

 

·                           moderate reduction of the ROM of the elbow

 

·                           moderate reduction of the ROM of the shoulder or

 

Severe impairments of non-playing arm

 

·                           amputation through the shoulder

 

·                           brachial plexus lesion with paralysis of the whole arm

 

or

 

Mild CP with hemiparesis or monoplegia

 

·                            almost normal playing arm with minimal problems of the legs

 

or

 

Any disability with comparable functional profile

 

Class 10 (minimal disabilities standing classes)

 

Very mild impairments in legs

 

·                           single stiff ankle

 

·                           amputation of forefoot through all metatarsals (minimal 1/3 of foot amputated)

 

·                           hip (sub)luxation

 

·                           moderate to mild reduction of ROM in the major joints

 

·                           polio: loss of 10 points in muscles strength in one lower extremity distributed over the whole leg

 

·                           polio: 10 points of loss over two legs is not considered to meet the minimal disability

 

or

 

Very mild impairment of playing arm

 

·                           finger amputation/dysmelia with functional grip (more than 4 phalanges loss - thumb not taken in consideration)

 

·                           stiff wrist with functional grip

 

·                           weakness of the hand or a joint of the arm

 

or

 

Severe to moderate impairment of non-playing arm

 

·                           single BE with a stump length not longer than 2/3 of forearm (the forearm = the length of the ulna)

 

·                           brachial plexus lesion with some residual functions

 

·                           dysmelia or similar disabilities not longer than 2/3 of the forearm

 

                       or

 

Moderate impairment of the trunk

 

·                           stiffness (ankylosing spondylitis)

 

·                           extreme curvatures of the back (kyphosis, scoliosis, kyphoscoliosis, hyperlordosis)

 

·                           fusion

 

·                           muscular dystonia with effects on the spine

 

or

 

Any disability with comparable functional profile

 

Nanism is recognized as a disability

 

·                            athletes with Nanism start in class 10 but as a result of other impairments, they may be considred for a lower class, e.g. normally a player with a single BK amputation is class 9 but Nanism plus BK amputation is class 8

 

·                            body length: male:   140 cm and lessfemale:       137 cm and less

 

 

                         E. GLOSSARY